Epln3000 PDF
Epln3000 PDF
EPSON EPL-N3000
AcuLaser M4000N
Confidential
SEPG03004
All rights reserved. No part of this manual may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic,
mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION.
The contents of this manual are subject to change without notice.
All effort have been made to ensure the accuracy of the contents of this manual. However, should any errors be detected, SEIKO EPSON would greatly
appreciate being informed of them.
The above not withstanding SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION can assume no responsibility for any errors in this manual or the consequences thereof.
EPSON is a registered trademark of SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION.
General Notice: Other product names used herein are for identification purpose only and may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their
respective owners. EPSON disclaims any and all rights in those marks.
Confidential
DANGER Signals a precaution which, if ignored, could result in serious or fatal personal injury. Great caution should be exercised in
performing procedures preceded by DANGER Headings.
The precautionary measures itemized below should always be observed when performing repair/maintenance procedures.
DANGER
1. ALWAYS DISCONNECT THE PRODUCT FROM THE POWER SOURCE AND PERIPHERAL DEVICES PERFORMING ANY MAINTENANCE
OR REPAIR PROCEDURES.
2. NO WORK SHOULD BE PERFORMED ON THE UNIT BY PERSONS UNFAMILIAR WITH BASIC SAFETY MEASURES AS DICTATED FOR
ALL ELECTRONICS TECHNICIANS IN THEIR LINE OF WORK.
3. WHEN PERFORMING TESTING AS DICTATED WITHIN THIS MANUAL, DO NOT CONNECT THE UNIT TO A POWER SOURCE UNTIL
INSTRUCTED TO DO SO. WHEN THE POWER SUPPLY CABLE MUST BE CONNECTED, USE EXTREME CAUTION IN WORKING ON
POWER SUPPLY AND OTHER ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS.
4. WHEN DISASSEMBLING OR ASSEMBLING THE PRODUCT, MAKE SURE TO WEAR GLOVES TO AVOID INJURY FROM METAL PARTS
WITH SHARP EDGES.
WARNING
1. REPAIRS ON EPSON PRODUCT SHOULD BE PERFORMED ONLY BY AN EPSON CERTIFIED REPAIR TECHNICIAN.
2. MAKE CERTAIN THAT THE SOURCE VOLTAGES IS THE SAME AS THE RATED VOLTAGE, LISTED ON THE SERIAL NUMBER/RATING
PLATE. IF THE EPSON PRODUCT HAS A PRIMARY AC RATING DIFFERENT FROM AVAILABLE POWER SOURCE, DO NOT CONNECT IT
TO THE POWER SOURCE.
3. ALWAYS VERIFY THAT THE EPSON PRODUCT HAS BEEN DISCONNECTED FROM THE POWER SOURCE BEFORE REMOVING OR
REPLACING PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS AND/OR INDIVIDUAL CHIPS.
4. IN ORDER TO PROTECT SENSITIVE MICROPROCESSORS AND CIRCUITRY, USE STATIC DISCHARGE EQUIPMENT, SUCH AS ANTI-
STATIC WRIST STRAPS, WHEN ACCESSING INTERNAL COMPONENTS.
5. REPLACE MALFUNCTIONING COMPONENTS ONLY WITH THOSE COMPONENTS BY THE MANUFACTURE; INTRODUCTION OF
SECOND-SOURCE ICs OR OTHER NON-APPROVED COMPONENTS MAY DAMAGE THE PRODUCT AND VOID ANY APPLICABLE EPSON
WARRANTY.
6. WHEN AIR DUSTRE IS USED ON THE REPAIR AND THE MAINTENANCE WORK, THE USE OF THE AIR DUSTER PRODUCTS
CONTAINING THE INFLAMMABLE GAS IS PROHIBITED.
Confidential
Confidential
Confidential
JG0102AA
Confidential
To prevent the laser radiation unit from emitting the laser beam unexpectedly, this
printer is equipped with a switch (INTERLOCK S/W 5V) which physically cuts off the
power to the laser beam output circuit. The interlock switch turns off the printer when
the top cover is opened.
W A R N IN G Take great care not to expose your naked eyes to the laser
beam; otherwise, you can lose your eyesight.
Never turn on the interlock switch forcibly without turning it
on by normal operation; otherwise, a laser beam can be emitted
unexpectedly during a maintenance operation.
Never disassemble any part or open any cover to which a
warning label about laser beam is affixed. JG0104EA
If you disassemble or assemble the printer, turn off the power.
If you need to work on the printer with power applied, strictly
follow the instructions in this manual.
Understand how the laser beam functions and take maximum
precautions not to injure yourself or anyone around you.
Confidential
JG0105EA
Confidential
Confidential
EPL-N3000
DUPLEX> COVER>
<INTERLOCK
<Interlock
S/W 5VR>
<SWITCH
<HVPS/MCU>
INTERLOCK BEF
<INTERLOCK <INTERLOCK <MAIN MOTOR> <PWBA A,B,/A,/B,
24VDC AFT
Heater Rod Long S/W 24V> S/W REAR> EXIT MOTOR>
<MOTOR
/HEAT ON Short
/HEAT ON Long
Heater Rod Short
ASSY EXIT>
24VDC AFT
24VDC AFT
24VDC AFT
Primary
Control
The following diagram shows outline of the safety system of this printer. For names and other details of signal lines, refer to “Appendix (p.405)”.
Trans-
FAN ALARM
FAN ALARM
former
JG6126EA
Confidential
<FAN MAIN>
<SWITCH <SW REAR
DUPLEX> COVER>
AcuLaser M4000N
<FAN SUB>
<MOTOR
/HEAT ON Short
/HEAT ON Long
POWER SAVE 1
POWER SAVE 2
Heater Rod Short
ASSY EXIT>
24VDC AFT
24VDC AFT
24VDC AFT
24VDC AFT
Low Voltage
Generation
POWER
SWITCH
J26126EA
Confidential
Revision Status
Confidential
Contents
Chapter 1 Product Description 2.5.10 DUPLEX ................................................................................................ 56
2.5.11 OCT ....................................................................................................... 57
1.1 Product Specifications ...................................................................................... 20
2.6 Control ............................................................................................................... 59
1.1.1 Basic Specifications .................................................................................. 20
2.6.1 Paper Size Control .................................................................................... 59
1.1.2 Paper Specifications .................................................................................. 25
2.6.2 ROS Control ............................................................................................ 59
1.1.3 Replacement Parts .................................................................................... 28
2.6.3 Fuser Control ............................................................................................ 60
1.1.4 Controller Specifications .......................................................................... 29
2.7 Operating Principles of Electric Circuitry ..................................................... 61
1.2 List of Printer Messages ................................................................................... 30
2.7.1 Operation Overview of the Main Control Circuit Board .......................... 61
13
Confidential
3.2.12 Imaging Cartridge ................................................................................... 82 3.3.3 Keypad Operation Impossible ................................................................ 107
3.2.13 Paper Size Error ...................................................................................... 83 3.3.4 Other Printer Operation Fault ................................................................. 108
3.2.14 No Tray/Tray 1, 2 ................................................................................... 83 3.3.5 Face Up Tray Error ................................................................................. 108
3.2.15 Paper Out/Tray 1,2 .................................................................................. 84 3.3.6 Full Stack Error/500 Paper Exit .............................................................. 109
3.2.16 Tray Paper Low/Tray 2 ........................................................................... 85 3.4 Troubleshooting for Individual Units ........................................................... 110
3.2.17 Drum Life ............................................................................................... 85 3.4.1 LVPS ...................................................................................................... 111
3.2.18 Fuser Life ................................................................................................ 86 3.4.2 MAIN MOTOR ...................................................................................... 112
3.2.19 Maintenance unit Life (AcuLaser M4000N only) .................................. 86 3.4.3 ROS ASSY ............................................................................................. 113
3.2.20 No Tray/Tray 3, 4 ................................................................................... 87 3.4.4 FUSER ASSY ......................................................................................... 115
3.2.21 Paper Out/Tray 3, 4 ................................................................................. 87 3.4.5 SENSOR REGI ....................................................................................... 117
3.2.22 Only Little Paper in Tray/Tray 3, 4 ........................................................ 88 3.4.6 SENSOR NO PAPER ............................................................................. 118
3.2.23 No Recognition of Option 550 Paper Feeder ......................................... 89 3.4.7 INTERLOCK S/W 24V .......................................................................... 119
3.2.24 Option Duplex Cover Error .................................................................... 90 3.4.8 INTERLOCK S/W 5V, SWITCH I/L ASSY (HARNESS ASSY
3.2.25 Option Duplex Error ............................................................................... 90 INTERLOCK4) ....................................................................................... 120
3.2.26 Paper Jam/Exit to Dup ............................................................................ 91 3.4.9 INTERLOCK S/W REAR ...................................................................... 121
3.2.27 Paper Jam/Dup to Regi ........................................................................... 92 3.4.10 SWITCH I/L ASSY (INTERLOCK S/W FRONT R) .......................... 121
3.2.28 Paper Jam/Duplex Misfeed ..................................................................... 92 3.4.11 PWBA EXIT MOTOR ......................................................................... 122
3.2.29 Paper Size Error/Duplex ......................................................................... 93 3.4.12 MOTOR ASSY EXIT .......................................................................... 122
3.2.30 No Recognition of Option Duplex .......................................................... 93 3.4.13 CLUTCH REGI .................................................................................... 123
3.2.31 Option OCT Cover Error ........................................................................ 94 3.4.14 CLUTCH ASSY PH ............................................................................. 124
3.2.32 Option OCT Error ................................................................................... 94 3.4.15 GUIDE TRAY LEFT ........................................................................... 125
3.2.33 Paper Jam/Exit to OCT ........................................................................... 95 3.4.16 HVPS/MCU .......................................................................................... 126
3.2.34 Paper Jam/OCT ....................................................................................... 96 3.4.17 Electrical Noise ..................................................................................... 127
3.2.35 Paper Size Error/OCT ............................................................................. 97 3.4.18 MOTOR ASSY EXIT .......................................................................... 128
3.2.36 Full Stack Error/OCT ............................................................................. 97 3.4.19 SENSOR FACE UP OPEN .................................................................. 129
3.2.37 No Recognition of Option OCT ............................................................. 98 3.4.20 SENSOR FULL STACK ...................................................................... 129
3.2.38 Engine Communication Error ................................................................. 98 3.4.21 PWBA FEEDER 550 ............................................................................ 130
3.2.39 CPU Error ............................................................................................... 99 3.4.22 PWBA FEEDER 550 ............................................................................ 130
3.2.40 Standard RAM Error ............................................................................... 99 3.4.23 SENSOR NO PAPER ........................................................................... 131
3.2.41 RAM Error (Slot 0) ............................................................................... 100 3.4.24 SENSOR LOW PAPER ....................................................................... 132
3.2.42 ROM Checksum Error (Font) ............................................................... 100 3.4.25 OPT ASSY SIZE .................................................................................. 133
3.2.43 ROM Checksum Error (Program) ........................................................ 101 3.4.26 CLUTCH ASSY PH ............................................................................. 134
3.2.44 Option ROM Error ................................................................................ 101 3.4.27 CLUTCH PR-REGI .............................................................................. 135
3.2.45 EEPROM Error ..................................................................................... 102 3.4.28 PWBA DUPLEX .................................................................................. 136
3.2.46 Engine Initialization Error .................................................................... 102 3.4.29 MOTOR DUPLEX ............................................................................... 136
3.2.47 Other Hardware Error ........................................................................... 103 3.4.30 SENSOR DUP ...................................................................................... 137
3.2.48 Software Error ...................................................................................... 103 3.4.31 SWITCH DUPLEX .............................................................................. 138
3.3 Troubleshooting for Faulty Operation ......................................................... 104 3.4.32 PWBA OCT .......................................................................................... 139
3.3.1 Power Does Not Turn ON ...................................................................... 104 3.4.33 MOTOR ASSY OCT ............................................................................ 139
3.3.2 LCD/LED Malfunction ........................................................................... 107 3.4.34 MOTOR ASSY OFFSET ..................................................................... 140
14
Confidential
3.4.35 SOLENOID ASSY GATE ................................................................... 140 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly
3.4.36 S/W REAR COVER ............................................................................. 141
3.4.37 SENSOR OCT ...................................................................................... 142 4.1 Overview .......................................................................................................... 161
3.4.38 Sensor Full Stack (on PWBA OCT) ..................................................... 143 4.1.1 Precautions .............................................................................................. 161
3.4.39 Sensor Offset (on PWBA OCT) ........................................................... 143 4.1.2 Precautions in Performing Work ............................................................ 162
4.1.3 Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure ............................................... 163
3.5 Picture Image Trouble ................................................................................... 144
4.1.4 Difference between EPL-N3000 and AcuLaser M4000N in Disassembly/
3.5.1 Overview ................................................................................................. 144
Assembly ................................................................................................. 164
3.5.2 Too Light Print (Weak Gradation) ......................................................... 145
3.5.3 Blank Print .............................................................................................. 146 4.2 Cover ................................................................................................................ 167
3.5.4 Solid Black .............................................................................................. 147 4.2.1 COVER REAR ....................................................................................... 167
3.5.5 White or Light Bands (parallel with paper transport) ............................. 148 4.2.2 COVER RIGHT ..................................................................................... 168
3.5.6 White or Light Bands (perpendicular to paper transport) ....................... 149 4.2.3 COVER LEFT ........................................................................................ 169
3.5.7 Black Stripes (parallel with paper transport) .......................................... 150 4.2.4 COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL ....................................................... 170
3.5.8 Black Stripes (perpendicular to paper transport) .................................... 151 4.2.5 COVER FRONT ..................................................................................... 172
3.5.9 Image Partial Missing (White Spots) ...................................................... 153 4.2.6 SWITCH I/L ASSY ................................................................................ 173
3.5.10 Black Spots ........................................................................................... 154 4.3 150 Paper Cassette .......................................................................................... 175
3.5.11 Ghost Image .......................................................................................... 155 4.3.1 ROLL ASSY RETARD .......................................................................... 175
3.5.12 Fog ........................................................................................................ 156 4.3.2 RACK SIZE ............................................................................................ 177
3.5.13 Skew ..................................................................................................... 157 4.3.3 GEAR SECTOR ..................................................................................... 181
3.5.14 Damaged Paper (Wrinkling) ................................................................. 158 4.3.4 GUIDE ASSY END 150 ........................................................................ 183
3.5.15 Bad Fusing ............................................................................................ 159 4.3.5 PLATE ASSY BTM ............................................................................... 185
4.3.6 GEAR LEVER LOCK, LEVER BTM LOCK ....................................... 188
4.3.7 HANDLE EXTENTION 150 ................................................................. 190
4.4 550 Paper Cassette .......................................................................................... 191
4.4.1 ROLL ASSY RETARD .......................................................................... 191
4.4.2 RACK SIZE ............................................................................................ 192
4.4.3 GEAR SECTOR ..................................................................................... 196
4.4.4 GUIDE ASSY END 550 ........................................................................ 198
4.4.5 PLATE ASSY BTM ............................................................................... 200
4.4.6 GEAR LEVER LOCK, LEVER BTM LOCK ....................................... 203
4.4.7 HANDLE EXTENSION 550 ................................................................. 206
4.4.8 GUIDE INDICATOR 3 .......................................................................... 207
4.4.9 GUIDE INDICATOR 2 .......................................................................... 208
4.4.10 LOW IND FRONT ............................................................................... 210
4.5 150 Paper Feeder ............................................................................................ 211
4.5.1 150 FEEDER ASSY ............................................................................... 211
4.5.2 ROLL ASSY NUDGER, ROLL ASSY FEED ...................................... 213
4.5.3 CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER ............................................................ 214
4.5.4 ROLL ASSY GEAR NUDGER ............................................................. 215
15
Confidential
4.5.5 ROLL REGI RUBBER ........................................................................... 217 4.8.10 ROLL FU .............................................................................................. 271
4.5.6 CLUTCH ASSY PH, CLUTCH REGI ................................................... 219 4.8.11 LEVER GATE HOLDER, SPRING LEVER GATE,
4.5.7 SENSOR REGI ....................................................................................... 221 LEVER GATE FU ................................................................................... 272
4.5.8 SENSOR NO PAPER ............................................................................. 222 4.8.12 LEVER LATCH LEFT, SPRING LATCH FU,
4.5.9 ACTUATOR NO PAPER ...................................................................... 223 LEVER LATCH RIGHT ......................................................................... 273
4.6 550 Paper Feeder ............................................................................................ 224 4.8.13 ROLL PINCH FU, SPRING PINCH FU ............................................. 274
4.6.1 550 FEEDER ASSY ............................................................................... 224 4.8.14 GATE FU ............................................................................................. 275
4.6.2 ROLL ASSY NUDGER, ROLL ASSY FEED ...................................... 226 4.8.15 GATE ASSY EXIT .............................................................................. 276
4.6.3 CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER ............................................................ 227 4.9 Frame & Drive ................................................................................................ 277
4.6.4 ROLL ASSY GEAR NUDGER ............................................................. 228 4.9.1 MOTOR COVER ................................................................................... 277
4.6.5 CLUTCH ASSY PH ............................................................................... 230 4.9.2 MAIN MOTOR ...................................................................................... 279
4.6.6 SENSOR NO PAPER ............................................................................. 232 4.9.3 GEAR ASSY HOUSING ....................................................................... 281
4.6.7 GUIDE TRAY RIGHT ........................................................................... 234 4.9.4 GEAR ASSY PLATE, GEAR 9 ............................................................. 283
4.6.8 GUIDE TRAY LEFT ............................................................................. 236 4.10 Electrical ........................................................................................................ 285
4.6.9 ACTUATOR NO PAPER ...................................................................... 238 4.10.1 SHIELD PLATE LVPS ........................................................................ 285
4.7 Xero .................................................................................................................. 239 4.10.2 PWBA EXIT MOTOR ......................................................................... 286
4.7.1 ROS ASSY ............................................................................................. 239 4.10.3 LVPS .................................................................................................... 287
4.7.2 DUCT FRONT, FAN SUB ..................................................................... 241 4.10.4 POWER SWITCH, HARNESS ASSY AC110V ................................. 289
4.7.3 SHIELD PLATE ROS ............................................................................ 243 4.10.5 INTERLOCK S/W REAR .................................................................... 291
4.7.4 GUIDE CRU LEFT ................................................................................ 245 4.10.6 FAN MAIN ........................................................................................... 293
4.7.5 INTERLOCK S/W 24V, INTERLOCK S/W 5V ................................... 247 4.10.7 SHIELD ASSY ESS ............................................................................. 294
4.7.6 LEVER GUIDE ...................................................................................... 249 4.10.8 SHIELD ASSY WINDOW .................................................................. 295
4.7.7 HARNESS ASSY FUSER ..................................................................... 251 4.10.9 SHIELD PLATE HVPS ....................................................................... 296
4.7.8 FUSER ASSY ......................................................................................... 253 4.10.10 GUIDE RAIL TYPE-B, SPRING TYPE-B ....................................... 297
4.7.9 BTR ASSY ............................................................................................. 254 4.10.11 BOARD ASSY. SUB ......................................................................... 298
4.7.10 CHUTE TRANSFR .............................................................................. 255 4.10.12 BOARD ASSY., MAIN ..................................................................... 299
4.7.11 PWBA ASSY ANT .............................................................................. 256 4.10.13 HVPS/MCU ........................................................................................ 301
4.7.12 GUIDE ASSY CRU R .......................................................................... 257 4.10.14 BOARD ASSY, MEMORY ............................................................... 302
4.7.13 LEVER LINK, LINK GEAR 3 ............................................................ 259 4.11 Option 550 Paper Feeder ............................................................................. 303
4.8 500 Paper Exit ................................................................................................. 261 4.11.1 OPTION 550 PAPER FEEDER ........................................................... 303
4.8.1 COVER EXIT 500 .................................................................................. 261 4.11.2 COVER RIGHT PLATE ...................................................................... 304
4.8.2 500 EXIT ASSY ..................................................................................... 262 4.11.3 COVER LEFT PLATE ......................................................................... 305
4.8.3 CHUTE UP EXIT, CHUTE LOW EXIT ............................................... 263 4.11.4 OPT ASSY SIZE .................................................................................. 306
4.8.4 ROLL EXIT ............................................................................................ 265 4.11.5 DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR ..................................................................... 307
4.8.5 MOTOR ASSY EXIT ............................................................................. 266 4.11.6 MOTOR FEEDER ................................................................................ 308
4.8.6 SENSOR FACE UP OPEN .................................................................... 267 4.11.7 SENSOR LOW PAPER ....................................................................... 309
4.8.7 SENSOR FULL STACK ........................................................................ 268 4.11.8 PWBA FEEDER 550 ............................................................................ 310
4.8.8 ACTUATOR FULL STACK ................................................................. 269 4.11.9 550 FEEDER OPTION ........................................................................ 311
4.8.9 COVER REAR 500 ................................................................................ 270 4.11.10 ROLL ASSY NUDGER, ROLL ASSY FEED .................................. 313
16
Confidential
4.11.11 CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER ........................................................ 314 4.13.9 SOLENOID ASSY GATE ................................................................... 371
4.11.12 ROLL ASSY GEAR NUDGER ......................................................... 315 4.13.10 SENSOR OCT .................................................................................... 372
4.11.13 ROLL ASSY TURN ........................................................................... 317 4.13.11 ROLL OCT LOWER .......................................................................... 374
4.11.14 CLUTCH ASSY PH ........................................................................... 318 4.13.12 ROLL OCT UPPER ........................................................................... 376
4.11.15 CLUTCH PR-REGI ............................................................................ 319 4.13.13 MOTOR ASSY OCT .......................................................................... 378
4.11.16 SENSOR NO PAPER ......................................................................... 320 4.14 AcuLaser M4000N Unique Disassembly Procedures ................................ 379
4.11.17 ROLL ASSY RETARD ...................................................................... 321 4.14.1 COVER REAR (AcuLaser M4000N) .................................................. 379
4.11.18 RACK SIZE ........................................................................................ 322 4.14.2 COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL
4.11.19 GEAR SECTOR ................................................................................. 326 (AcuLaser M4000N) ................................................................................ 380
4.11.20 GUIDE ASSY END 550 .................................................................... 328 4.14.3 150 FEEDER ASSY (AcuLaser M4000N) .......................................... 382
4.11.21 PLATE ASSY BTM ........................................................................... 330 4.14.4 CLUTCH ASSY PH, CLUTCH REGI
4.11.22 GEAR LEVER LOCK, LEVER BTM LOCK ................................... 333 (AcuLaser M4000N) ................................................................................ 384
4.11.23 HANDLE EXTENSION 550 ............................................................. 336 4.14.5 ROS ASSY (AcuLaser M4000N) ......................................................... 386
4.11.24 GUIDE INDICATOR 3 ...................................................................... 337 4.14.6 MAIN MOTOR (AcuLaser M4000N) ................................................. 388
4.11.25 GUIDE INDICATOR 2 ...................................................................... 338 4.14.7 LVPS (AcuLaser M4000N) .................................................................. 390
4.11.26 LOW IND FRONT ............................................................................. 340 4.14.8 FAN MAIN (AcuLaser M4000N) ........................................................ 392
4.11.27 SPRING EARTH TOP ....................................................................... 341 4.14.9 COVER TOP (AcuLaser M4000N) ..................................................... 393
4.12 Option Duplex ............................................................................................... 342 4.14.10 COVER REAR DUP (AcuLaser M4000N) ....................................... 394
4.12.1 Option Duplex ...................................................................................... 342 4.14.11 FAN DUPLEX (AcuLaser M4000N) ................................................. 395
4.12.2 HSG UPPER ASSY .............................................................................. 343
4.12.3 HSG LOWER DUP .............................................................................. 344 Chapter 5 Adjustment
4.12.4 COVER TOP ........................................................................................ 346
4.12.5 PWBA DUPLEX .................................................................................. 347 5.1 Adjustment Items ........................................................................................... 397
4.12.6 FAN DUPLEX ...................................................................................... 349 5.2 Adjustment ...................................................................................................... 398
4.12.7 SENSOR DUP ...................................................................................... 350 5.2.1 Reset Life Counter .................................................................................. 398
4.12.8 ROLL DUP ........................................................................................... 351 5.2.2 Writing USB ID ...................................................................................... 399
4.12.9 COVER LEFT ...................................................................................... 353
5.3 Firmware Update ........................................................................................... 401
4.12.10 COVER RIGHT .................................................................................. 354
4.12.11 MOTOR DUPLEX ............................................................................. 355
4.12.12 SWITCH DUPLEX ............................................................................ 357 Chapter 6 Maintenance
4.12.13 COVER HARNESS, HARNESS ASSY DUP ................................... 359
6.1 Overview .......................................................................................................... 405
4.13 Option OCT .................................................................................................. 360 6.1.1 Maintenance ............................................................................................ 406
4.13.1 Option OCT .......................................................................................... 360 6.1.2 Cleaning .................................................................................................. 407
4.13.2 COVER REAR ..................................................................................... 362
4.13.3 TRAY ASSY OCT ............................................................................... 363
4.13.4 COVER OCT ........................................................................................ 364
4.13.5 COVER FRONT ................................................................................... 366
4.13.6 ACTUATOR FULL STACK ............................................................... 367
4.13.7 PWBA OCT .......................................................................................... 368
4.13.8 MOTOR ASSY OFFSET ..................................................................... 370
17
Confidential
Chapter 7 Appendix
7.1 Connectors ....................................................................................................... 409
7.1.1 Connector P/J Locations of the Printer ................................................... 409
7.1.2 Connector P/J Locations of the Optional Units ...................................... 411
7.2 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information ................................................... 413
7.2.1 Notes on Use of Connection Wiring Diagrams ...................................... 413
7.2.2 Overall Connection Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 415
7.2.3 Wiring and Signal Descriptions between Components .......................... 418
7.3 Control Panel Special Operations ................................................................. 428
7.3.1 Operation Method & Functions .............................................................. 428
7.3.2 Special Menu .......................................................................................... 429
7.4 Information Sheet ........................................................................................... 430
7.4.1 Status Sheet ............................................................................................. 430
7.4.2 Network Status Sheet (AcuLaser M4000N only) ................................... 432
7.4.3 Engine Status Sheet (AcuLaser M4000N only) ...................................... 434
7.4.4 Print Log Report (AcuLaser M4000N only) .......................................... 436
7.5 Exploded Diagrams ........................................................................................ 438
7.6 ASP List (Parts List) ...................................................................................... 468
18
Confidential
1
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Confidential
First page out (MP tray/A4) Less than 8.7 sec Less than 7.9 sec
OPTIONAL UNIT
Control Panel Equipped with LCD
CPU TMPR4955 300 MHz RM7035C 500 MHz Optional paper Capacity: Up to 550 sheets
cassette unit Paper size: A4, A5, B5, F4, LT, HLT, LGL,EXE, GLG, GLT
RAM Standard 64 MB
Duplex unit A4, A5, B5, F4, LT, HLT, LGL, EXE, GLG, GLT
Max. 512 MB 576 MB
OCT A4, A5, B5, F4, LT, HLT, LGL, EXE, GLG, GLT
Interfaces IEEE1284 Parallel I/F IEEE1284 Parallel I/F
USB 1.1 I/F USB 2.0 HS I/F
(2.0 FS 12 Mbps Certified) 10 BaseT / 100 BaseTx
10 Base T/100 Base Tx Ethernet
Ethernet Type B slot (option)
Type B slot (option)
Printer Language PostScripts 3, PCL6, LJ4, GL2, ESC/Page (B/W), FX, ESCP2,
ESC/P2, FX, I239X, ESC/Page I239X, PCL5e, PCL6,
PostScript 3, PDF 1.3
Dimensions (Main unit) 428 x 468 x 404 mm 428 x 480 x 404 mm
Weight (Main unit) 20.9 Kg 21.5 Kg
Power supply AC120 V: 50/60 Hz AC120 V: 50/60 Hz
AC220 V/240 V: 50/60 Hz AC220 V/240 V: 50/60 Hz
10
6
5 EPL-N3000
4
8
9
5
7 4
11
8 5
7 6
6
AcuLaser
M4000N
3
Figure 1-2. Rear View
12
No. 7
The following figure shows the dimensions of the space required around the printer.
Be sure to provide the space for installation, operation, and maintenance.
Note “*”: Standard paper: XEROX 4024 20lb Letter (75 g/m2)
RX-80 A4 (3R91720) (80 g/m2)
UNSUITABLE PAPERS
The following types of paper should not be used, otherwise decreased print quality,
paper misfeeds, or damage to the printer may occur.
Copy paper (carbon paper, non-carbon paper), thermal paper, impact paper, acid-
based paper.
Paper that is too thin or too thick
Paper that is wet or damp.
Paper with special coatings or color printer paper with processed surfaces.
Glossy (too slick on its surface) paper, or paper with too smooth/rough surfaces.
Paper with significantly different roughness on each surface of the front and back
side.
Paper with punch holes or perforations.
Creased, curled or torn paper.
Irregularly shaped paper or paper with non-perpendicular corners.
Labels that peel off easily.
Paper with glue, staples or paper clips attached to it.
Ink jet paper for special applications (super-fine, glossy, glossy film, etc.).
Paper previously used in a thermal or ink jet printer.
Transparencies for other color laser printers or color photocopiers.
Sheets already printed on other color/monochrome laser printers or photocopiers.
Sheets of paper stuck together.
4-sided postcards, postcards for ink jet printers, unofficial postcards, and adhesive
postcards.
Iron print coated paper (for both ink jet and laser printers).
Paper that is deteriorated or discolored at 240°C or less.
When postcards with illustrations are used, the paper feed roller may be soiled
with paper dust, and these postcards may not be fed properly. In this case, cleaning
is required in accordance with Chapter 6 “Maintenance” (p.404).
4.0 mm 4.0 mm Postcard type Postcard Front side printing Postcard Reverse side printing
Feeding
Direction
↑
4.0 mm
Table 1-7. List of Printer Messages Table 1-7. List of Printer Messages
LEDs status LCD status LEDs status LCD status
Sort Printer Status AcuLaser Sort Printer Status AcuLaser
Error EPL-N3000 Error EPL-N3000
M4000N M4000N
Menus Locked X O X Service Req Cffff*2 All blinking O O
Reserve Job Canceled X O O Service Req Eggg*2 All blinking O O
Hard Disk full X O O Optional RAM Error O O O
Form Data Canceled X O O Write Error ROM P O X O
PS3 Hard Disk full X O O Cassette Error yyy (yyy=003) O X O
Can't Print X O O DM Error yyy (yyy=001) O O O
Collate Disabled X O O Stacker Error yyy (yyy=002) X O O
Check Paper Size X O O Check Duplex Paper Size Δ2 O O
Error
Image Optimum X O O Paper Jamwwww*3 O O O
Check Paper Type X O O Face-down Full Δ2 O O
Outbin Select Error X O O Stacker Full Δ2 O O
Need Memory X O O Install Toner Cartridge O X O
Warning Replace Toner Cartridge X X O Install Imaging Cart O O X
Cartridge Near Expiry X O O Wrong Toner Cartridge O X O
Toner Low X X O Image Cart ID Error O O X
Worn Fuser X O X Replace Toner Cartridge*4 O O O
Replace Fuser X X O
Replace Maintenance Unit X X O
Replace Feed Roller C2 X X O
Replace Feed Roller C3 X X O
Fuser Needed Soon X X O
Maintenance unit Needed Soon X X O
Feed Roller C2 Needed Soon X X O
Feed Roller C3 Needed Soon X X O
Non-Genuine Toner Cartridge X O O
Table 1-7. List of Printer Messages Note " *1 " : This printer does not display the time and therefore always zz=0.
LEDs status LCD status "*2" : For details on the Service Req error code, see “3.1.8 Service Call Errors (p.70) ”.
Sort Printer Status AcuLaser "*3" : “WWWW” indicates the jammed or opened point. See “3.1.7 Details of Error
Error EPL-N3000 Messages and Solutions (p.68) ”.
M4000N
Non-Genuine Toner Cartridge "*4" : An error when the toner counter has reached the threshold where continuing use is
O O O
not possible. Enabled when a toner cartridge applied with the toner return program
Toner Cart Error O X O with collection conditions is installed.
Replace Fuser Δ2 X O "*5" : “sss” indicates the Page Size setting of the control panel.
Replace Maintenance Unit Δ2 X O "*6" : “ttt” indicates the Paper Source setting (except for “Auto”) of the control panel.
Replace Feed Roller C2 Δ2 O O "*7" : “uuu” indicates the paper size setting in the Tray Menu of the control panel.
Replace Feed Roller C3 Δ2 O O
wwww*3 Open O O O
Manual Feed sss*5 Δ2 O O
Can't Print Duplex Δ3 O O
Face-up Path Selected Δ3 O O
Paper Out ttt*6 uuu*7 O O O
Error
Replace Toner Cartridge*4 O O O
Replace Toner Cartridge Δ2 O O
Paper Set ttt*6 uuu*7 Δ3 O O
Print Overrun Δ3 O O
Memory Overflow Δ3 O O
Duplex Memory Overflow Δ3 O O
Invalid Data Δ3 X O
Invalid HDD O O O
Invalid N/W Module O O X
Invalid PS3 O O O
Invalid AUX I/F Card O O O
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
Confidential
This printer uses electrophotographic printing method to print images on paper by Cycle repeats
using the video signal transmitted from the Main Board Assy to the MCU of the for the next print 3. Development
HVPS/MCU. Electrophotographic printing method consists of the seven steps as
described below: 4. Transfer Paper enters
1. Charging:
The BCR (Bias Charge Roll) generates a uniform negative charge on the drum 7. Cleaning 5. Separation
surface.
2. Exposure: 6. Fusing
The Laser Scanner scans the surface of the drum using extremely thin laser
beam modulated according to the signal from the controller, and generates an Ejecting printed paper
invisible latent image on the surface of the drum.
Figure 2-1. Overview of Printing Process
3. Development:
Toner is attracted to the electrostatic latent image on the drum surface, and a
visible toner image is generated.
4. Transfer:
The toner image is transferred from the surface of the drum onto the paper.
5. Separation:
The paper is separated from the surface of the drum by partial neutralization
of the charge on the paper.
6. Fusing:
The toner image is fused to the paper by application of heat and pressure. 6. Fusing 7. Cleaning
7. Cleaning:
Residual toner is removed from the surface of the drum.
1. Charging
As the drum turns, the surface of the drum passes the steps of charging, exposure, 5. Separation
development, transfer, separation and cleaning, so that the toner image is generated on
the surface of the drum and is transferred onto the paper.
2. Exposure
The paper passes the steps of transfer, separation and fusing by the operation of the
paper transport mechanism. When the paper is positioned for the image, the toner 4. Transfer
image is transferred from the drum surface onto the paper and then fused.
3. Development
The laser beam striking the Drum surface excites the electrons moving toward the
conductor and consequently generates “electron ⇔ hole” pairs inside the
photoconductive layer. Electrons, attracted by the electric field, move toward the inner
FUSER ASSY metal portion of the drum and flow in there. Holes move toward the external surface of
the photoconductive layer, thus reducing negative charges there. The areas of the lower
to Duplex Heat Roll negative charge level form the latent print image.
In the next process, toner is attracted to the electrostatic latent image, thus a visible
Pressure Roll
toner image is generated.
Drum Attracted by positive charge supplied from the BTR (Bias Transfer Roll), the toner
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
ROS ASSY image is transferred from the surface of the Drum onto the paper. Then the Drum
proceeds to the separation process and cleaning process.
BTR ASSY
Mag.Roll
from Duplex
In the cleaning process, the surface of the Drum is cleared of the remaining toner to get
ready for the next cycle.
The toner is scraped off with the cleaning blade from the surface of the Drum.
2.2 Print Data Flow The print data (electrical signal) from the printer controller forms the print image via
the processes as shown in the flowchart below.
The NIC (Network Interface Card) of the printer connected to the network receives the
packet signal in the form of bit stream transmitted from a client or server in the
network. Then the NIC decomposes the received packet signal into the data format in
Electrostatic Latent Image on Drum
the layer where the data is to be sent to the Controller. The Controller processes the Host (Electrical Signal) (Invisible Image)
data received from the NIC the same way as the data received from the host computer
through the parallel port. (These two types of data are both called “host data”.)
The Controller buffers the rasterized bit-image host data or converts the host data in Printer Controller (Electrical Signal) Toner Image on Drum (Visible Image)
PDL (Page Description Language) into rasterized bit-image data. Every stroke of
scanning with the laser beam, the Controller transmits one line of rasterized bit-image
data to the MCU of the HVPS/MCU. MAIN PWB (Electrical Signal) Toner Image on Paper
The /VDO signal carrying the image data is converted to the LVDS signal at the MCU
of the HVPS/MCU and transmitted to the ROS ASSY as the P.DATA+ and P.DATA-
ROS ASSY (Laser Beam) Print Image on Paper
signals. On the ROS ASSY, the received signal is converted to a very thin laser beam,
which is turned on or off according to the video signal. The laser beam, once reflected
by the surface of the spinning Polygon Mirror, passes through a series of lenses and is
concentrated on the surface of the Drum in the Imaging Cartridge. As a result, an Figure 2-5. Print Data Flow
electrostatic latent image is generated on the surface of the Drum.
2.3 Driving Force Trasmission Route As shown in Figure. 2-9, the driving force is distributed via the gears in the GEAR
ASSY HOUSING and the GEAR ASSY PLATE to the Imaging Cartridge, 150
FEEDER ASSY, 250/550 FEEDER ASSY and FUSER ASSY.
2.3.1 Main Unit The driving force transmitted to the 150 FEEDER ASSY drives the ROLL REGI
METAL and ROLL REGI RUBBER, and the ROLL ASSY NUDGER and ROLL
2.3.1.1 Main Motor ASSY FEED. The driving force transmitted to the 550 FEEDER ASSY drives the
The driving force for the main unit is generated by the MAIN MOTOR. The force is ROLL ASSY NUDGER and ROLL ASSY FEED. The driving force transmitted to the
transmitted via the gears in the GEAR ASSY HOUSING and the GEAR ASSY EP Cartridge drives the Drum and is transmitted via the Drum Gear to the BTR ASSY.
PLATE to the printer components that require mechanical driving force. The driving force transmitted to the FUSER ASSY drives the Heat Roll.
GEAR 16/49
GEAR 21 GEAR 21
Figure 2-7. Driving Force of Motor Assy Exit
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
Gear 2 Gear 15
Gear 5
CLUTCH ASSY PH
Gear 13
CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER
Gear 14
Gear 16
JG6108AA
Figure 2-8. Driving Force Transmission Route for Imaging Cartridge Figure 2-9. Driving Force Transmission Route for FEEDER ASSY
Gear 7
Gear HR
Gear 6
GEAR 9
MAIN MOTOR
CLUTCH REGI
Gear 18
Gear 17
Gear 5 Gear 5
Gear 15
Gear 14 Gear 13 MAIN MOTOR JG6111AA
JG6109AA
Figure 2-10. Driving Force Transmission Route for CLUTCH REGI Figure 2-11. Driving Force Transmission Route for FUSER ASSY
Figure 2-12. Driving Force Transmission Route for 2.3.2.2 Gear Layout
500 Paper Exit & Face Up Tray
GEAR IDLE 47
GEAR IDLE 77
MOTOR DUPLEX
GEAR ROLL
Figure 2-16. Driving Force Transmission Route for Duplex Unit Figure 2-18. Driving Force Transmission Route for OCT
ROLL EXIT
ROLL EXIT
ROLL FU
FUSER ASSY ROLL PINCH EXIT
ROLL DUP
Drum
BTR ASSY
JG6115AA
Standard
Automatic detection
2.5.6 500 PAPER EXIT & FACE UP TRAY (p.52) Presence of cartridge
using CSIC
2.5.7 DRIVE (p.53) EP Cartridge Presence of new cartridge IC chip detection method
2.5.8 ELECTRICAL (p.54) Toner near empty Soft counter No sensor
JG6116AA
The force to push up the PLATE ASSY BTM is supplied from the SPRING BTM
UP150 when the LEVER BTM LOCK and STOPPER GEAR are released from the
lock position. When the PLATE ASSY BTM is pushed up, the sheet to be fed comes in STOPPER GEAR
contact with the ROLL ASSY NUDGER.
GUIDE ASSY SD R150
LOW INDICATOR
Mounted on the 550 Paper Cassette only, the LOW INDICATOR indicates the GUIDE ASSY END150
LOCK EXTENSION
JG6117AA
remaining amount of paper in the 550 Paper Cassette with the up/down motion of the
LOW IND FRONT. Figure 2-23. 150 Paper Cassette
When the paper gets low, the PLATE ASSY BTM rises, and the LOW IND FRONT
lowers synchronously via the GUIDE INDICATOR.
PLATE ASSY BTM
GUIDE ASSY SD L 550
LOCK EXTENSION
LEVER BTM LOCK
STOPPER GEAR
GUIDE INDICATOR
SIZE SWITCH
This component is equipped with the switches that set the size of the sheet to be fed Size Switch
SENSOR NO PAPER
from PAPER CASSETTE. The signal for the setting size is transmitted to the HVPS/
MCU in the form of a voltage. ACTUATOR NO PAPER
ACTUATOR NO PAPER
When the sheets in the PAPER CASSETTE have been used up, the ACTUATOR NO
PAPER lowers. The flag of the ACTUATOR NO PAPER intercepting the light in the
slot of the SENSOR NO PAPER is dislocated from the intercepting position so that the ROLL ASSY NUDGER JG6118EA
light transmission to the sensor is permitted.
Figure 2-25. Major Components of the PAPER FEEDER
SENSOR NO PAPER
The SENSOR NO PAPER detects the presence/absence of paper in the PAPER
CASSETTE by the position of the ACTUATOR NO PAPER and converts the result of
detection into an electric signal. When the light to the sensor is intercepted (when paper
is present), the No-Paper 1/2 SNR ON signal turns OFF.
2.5.4 XERO
IMAGING CARTRIDGE BTR ASSY
The Imaging Cartridge, an Imaging Cartridge also called the CRU (Customer
Replaceable Unit), consists of the following five major components:
Drum:
An aluminum cylinder with the surface coated with photoconductive material. The
photoconductive property of the drum allows the drum surface to hold electrical
charge while in darkness, and discharge it when exposed to the light.
BCR (Bias Charge Roll):
Places uniform electrical charge on the drum surface to erase the electrical patterns
of reduced charge remaining from the last print cycle.
Magnet Roll:
Holds toner on the surface in the form of a thin layer, and conveys toner into the
gap between the drum and the Magnet Roll. Toner is supplied to the Magnet Roll
by the Agitator in the Toner Compartment.
CM Blade (Charging and Metering Blade):
Spreads toner on the Magnet Roll in the form of a thin layer, and gives negative
charge to the toner by friction charging.
Cleaning Blade:
Scrapes the residual toner from the drum surface after the transfer step.
IMAIGING CARTRIDGE JG6119EA
ROS ASSY
The ROS (Raster Output Scanner) scans the surface of the drum with a laser beam. The
ROS ASSY consists of the following three major components, namely, LD (Laser
Diode) Assembly, Scanner Assembly and SOS PWB:
LD Assembly:
The LD Assembly generates a laser beam. The generated beam is turned ON/OFF
according to the printing data signal. The nominal maximum output of the
semiconductor laser diode used as the light source of the laser is as indicated
below.
Scanner Assembly:
Consists of the Polygon Mirror with 12 mirror facets and the Scanner Motor.
The Polygon Mirror is secured to the shaft of the Scanner Motor.
Figure 2-27. Conceptual Diagram of Image Creation by Scanning
The Scanner Motor rotates the Polygon Mirror at a certain speed. The spinning
Polygon Mirror reflects the beam, via lenses and mirrors, onto the surface of the SOS PWB LD Assembly
rotating drum and the beam scans the drum surface from one side to the other.
One-line scanning is carried out by one mirror facet.
The Scanner Motor is driven by three-phase full-wave current linear drive. The
current in the coil for each phase is switched by the Hall amplifier matrix, and the
signal from the phase detection terminal of the Motor is used.
SOS PWB:
The laser beam that has entered the SOS Sensor of the SOS PWB is converted to
an electric signal (SOS signal) and detects the initial position for each line
scanning.
A latent image for one line is created when the laser beam is turned on and off and
scans the drum surface from its one side to the other. A image for one plane is created
when scanning by the laser beam is repeated on the rotating drum. The resolution in the
scanning direction (from right to left) depends on the revolving speed of the Scanner
Motor and the quickness of adjustment of laser. The resolution in the process direction Scanner Assembly JG6121AA
(from top to bottom) depends on the revolving speed of the Scanner Motor (The faster
the scanning is performed, the earlier the scanning of the next line is started). Figure 2-28. Major Components of the ROS ASSY
HEAT ROLL Peels the leading edge of the paper off the Heat Roll so that the paper does not wind
around the Heat Roll.
This hollow surface-coated metal tube, heated by the Heater Rod located therein,
applies heat to the paper passing between this roll and the Pressure Roll. This heat HEAT ROLL DIODE
fuses the toner on the paper.
Negative charge is accumulated on the Heater Rod. This charge can disturb the toner
PRESSURE ROLL image on the paper during fusing. The Heat Roll Diode dissipates this charge into the
frame for grounding.
This metal shaft, coated with sponge rubber, applies pressure to the paper between this
roll and the Heat Roll. This pressure presses the molten toner against the paper. EXIT SENSOR
HEATER ASSEMBLY Detects the arrival of the paper at the detecting point of the outlet area behind the Fuser
and ejection of the paper from there.The /EXIT signal turns low when the sensor is
Consists of the Heater Rod, which is a lamp comprising a heat coil contained in a receiving light (there is paper).
sealed quartz glass pipe, and the terminal installed from the end of the Heater Rod via
the harness. The Heater Rod is located in the Heat Roll, and the Heat Roll gets heated.
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Two STSs are installed. The STSs are connected in series with the Heat Roll, and
function as overheat prevention in the second stage. If the overheat of the fuser cannot
be prevented in the first stage, the STSs open the power supply circuit of the Heater
Rod. The functions of the STSs are as described below.
To prevent the Pressure Roll from seizing up by wrong setting of paper, the STS
opens the power supply circuit to cool it down when the detected temperature rises
to or above the preset temperature.
To prevent both edges of paper from curling caused by a temperature rise on both
sides of the Heat Roll, the STS lights up the Short lamp to control a temperature
rise when the detected temperature rises to or above the preset temperature.
2.5.6 500 PAPER EXIT & FACE UP TRAY GATE OCT EXIT
The 500 Paper Exit is a component designed to eject printed paper from the printer. This gate operates in synchronization with the LINK GATE OCT to change the paper
In addition to Face Down paper ejection, the 500 Paper Exit allows ejection of Face Up transport path.
paper to the Face Up Tray (tray mounted on the printer rear) and ejection to the Option When the SOLENOID ASSY GATE installed on the optional OCT operates, the
OCT. GATE OCT EXIT intercepts the normal paper exit path by means of the LINK GATE
OCT pushed down by the spindle of the SOLENOID ASSY GATE and switches the
MOTOR ASSY EXIT exit direction to the OCT paper exit tray.
This motor drives the ROLL EXIT that transports paper to the corresponding exit tray.
When the optional Duplex is installed, this motor also has the function to turn over and
insert the paper to the Duplex.
ROLL EXIT
This roll transports the printed paper, which is fed from the Fuser, to the Face Down
paper exit tray.
ROLL FU
This roll transports the printed paper, which is fed from the Fuser, to the Face Up paper
exit tray.
This sensor detects that Face Up print is selected. When the LEVER GATE FU is
raised, the signal is detected by the Actuator mounted on the synchronizing GATE FU,
and the printer is put in the Face Up print mode.
Figure 2-30. 500 Paper Exit & Face Up Tray
SENSOR FULL STACK
This sensor detects that the 500 Exit Face Down paper exit tray is full by means of the
ACTUATOR FULL STACK.
GATE FU
This gate operates in synchronization with the LEVER GATE FU to change the paper
transport path. When the LEVER GATE FU is raised, GATE FU intercepts the normal
paper exit path, switching the exit direction to the Face Up paper exit tray.
The GEAR ASSY HOUSING consists of gear trains that transmit the driving force GEAR ASSY HOUSING
from the MAIN MOTOR, which generates the drive of the printer body, to various
parts of the printer.
LEVER LINK
This mechanism disconnects and connects the transmission of driving force from the
MAIN MOTOR of the FUSER ASSY. When the COVER OPEN is opened, the
LEVER LINK pushes up the Gear 8 in the GEAR ASSY HOUSING to disengage it
from the GEAR 9 so that the driving force transmission to the FUSER ASSY gets
disconnected. In addition, the LEVER LINK moves up and down and via the LINK
GEAR 3, the Gear 4 in the GEAR ASSY PLATE moves right and left to connect/
disconnect transmission of driving force to the Drum in the Imaging Cartridge.
MAIN MOTOR
JG6124EA
INTERLOCK S/W 24V Receives data from the host to print paper and control the whole printer.
When the COVER OPEN is open, this safety switch shuts off the power supply of 24 PWBA EXIT MOTOR
VDC from the LVPS to the HVPS/MCU, MAIN MOTOR, etc.
Controls the MOTOR ASSY EXIT according to the signal from the HVPS/MCU.
To prevent abnormal temperature rise inside the printer, this fan sends out the air from
INTERLOCK S/W 5V INTERLOCK S/W 24V
inside the printer. (EPL-N3000 only) (EPL-N3000 only)
INTERLOCK S/W REAR FAN MAIN
FAN SUB
PWBA EXIT MOTOR
To prevent an abnormal temperature rise inside the printer, this fan takes in outside air.
Mounted above the ROS ASSY in the center of the Front side, this fan takes in outside
air from the Front side.
LVPS
Generates low DC voltages (5 V and 3.3 V for the logic circuits, 5 V for the LVPS
PWBA ESS
Laser Diode and 24 V for the motor and clutch) from AC power.
HVPS/MCU
The functions of HVPS and those of MCU are incorporated on one circuit board. The
HVPS circuit generates AC and DC high voltages and supplies them to the processes HVPS/MCU
for charging (BCR), development (Magnet Roll), transfer (BTR) and separation FAN SUB
J26125EAK1
(Detack Saw). CONTROL PANEL (ROUGH)
The MCU circuit controls printing operation based on communication with the print
controller and information sent from sensors and switches. Figure 2-32. Major Components of the ELECTRICAL
SENSOR NO PAPER
When the paper in the PAPER CASSETTE is running short, the arm of the SENSOR LOW PAPER
ACTUATOR LOW PAPER is pushed up by the PLATE ASSY BTM. The flag of the
ACTUATOR LOW PAPER intercepting the light in the slot of the SENSOR LOW
PAPER is dislocated from the intercepting position so that the light transmission to the
sensor is permitted.
present), the Low-Paper Feed550 SNR ON signal turns OFF. Figure 2-33. Major Components of the OPTION FEEDER
With this printer, the DUPLEX is available as an optional unit. Duplex printing is FAN DUPLEX
permitted if this DUPLEX unit is installed at the rear of the base engine.
PWBA DUPLEX
SWITCH DUPLEX
This switch detects that the HSG LOWER DUP and COVER HSG DUP are closed.
SENSOR DUP
This sensor detects presence/absence of paper in the DUPLEX unit. SWITCH DUPLEX
FAN DUPLEX
To prevent abnormal temperature rise inside the DUPLEX unit, this fan sends out the MOTOR DUPLEX
air inside the DUPLEX unit and takes in outside air.
ROLL DUP
ROLLER DUP
JG6615AA
This roller feeds the paper whose first side was printed to the printer again through the
Figure 2-34. Major Components of the DUPLEX
DUPLEX unit in order to print the second side.
PWBA DUPLEX
The PWBA DUPLEX, incorporating a CPU, receives commands from the HVPS/
MCU and information from sensors and switches and controls paper feeding operation
in the DUPLEX unit.
The CPU mounted on the PWBA DUPLEX uses flash ROM so that the firmware can
be rewritten by communication.
MOTOR DUPLEX
Gives driving force to the three rollers named ROLLER DUP that convey paper into
the printer.
PWBA OCT
The PWBA OCT, incorporating a CPU, the PWBA OCT receives instructions from the
HVPS/MCU and information from the sensors and switches to control paper transport
operation in the OCT.
SENSOR OCT
This sensor detects presence/absence of paper in the OCT.
Driven by the MOTOR ASSY OCT and GEAR CAM, this part moves in the lateral
direction at the time of paper ejection to perform offset operation. The offset paper and
non-offset paper are spaced 25mm from each other as standard. The offset amount (the
nearest paper distance between the offset bundle and non-offset bundle) is 10mm or
more.
Offset amount
Figure 2-35. Chute Offset Assy
ROLL OCT UPPER
MOTOR ASSY OCT
S/W REAR COVER
Sensor Offset
PWBA OCT
SENSOR OCT
ROLL OCT LOWER
2.6 Control The following table indicates the Scanner Motor speeds corresponding to the
resolutions.
Table. 2-3 below indicates ON (1)/OFF (0) of the paper size switches corresponding to dpi (dots per inch)
the paper size in the PAPER CASSETTE. rpm (revolutions per minute)
Table 2-3. ON (1)/OFF (0) of Paper Size Switches NOTE: A laser beam is scanned per plane (entire plane) of the Polygon Mirror.
Paper Size Switch
Paper Size WARM-UP OF ROS
SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4
No cassette 0 0 0 0 As soon as the ROS starts warming up, the Scanner Motor starts running. When the
Executive SEF 0 0 0 1 interval of the SOS signal sampled every 100ms is shorter than the Ready reference
B5(JIS) SEF 0 0 1 1 value three consecutive times, the ROS ends warming up (the Scanner Motor runs at
A5 SEF 0 1 0 1 constant speed.)
Legal14"SEF 0 1 1 1
Letter SEF 1 0 0 1 REFERENCE VALUE OF ROS
A4 SEF 1 1 0 1
Table 2-5. Reference Values of ROS
Legal13"SEF 1 1 1 1
Reference Value of ROS Description
Note : The Switches in the Size Switch are "SW1", "SW2", "SW3" and "SW4" in this order, SOS signal interval corresponding to 98% or more of
“Ready” reference value
starting from the Front side. operating speed of Scanner Motor
SOS signal interval corresponding to 90% or less of
2.6.2 ROS Control
“Fail” reference value
operating speed of Scanner Motor
WARM-UP OF FUSER
When the Fuser starts warming up, the Halogen Lamp turns ON (lights up)
simultaneously. The Fuser completes warming up when the surface temperature
(detected by the thermistor) of the HEAT ROLL reaches the Fuser control temperature
(standby temperature).
The Main Motor is operating while the Fuser is warming up.
As compared to the EPL-N2050, the EPL-N3000 has been increased in engine speed to
enhance the total throughput, and configured on the basis of the EPL-N2500 controller
to reduce costs.
Features
Engine specifications: A3, monochrome, 600 dpi
(No 1200 dpi mode)
Enhanced engine speed: 34 ppm
Price-reduced CPU: Toshiba TMPR4955BFG 300 MHz
Totally improved ASIC: Memory control and I/O control integrated
ASIC: DLC
Data bus clock: 66.7 MHz
Standard memory: ROM:16 MB
RAM:64 MB
Control panel: With LCD With back light
Standard interface: Parallel interface
USB1.1 (USB2.0FS)
Ethernet
Optional interface TypeB
Hard disk (IDE): Available as option. Controlled by the
external PLD (IDEC).
50MHz
IOBUS
HV BUS
EEPROM DM9000A Network
Rarallel IDE
ASIC
Wide Panel Type-B
TROUBLESHOOTING
Confidential
Once an error occurs, the “EPSON Status Monitor 3” will appear as a pop-up window
on the screen of the host PC. It will show details of how to cope with the trouble. In
Does the same
almost all cases, the user can recover the printer from the error, provided that the user error occur even when No
Problem solved
follows the instructions indicated on the pop-up window. power is turned on
again?
In addition, the User's Manual for EPSON EPL-N2500 describes detailed steps to be Yes
taken for recovery from typical errors.
Is there any Yes Either of No
error display? warning status and error
3.1.1 Specified Tools status?
No
This printer does not require any specified tools for troubleshooting. Yes
No
3.4.17 Electrical Noise (p.127) 3.4 Troubleshooting for Individual Units (p.110)
Troubleshooting Overview 64
Confidential
Troubleshooting Overview 65
Confidential
3.1.5 Notes on Troubleshooting When “P/J1-2 ↔ P/J3-4”, for instance, is referred to in any diagnosis item for
voltage measurement, the negative terminal “P/J3-4” is always of AG (Analog
The troubleshooting method described here assumes there is no malfunction in the Ground), SG (Signal Ground) or RTN (Return).
printer controller (Main Board). If you can not fix a problem even by following the Therefore, first make certain that actually there is continuity between AGs,
troubleshooting procedure, you are advised to replace the printer controller with a between SGs and between RTNs. Then you are allowed to connect the negative (-)
normal one and then follow the same procedure. probe of your meter not to “P/J3-4PIN” but to another AG, SG or RTN pin.
If you can not recover the printer from the trouble even with the printer controller However, AG, SG and RTN are not all of the same level, so you must be careful
replaced, replace the "Parts that can be the cource of this error" with new ones in not to confuse them.
order one by one and repeat operation checks.
Use a dedicated tool to measure the voltage of the small connector. Handle the tool
Some normal components may be required as troubleshooting tools to identify the carefully as its front end is sharp.
cause of the trouble. You are advised to have a spare HVPS/MCU, LVPS, FUSER
ASSY, BTR ASSY, and Y/M/C/K Imaging cartridges. Measure the voltage with the Imaging Cartridge, BTR ASSY and paper tray
mounted, with the COVER TOP ASSY, FUSER ASSY and COVER REAR
Be sure to unplug the POWER CORD before starting troubleshooting work except closed and with the power turned ON, as long as these conditions do not obstruct
when turning power ON is needed. With the power cord connected, never touch the measuring work.
any live parts unnecessarily.
All voltage values given in the diagnosis items are approximate values. Actually
Conventions used to represent connectors are as follows: measured values different somewhat from, but deemed close to, the given values
P/J12: Connector (P/J12) with the Plug and Jack connected to each other. should be accepted.
P12: Plug side with the connector (P/J12) disconnected Remember that diagnosis items do not provide any description on removal of parts
(This does not apply to direct connection to a circuit board) which are supposed to be always removed, and work operations which are
J12: Jack side with the connector (P/J12) disconnected supposed to be done, to perform servicing work indicated in diagnosis items.
(This does not apply to direct connection to a circuit board)
“Replacement” referred to in diagnosis items lists the parts which can be the
Unless otherwise specified, measure the voltage with the Plug and source of the trouble and signifies that the parts or the assemblies (HIGH ASSY)
C H E C K containing those parts should be replaced with normal ones one by one and
P O IN T Jack connected to each other.
checking should be repeated.
In the FIP, the first stage of the feeder using paper trays at the bottom of the printer
is described as "Tray 1" and the second stage as "Tray 2", and the first stage of the
Option 550 Paper Feeder as "Tray 3" and the second stage as "Tray 4".
When “P/J1-2 ↔ P/J3-4”, for instance, is referred to in any diagnosis item, make
measurement by placing the positive (+) probe of your meter on the pin 2 of P/J1
and the negative (-) probe on the pin 4 of P/J3.
When “P/J1 ↔ P/J2”, for instance, is referred to in any diagnosis item, make
measurement between every pair of terminals of the P/J1 and P/J2 by consulting
“7.2 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information” (p.410).
Troubleshooting Overview 66
Confidential
3.1.6 Mechanical Controller Test Printing Function 3.1.6.2 Test Print Pattern
With this printer, you can carry out printing operation check of the engine alone by Figure 3-2 below shows the pattern output by print test of the engine alone.
control of the Mechanical Controller as follows:
About 4 mm
3.1.6.1 How to Execute Test Printing
About 4 mm
Short-circuit the jumper wire (JP93 JP TEST) on the HVPS/MCU Board to the frame,
About 4 mm
and the test pattern as shown in Figure 3-2 will be printed. Quit short-circuitting to
terminate printing.
Frame
Note 1: The d2 value in table above represents the case of A4 LEF printing.
Troubleshooting Overview 67
Confidential
3.1.7 Details of Error Messages and Solutions Jam MP A, Jam C1 A, Jam C2 A, Jam C3 A
Draw out each paper feeder, remove the jammed paper, and then repeat
CASSETTE ERROR 003 opening/closing of the cover A.If the jammed paper cannot be seen or
removed, open the cover A and remove the imaging cartridge. Remove the
The cassette is removed while the printer is powered on. Turn the printer off, set the jammed paper, replace the imaging cartridge, and then close the cover.
cassette correctly, and then turn the power on again. Jam DM
Open the duplex cover, remove the jammed paper, and then close the cover
DM ERROR 001 again.
JAM STK
The duplex unit is removed while the printer is powered on. Turn the printer off, set the
Open the stacker cover, remove the jammed paper, and then close the cover
duplex unit correctly, and then turn the power on again.
again.
STACKER ERROR 002
INSTALL TONER CARTRIDGE
The stacker is removed while the printer is powered on. Turn the printer off, set the
The toner cartridge is not installed.
stacker correctly, and then turn the power on again.
Open Cover A, install the toner cartridge indicated and close Cover A. The error is
cleared.
JAM W W W W
WRONG TONER CARTRIDGE
NOTE: W=DM, MP, C1, C2, C3, A, B, STK
The toner cartridge is incompatible.
Panel display order DM MP C1 C2 C3 A B STK The error is cleared by setting an appropriate toner cartridge.
EJL status bit 9 10 3 4 5 1 2 8
REPLACE TONER CARTRIDGE
Explanation
Paper jam occurred. Printing has stopped because the toner cartridge has reached its lifetime.
Solution Replace with a new toner cartridge.
Remove the jammed paper and then close cover A or B, or DM or STK. Then
printing starts from the jammed page. NONGENUINETONER CARTRIDGE
Jam A The toner cartridge is non-genuine.
Open the cover A and then remove the imaging cartridge. Remove the The error is cleared by setting an appropriate toner cartridge.
jammed paper, replace the imaging cartridge, and then close the cover.
Jam A B REPLACE FUSER
Open the cover A and then remove the imaging cartridge. Remove the
jammed paper, replace the imaging cartridge, and then close the cover.Open The fuser unit has reached its lifetime.
the cover B, remove the jammed paper, and then close the cover again. Replace the fuser unit and then execute "Reset Fuser Counter" in "Reset Menu".
Troubleshooting Overview 68
Confidential
The maintenance unit has reached its lifetime. Output Selection Lever is set to the Face-up tray side when printing starts in the duplex
printing mode or the Stacker is selected as the paper output destination. Return Output
Replace the maintenance unit and then execute "Reset Maintenance Counter" in "Reset
Selection Lever to the Face-down side, and then press the Start/Stop button or Cancel
Menu".
Job button.
Pressing the Start/Stop button forces the paper to output to the Face-down tray. Auto
REPLACE FEED ROLLER C2,C3 continue can be applied when "Auto Cont = On" is selected.
The used amount of the paper feed roller C2 or C3 for an additional cassette has
reached its lifetime. INVALID NETWORK MODULE
Replace the paper feed roller C2 or C3, and then execute "Reset C2 Counter" or "Reset No network program exists or the program for the other printer model is loaded.
C3 Counter" in "Reset Menu". Update it to one for EPL-N3000.
Auto Continue is not applied.
FACE-DOWN FULL Each interface state will not be changed.
Paper in the face-down tray has reached the defined amount. Remove paper in the face- INVALID PS3
down tray and then press Start/Stop button to continue printing.
No PS3 program exists or the program for the other printer model is loaded.
STACKER FULL Update it to one for EPL-N3000.
Auto Continue is not applied.
Paper in the shifter has reached the defined amount. Remove paper in the stacker and Each interface state will not be changed.
then press Start/Stop button to continue printing.
W W W W OPEN
Description
W=A, B, DM. STK
The cover that indicated in W is open.
Troubleshooting Overview 69
Confidential
CPU reset at occurrence of Press Back + Up + Down + Enter + Job-cancel when any
service call error service call error has occurred.
Detailed information display at Press Back + Enter + Job-cancel when any service call Table 3-2. List of Controller Errors
occurrence of service call error error has occurred.
Error Code Explanation Ref.
Printing of error sheet Press Enter after CPU reset when any service call error has
occurred. C 0017 CPU error (undefined interrupt)
C 0081 CPU error (TLB modification exception)
Note : For other special operating functions, refer to “7.3.2 Special Menu (p.426)”.
C 0082 CPU error (TLB error exception [Load/Fetch])
C H E C K In case any service call error other than listed here occurs, probably C 0083 CPU error (TLB error exception [Store])
P O IN T there is any fault in hardware. C 0084 CPU error (address error exception [Load/Fetch])
C 0085 CPU error (address error exception [Store])
C 0086 CPU error (bus error exception [Fetch])
C 0087 CPU error (bus error exception [Load/Store])
C 0088 CPU error (SYSCALL exception)
3.1.8.1 Engine Errors C 0089 CPU error (break exception)
C 0090 CPU error (reserved command exception)
C A U T IO N The error codes are specific to this model.
C 0091 CPU error (co-processor unused exception)
C 0092 CPU error (FPU exception) p. 99
C 0093 CPU error (TLB exception)
C 0094 CPU error (XTLB exception)
Table 3-1. List of Engine Errors
C 0095 CPU error (cache exception)
Error Code
Explanation Ref. C 0096 CPU error (Trap exception)
EPL-N3000 AcuLaser M4000N
C 0097 CPU error (FPU error exception)
E 001 E 900 NVRAM error p. 73 C 0098 CPU error (watch exception)
E 002 E 550 Fan motor error p. 74 C 0128~0254 CPU error (undefined trap)
E 004 E 500 Main motor error p. 75 C 0255 CPU error (NMI exception)
E 008 E 100 ROS motor error p. 73 C 0256 CPU error (division with 0)
E 020 E 300 Fuser unit error p. 73 C 0257 CPU error (calculation overflow)
--- E 998 Engine communication error p. 75 C 0258 CPU error (break)
C 0800 IPL error (faulty control)
Troubleshooting Overview 70
Confidential
Troubleshooting Overview 71
Confidential
3.2 Troubleshooting When There is Error Display Table 3-3. Troubleshooting for Errors Indicated by Error Display (continued)
Component Error Item (Reference Page)
This section describes troubleshooting for errors indicated by error display. After No Tray/Tray 3, 4 ........................................................................... p.87
identifying the error item, refer to the appropriate page for troubleshooting.
Paper Out/Tray 3, 4 ........................................................................ p.87
Option Cassette
C H E C K Refer to “Flowchart 3-1. Procedure for Troubleshooting (p.64)” first Only Little Paper in Tray/Tray 3, 4 ................................................ p.88
P O IN T and then consult Table below. No Recognition of Option 550 Paper Feeder ................................. p.89
Troubleshooting here should be used only for errors that can not be Option Duplex Cover Error ............................................................ p.90
cleared even by following the instructions in EPSON Status
Option Duplex Error ....................................................................... p.90
Monitor.
Paper Jam/Exit to Dup .................................................................... p.91
Table 3-3. Troubleshooting for Errors Indicated by Error Display
Duplex Unit Paper Jam/Dup to Regi ................................................................... p.92
Component Error Item (Reference Page)
Paper Jam/Duplex Misfeed ............................................................ p.92
NVRAM Error ............................................................................... p.73
Paper Size Error/Duplex ................................................................. p.93
ROS Error ....................................................................................... p.73
No Recognition of Option Duplex ................................................. p.93
Fuser Error ..................................................................................... p.73
Option OCT Cover Error ................................................................ p.94
FAN Error ...................................................................................... p.74
Option OCT Error .......................................................................... p.94
Main Motor Error ........................................................................... p.75
Paper Jam/Exit to OCT ................................................................... p.95
Engine communication error (AcuLaser M4000N only) ............... p.75
OCT Paper Jam/OCT .............................................................................. p.96
Cover Error ..................................................................................... p.76
Paper Size Error/OCT .................................................................... p.97
Paper Jam/Regi to Fuser ................................................................. p.76
Full Stack Error/OCT ..................................................................... p.97
Paper Jam/Exit ............................................................................... p.78
No Recognition of Option OCT ..................................................... p.98
Main Unit Paper Jam/Tray to Regi .................................................................. p.79
Engine Communication Error ........................................................ p.98
Paper Jam/Misfeed ......................................................................... p.81
CPU Error ....................................................................................... p.99
Imaging Cartridge .......................................................................... p.82
Standard RAM Error ...................................................................... p.99
Paper Size Error ............................................................................. p.83
RAM Error (Slot 0) ...................................................................... p.100
No Tray/Tray 1, 2 ........................................................................... p.83
ROM Checksum Error (Font) ....................................................... p.100
Paper Out/Tray 1,2 ......................................................................... p.84
Controller ROM Checksum Error (Program) ................................................ p.101
Tray Paper Low/Tray 2 .................................................................. p.85
Option ROM Error ....................................................................... p.101
Drum Life ....................................................................................... p.85
EEPROM Error ............................................................................ p.102
Fuser Life ....................................................................................... p.86
Engine Initialization Error ............................................................ p.102
Maintenance unit Life (AcuLaser M4000N only) ......................... p.86
Other Hardware Error ................................................................... p.103
Software Error .............................................................................. p.103
Note "*1" : The cause is considered to be external noises. To make sure, however, go to “3.4.17
Electrical Noise (p.127)” and perform the specified checking.
3 ♦Is the FAN MAIN connected correctly and is the Go to Step 4 Go to Step 5
voltage between P/J24-18 ↔ P/J24-17 24 VDC (12
VDC at a half speed)?
FAN ALARM signal
4 ♦Is the voltage between P/J24-17 ↔ P/J24-16 0.82
Replace FAN Replace the
MAIN HVPS/MCU
VDC or more?
FAN MAIN
5
1. Replace the FAN MAIN. (p.293) Problem
Go to Step 6
♦Does the FAN error occur when power is switched solved
on?
LVPS
6
1. Replace the LVPS. (p.287) Replace the Problem
♦Does the FAN error occur when power is switched HVPS/MCU solved
on?
Power supply to FAN SUB
7 ♦Is the FAN SUB connected correctly and is the Go to Step 8 Go to Step 9
voltage between P/J27-19 ↔ P/J27-18 24 VDC (12
VDC at a half speed)?
Table 3-11. Troubleshooting for “Paper Jam/Regi to Fuser” (continued) Table 3-11. Troubleshooting for “Paper Jam/Regi to Fuser” (continued)
Step Action and Question Yes No Step Action and Question Yes No
Position of paper (3) Power supply to the Sensor Exit
10 Go to Step 12 Go to Step 11
5
1. Check the leading edge position of the paper. ♦3.3 VDC between P/J46-3 ↔ P/J46-4?
Go to Step 14 Go to Step 6
♦Has the leading edge of paper passed the BTR Continuity of the LVPS
ASSY? 11 Go to 3.4.1 Replace the
LVPS (p.111) LVPS
♦Is there continuity between P/J41-1 ↔ P/J46-3?
Position of paper (4)
Roll of the FUSER ASSY
1. Check the leading edge position of the paper.
6 ♦Has the leading edge of paper passed between the Go to Step 13 Go to Step 18
1. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253)
WARNING!: Start this work after the Fuser
ROLL REGI METAL and the ROLL REGI
RUBBER?
12 has cooled off.
Replace the
LVPS
Replace the
FUSER ASSY
2. Try to turn the Gear HR of the Fuser Assy with your
Actuator Exit finger.
1. Make certain that the Imaging Cartridge has been
♦Do the gear and roll turn smoothly?
removed.
BTR ASSY
7 2. When the Actuator Exit of the FUSER ASSY is
moved up/down by hand inserted through the outlet
Go to Step 8
Replace the
FUSER ASSY 1. Remove the BTR ASSY. (p.254)
of the FUSER ASSY, does the Actuator Exit operate 13 2. Check the shapes of the BTR ASSY, shaft and Go to Step 14
Replace the
BTR ASSY
smoothly? Bearing BTR.
♦Does the Actuator Exit move smoothly? ♦Is the BTR ASSY free from any abnormality?
Exit Sensor GUIDE ASSY CRU R Clean or
1. Make certain that the Imaging Cartridge has been
removed.
14 ♦Is the GUIDE ASSY CRU R free from dirt and
replace the
GUIDE ASSY
Go to Step 15
damage?
2. While pressing and releasing the Actuator Exit CRU R
repeatedly, measure the voltage of P/J46-5 ↔ P/J46- Replace the Continuity to GUIDE ASSY CRU R
8 Go to Step 9 Replace the
4 on the HVPS/MCU. (Refer to “Connectors
(p.406)”)
LVPS
15 1. Remove the GUIDE ASSY CRU R. (p.257) Go to Step 16 GUIDE ASSY
♦Does each wire of harness have continuity? CRU R
♦0 VDC between P/J46-5 ↔ P/J46-4 when the
Actuator Exit is pressed and 3.3 VDC when it is HVPS/MCU
released? 1. Replace the HVPS/MCU. (p.301)
Continuity of HARNESS ASSY FUSER 16 2. Print the status sheet. Go to Step 17
Problem
solved
Refer to p. 430
WARNING!: Start this work after the Fuser has
cooled off. Replace the ♦Does a similar trouble occur?
9 1. Disconnect P/J46 from the LVPS. Go to Step 10 HARNESS
2. Remove the FUSER ASSY. ASSY FUSER
♦Is there normal continuity between P/J46 ↔ P/
J4647?
Table 3-11. Troubleshooting for “Paper Jam/Regi to Fuser” (continued) 3.2.9 Paper Jam/Exit
Step Action and Question Yes No
Table 3-12. Troubleshooting for “Paper Jam/Exit”
Imaging Cartridge
Step Action and Question Yes No
1. Replace the Imaging Cartridge.
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly)
17 2. Print the status sheet.
Refer to p. 430
Go to Step 18
Problem
solved • FUSER ASSY (p.253)
♦Does problem occur even after replacement of the • HVPS/MCU (p.301)
Imaging Cartridge? • HARNESS ASSY FUSER (p.251)
ROLL REGI METAL and ROLL REGI RUBBER • MOTOR ASSY EXIT (p.266)
1. Turn the ROLL REGI METAL and the ROLL REGI • LVPS (p.287)
Replace the
18 RUBBER by hand. Go to Step 19 150 FEEDER • CHUTE UP EXIT, CHUTE LOW EXIT (p.263)
ASSY • 500 EXIT ASSY (p.262)
♦Do the ROLL REGI METAL and the ROLL REGI
RUBBER turn smoothly? • 150 Paper Cassette (p.175)
• 550 Paper Cassette (p.191)
GEAR ASSY HOUSING (2) Replace the Replace the
Paper condition
19 1. Remove the GEAR ASSY HOUSING. (p.281) GEAR ASSY gear in Replace the
♦Does each gear turn smoothly? HOUSING question. 1 ♦Are any sheets of paper in the paper tray wrinkled or
sheets of paper
with new dry
Go to Step 2
damaged?
ones.
Paper size setting
1. Check to see if the paper size used agrees with the Replace the
2
paper size setting by the GUIDE END or the paper paper or set the
Go to Step 3
size setting by the driver on the PC side. paper size
♦Does the paper size setting agree with the size of correctly.
paper used?
1. Turn on power.
3 ♦Does the error occur?
Go to Step 4 Go to Step 6
Table 3-12. Troubleshooting for “Paper Jam/Exit” (continued) 3.2.10 Paper Jam/Tray to Regi
Step Action and Question Yes No
Table 3-13. Troubleshooting for “Paper Jam/Tray to Regi”
ROLL PINCH EXIT
Step Action and Question Yes No
1. Remove the COVER TOP ASSY. (p.170)
Replace the Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly)
7 2. Turn the ROLL PINCH EXIT by hand.
Go to Step 8 ROLL PINCH • 150 FEEDER ASSY (p.211)
♦Is the ROLL PINCH EXIT free from wear or EXIT
• 150 Paper Cassette (p.175)
damage, and does it turn smoothly?
Is the SPRING PINCH EXIT set in its position? • SENSOR REGI (p.221)
Rotation of the ROLL EXIT • ACTUATOR B
1. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. • CHUTE ASSY FDR1
2. Close the COVER OPEN. Replace the • HVPS/MCU (p.301)
8 3. Turn on power.
Go to Step 9 500 EXIT • LVPS (p.287)
ASSY • CHUTE ASSY FDR2
4. Check the turning of the ROLL EXIT during warming up.
• CLUTCH ASSY PH (p.318)
♦Does the ROLL EXIT turn smoothly?
• ROLL ASSY RETARD (p.321)
Actuator Exit
• CLUTCH PR-REGI (p.319)
1. Make certain that the Imaging Cartridge has been removed.
• 550 FEEDER OPTION (p.311)
9 2. When the Actuator Exit of the FUSER ASSY is moved
up/down by hand inserted through the outlet of the
Go to Step 10
Replace the
FUSER ASSY
• 550 FEEDER ASSY (p.224)
FUSER ASSY, does the Actuator Exit operate smoothly? • 550 Paper Cassette (p.191)
Paper size setting
♦Does the Actuator Exit move smoothly?
1. Check to see if the paper size used agrees with the Replace the
Exit Sensor
1
paper size setting by the GUIDE ASSY END or paper or set the
1. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. Go to Step 2
the paper size setting by the driver on the PC side. paper size
2. While pressing and releasing the Actuator Exit correctly.
♦Does the paper size setting agree with the size of
repeatedly, measure the voltage between P/J46-5 ↔
10 P/J46-4 on the HVPS/MCU.
Go to Step 13 Go to Step 11 paper used?
1. Turn on power.
(Refer to “Connectors (p.406)”)
2 ♦Does the error occur?
Go to Step 3 Go to Step 5
♦ 0 VDC between P/J46-5 ↔ P/J46-4 when the Actuator
Exit is pressed and 3.3 VDC when it is released? Paper in the ACTUATOR B Remove the Go to 3.4.5
11
Power supply to the Exit Sensor Replace the
Go to Step 12
3 1. Check the ACTUATOR B area. paper and then SENSOR REGI
♦Is the voltage 3.3 VDC between P/J46-3 ↔ P/J46-2? LVPS ♦Is there paper in the ACTUATOR B area? go to Step 4. (p.117)
8
1. Check the paper feed tray during execution of test
printing. Go to Step 9 Go to Step 10
3.2.11 Paper Jam/Misfeed Table 3-14. Troubleshooting for “Paper Jam/Misfeed” (continued)
Step Action and Question Yes No
Table 3-14. Troubleshooting for “Paper Jam/Misfeed”
PLATE ASSY BTM
Step Action and Question Yes No
1. Remove the Paper Cassette.
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) 2. While installing the Paper Cassette, check to see if
• 150 FEEDER ASSY (p.211) the PLATE ASSY BTM is pushed up.
• 150 Paper Cassette (p.175) 3. Push and release the PLATE ASSY BTM by hand Replace the
• SENSOR REGI (p.221) 4 repeatedly and check its operation. Go to Step 5 PLATE ASSY
• ACTUATOR B 4. By visual inspection, check that the PLATE ASSY BTM
• LVPS (p.287) BTM is not inclined in the lateral direction.
• HVPS/MCU (p.301) ♦Is the PLATE ASSY BTM pushed up when the
• CLUTCH ASSY PH, CLUTCH REGI (p.219) Paper Cassette is installed and does it move up and
• CHUTE ASSY FDR1 down smoothly?
• GEAR ASSY HOUSING (p.281) ♦Are the side guides located too tight for the paper? Move the side
• SENSOR NO PAPER (p.222) guides
• CHUTE ASSY FDR2 5 outward
slightly and let
Go to Step 6
• PLATE ASSY BTM (p.330) paper run
• ROLL ASSY RETARD (p.321) again.
• CLUTCH ASSY PH (p.318) Position of paper
• ROLL ASSY TURN (p.317) Go to 3.4.5
6
1. Remove the Imaging Cartridge.
• CLUTCH PR-REGI (p.319) Go to Step 7 SENSOR
♦Is the leading edge of paper in contact with the REGI (p.117)
• 550 FEEDER ASSY (p.224)
ACTUATOR B of the SENSOR REGI?
• 550 Paper Cassette (p.191)
ROLL ASSY RETARD
1. Take out all the paper from the tray which supplied Go to 3.2.15
1. Check the ROLL ASSY RETARD mounted in each Replace the
1 the paper having developed paper jam.
Go to Step 2
Paper Out/
Tray 1,2 7 Paper Cassette. Go to Step 8 ROLL ASSY
♦Does the error occur? RETARD
(p.84) ♦Is the ROLL ASSY RETARD free from dirt and
wear, and has it been installed correctly?
Paper condition Replace the
Paper feed tray
2 ♦Is the paper curled, damaged or wet?
sheets of
paper with
Go to Step 3
8 1. Check the paper feed tray when an error occurs. Go to Step 9 Go to Step 10
new dry ones.
♦Was paper fed from the Tray 1 or Tray 2?
Paper size setting CHUTE ASSY FDR1/2 Replace the
1. Check to see if the paper size used agrees with the Replace the
9
1. Turn each gear or roller of the CHUTE ASSY CHUTE
Go to Step 10
3
paper size setting by the GUIDE END or the paper paper or set FDR1/2 by hand.
Go to Step 4 ASSY FDR1/
size setting by the driver on the PC side. the paper size
♦Does each gear or roller turn smoothly? 2
♦Does the paper size setting agree with the size of correctly.
paper used?
Table 3-14. Troubleshooting for “Paper Jam/Misfeed” (continued) 3.2.12 Imaging Cartridge
Step Action and Question Yes No
Table 3-15. Troubleshooting for “Imaging Cartridge”
Paper feed tray Check that
Step Action and Question Yes No
10 ♦At error occurrence, was paper fed from the Tray 3 Go to Step 11
paper has been
set, and then Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly)
or Tray 4?
go to Step 8 • HVPS/MCU (p.301)
550 FEEDER OPTION • Imaging Cartridge
Replace the
11
1. Turn each gear or roller of the 550 FEEDER • GUIDE ASSY CRU R (p.257)
OPTION by hand. Go to Step 12 550 FEEDER
OPTION Imaging Cartridge (1) Replace the
♦Does each gear or roller turn smoothly? 1 1. Remove the Imaging Cartridge and check its type. Go to Step 2 Imaging
ROLL ASSY TURN Replace the ♦Is the type of the Imaging Cartridge appropriate? Cartridge
12 1. Turn the ROLL ASSY TURN by hand. Replace the
HVPS/MCU
ROLL ASSY Imaging Cartridge (2)
♦Does the ROLL ASSY TURN turn smoothly? TURN
1. Install the Imaging Cartridge again.
2 2. Turn on power.
Go to Step 3
Problem
solved
♦Does the error recur?
GUIDE ASSY CRU R
1. Remove the GUIDE ASSY CRU R. (p.257) Replace the
3 2. Check continuity of each wire of harness. Go to Step 4 GUIDE ASSY
(Refer to “Connectors (p.406)”) CRU R
♦Does each wire of harness have continuity?
Imaging Cartridge (3)
1. Replace the Imaging Cartridge
4 2. Turn on power.
Replace the
HVPS/MCU
Problem
solved
♦Does the error recur?
1
paper size setting by the GUIDE END or the paper or change
Go to Step 2 Paper Cassette Go to 3.4.15
size setting by the driver on the PC side. paper size Remount the
♦Does the paper size setting agree with the size of setting. 3 ♦ Are the GUIDE ASSY END, GEAR SECTOR, GUIDE
TRAY LEFT
part(s) causing
RACK SIZE and LINK SW SIZE1/2/3 of the Paper the fault.
paper used? (p.125)
Cassette in Tray 1 or Tray 2 installed correctly?
Paper feed tray
2
1. Check the paper feed tray when an paper size error
Go to Step 3 Go to Step 4
occurs.
♦Was paper fed from the Tray 1 or Tray 2?
Paper Cassette (1)
Go to 3.4.15 Remount the
3 ♦Are the GUIDE ASSY END, GEAR SECTOR, GUIDE TRAY part(s) causing
RACK SIZE and LINK SW SIZE1/2/3 of the Paper LEFT (p.125) the fault.
Cassette in Tray 1 or Tray 2 installed correctly?
Paper feed tray
4
1. Check the paper feed tray when an paper size error Replace the
Go to Step 5
occurs. HVPS/MCU
♦Was paper fed from the Tray 3 or Tray 4?
Paper Cassette (2)
Go to 3.4.25 Remount the
5 ♦ Are the GUIDE ASSY END, GEAR SECTOR, OPT ASSY part(s) causing
RACK SIZE and LINK SW SIZE1/2/3 of the Paper SIZE (p.133) the fault.
Cassette in Tray 3 or Tray 4 installed correctly?
3.2.15 Paper Out/Tray 1,2 Table 3-18. Troubleshooting for “Paper Out/Tray 1, 2”
Step Action and Question Yes No
Table 3-18. Troubleshooting for “Paper Out/Tray 1, 2”
1. Clamp the ceenter part of RACK BTM LOCK 550
Step Action and Question Yes No ageinst HOUSING BASE 550 while holding down
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) PLATE ASSY BTM.
• SENSOR NO PAPER (p.222), (p.232) ♦Is there any gap between RACK LOCK 550 and
• ACTUATOR NO PAPER (p.223), (p.238) HOUSING BASE 550?
• HVPS/MCU (p.301)
• LVPS (p.287) RACK BTM LOCK 550
Reinstall the
• PLATE ASSY BTM (p.330) RACK
• RACK BTM LOCK 550 (p.203) 4 Go to Step 5 BMTM
• HOUSING BASE 550 (p.208) LOCK 550
(p. 203)
♦Is the Tray 3 or Tray 4 pointed out by error display? Go to 3.2.21
1 Paper Out/
Tray 3, 4
Go to Step 2
(p.87)
Presence of paper
2 1. Check Tray 1 or Tray 2 for paper. Go to Step 3 Supply paper.
♦Is there paper in Tray 1 or Tray 2?
♦Is each PLATE ASSY BTM raised properly? Remove the ACTUATOR NO PAPER
Paper Cassette 1. Remove the Paper Cassette.
Replace the
3 Go to Step 4
and install
PLATE ASSY 5 2. Insert your hand through the cassette inserting
opening, and move the ACTUATOR NO PAPER.
Go to Step 6 ACTUATOR
BTM NO PAPER
♦Does the ACTUATOR NO PAPER move
properly.
smoothly?
HVPS/MCU Go to 3.4.23
6 1. Replace the HVPS/MCU. (p.301) SENSOR NO Problem
PAPER solved
♦Dose the problem still occur? (p.131)
3.2.18 Fuser Life 3.2.19 Maintenance unit Life (AcuLaser M4000N only)
Table 3-21. Troubleshooting for “Fuser Life” Table 3-22. Troubleshooting for “Maintenance unit Life”
Step Action and Question Yes No Step Action and Question Yes No
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly)
• FUSER ASSY (p.253) • BTR ASSY (p.254)
• HARNESS ASSY FUSER (p.251) • KIT ROLL ASSY FEED (MP Cassette) (p. 175, p. 213)
• HVPS/MCU (p.301) • KIT ROLL ASSY FEED (Cassette 1) (p. 191, p. 226)
FUSER ASSY • GUIDE ASSY CRU R (p.257)
1. Replace the FUSER ASSY for a new one. • HVPS/MCU (p.301)
1 2. Excute the "Reset Fuser Counter" in the Reset
Replace the
HVPS/MCU
Problem
solved
Maintenance Unit
Menu. 1. Replace the following parts.
♦Does the error still occur? BTR ASSY
Table 3-24. Troubleshooting for “Paper Out/Tray 3, 4” 3.2.22 Only Little Paper in Tray/Tray 3, 4
Step Action and Question Yes No
Table 3-25. Troubleshooting for Only Little Paper/Tray 3, 4”
1. Clamp the ceenter part of RACK BTM LOCK 550
ageinst HOUSING BASE 550 while holding down Step Action and Question Yes No
PLATE ASSY BTM. Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly)
♦Is there any gap between RACK LOCK 550 and • SENSOR LOW PAPER (p.309)
HOUSING BASE 550? • ACTUATOR LOW PAPER
• PLATE ASSY BTM (p.330)
RACK BTM LOCK 550
• OPTION 550 PAPER FEEDER (p.303)
Reinstall • Paper Cassette
3 Go to Step 4
RACK BTM
LOCK 550
• HVPS/MCU (p.301)
(p. 203) • LVPS (p.287)
Sensor Operation
1. Fill the Paper Cassette with a sufficient amount of
paper, and insert the cassette into the Tray 3 or Tray
1 4. Go to Step 2
Problem
solved
♦Does the error display still appear even when there
is an adequate amount of paper in the Paper
Cassette?
ACTUATOR NO PAPER ACTUATOR LOW PAPER
1. Remove the Paper Cassette. 1. When pushed up with your finger.
2. Insert your hand through the cassette insertion Replace the 2. After pushing up the flag into the sensor area of
4 opening of Tray 3 or Tray 4 and move the Go to Step 5 ACTUATOR ACTUATOR LOW PAPER, when you release it. Replace the
ACTUATOR NO PAPER with your hand. NO PAPER 2 ♦Does the ACTUATOR LOW PAPER move Go to Step 3 ACTUATOR
smoothly under the following conditions? LOW PAPER
♦Does the ACTUATOR NO PAPER move
smoothly? • When pushed up with your finger
HVPS/MCU Go to 3.4.23 • After pushing up the flag into the sensor area of
SENSOR LOW PAPER, when you release it
5 1. Replace the HVPS/MCU. (p.301) SENSOR NO Problem
PAPER solved PLATE ASSY BTM
♦Dose the problem still occur? (p.131) 1. Check the operation of the ACTUATOR LOW Go to 3.4.24
Replace the
3
PAPER by pushing and releasing the PLATE ASSY SENSOR
PLATE ASSY
BTM with your hand. LOW PAPER
BTM
♦Does the PLATE ASSY BTM move the (p.132)
ACTUATOR LOW PAPER normally?
3.2.23 No Recognition of Option 550 Paper Feeder Table 3-26. Troubleshooting for
“No Recognition of Option 550 Feeder” (continued)
Step Action and Question Yes No
C H E C K Here, both Tray 3 and Tray 4 are described on the assumption that Continuity in HARNESS ASSY FDR5 of Feeder
P O IN T they are mounted with the Option 550 Paper Feeders. corresponding to Tray 3
1. Remove the Option 550 Paper Feeder. (p.303)
2. Disconnect P/J84 from the PWBA FEEDER550.
3. Check continuity between J84 ↔ J8483.
Replace the
J84-1 ↔ J8483-10
Table 3-26. Troubleshooting for 2 J84-2 ↔ J8483-9
Go to Step 3 HARNESS
“No Recognition of Option 550 Feeder” ASSY FDR5
J84-3 ↔ J8483-8
Step Action and Question Yes No J84-4 ↔ J8483-7
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) J84-5 ↔ J8483-6
• PWBA FEEDER 550 (p.310) ♦Does each wiring between J84 ↔ J8483 have
• HVPS/MCU (p.301) continuity?
• HARNESS ASSY FDR2 Continuity in HARNESS ASSY FDR2 of Feeder
• HARNESS ASSY FDR5 corresponding to Tray 4
• LVPS (p.287) 1. Remove the Option 550 Paper Feeder. (p.303)
Continuity in HARNESS ASSY FDR2 of Feeder 2. Disconnect P/J8483 from the PWBA
corresponding to Tray 3 FEEDER550.
3. Check continuity between J8483 ↔ J83. Go to PWBA Replace the
3
1. Remove the Option 550 Paper Feeder. (p.303)
J8483-1 ↔ J83-10 FEEDER550 HARNESS
2. Disconnect P/J2083 from the PWBA
J8483-2 ↔ J83-9 (p. 130/p. 130) ASSY FDR2
FEEDER550. Go to PWBA J8483-3 ↔ J83-8
(Refer to “Connectors (p.406)”) FEEDER550
Replace the J8483-4 ↔ J83-7
3. Check continuity between J2083 ↔ J83.
1 J2083-1 ↔ J83-10
(p. 130/p. 130)
(If Tray 4 is not
HARNESS J8483-5 ↔ J83-6
ASSY FDR2 ♦Does each wiring between J8483 ↔ J83 have
J2083-2 ↔ J83-9 recognized, go
J2083-3 ↔ J83-8 to Step 2) continuity?
J2083-4 ↔ J83-7
J2083-5 ↔ J83-6
♦Does each wiring between J2083 ↔ J83 have
continuity?
3.2.26 Paper Jam/Exit to Dup Table 3-29. Troubleshooting for Paper Jam/Exit to Dup
Step Action and Question Yes No
Table 3-29. Troubleshooting for Paper Jam/Exit to Dup
Transmission of Driving Force Replace the
Step Action and Question Yes No part(s)
1. Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169)
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) 6 2. Turn the Gear by hand. Go to Step 7 blocking
• SENSOR DUP (p.350) smooth
♦Do the Roll and the Gear turn smoothly? turning.
• ACTUATOR DUP
• ROLL DUP (p.351) ROLL DUP and ROLL PINCH
• ROLL PINCH 1. Open the COVER HSG DUP, supply paper and Replace the
close the cover.
• MOTOR DUPLEX (p.355)
7 2. Check paper transport by turning the upper GEAR
Go to Step 8
roll blocking
smooth
• HVPS/MCU (p.301)
ROLL clockwise by hand. transport.
1. Turn on power.
1 ♦Does the error occur at power on?
Go to Step 2 Go to Step 4 ♦Is the paper transported smoothly?
HVPS/MCU Go to 3.4.29
Paper in the ACTUATOR DUP area
1. Open the COVER HSG DUP. Remove the Go to 3.4.30
8 1. Replace the HVPS/MCU. (p.301) MOTOR
DUPLEX
Problem
solved
♦Dose the problem still occur?
2 2. Check to see if there is paper at the ACTUATOR paper and then SENSOR (p.136)
DUP. go to Step 3 DUP (p.137)
♦Is there paper at the ACTUATOR DUP?
1. Turn on power. Go to 3.4.30
3 ♦Does the error occur at power on?
SENSOR Go to Step 4
DUP (p.137)
Option Duplex
1. Remove the Option Duplex once and install it again.
4 2. Perform test printing for duplex printing.
Go to Step 5
Problem
solved
♦Does the error occur?
Position of paper (1)
1. Open the COVER HSG DUP. Replace the
5 2. Check the leading edge position of the paper. Go to Step 6 FUSER ASSY
(p.253)
♦Has the front edge of the sheet reached the
ROLLER DUP (upper)?
♦Is Tray 1 the paper feed tray when the error occurs?
HVPS/MCU 4 2 1. Measure the voltage between the connectors
P/J27-4 ↔ P/J27-3 on the HVPS/MCU.
Go to Step 3
Replace the
HVPS/MCU
Paper feed tray (2) ♦3.3 VDC between P/J27-4 ↔ P/J27-3?
4 1. Check the paper feed tray when the error occurs. Replace the
HVPS/MCU
Go to Step
5
Continuity of the HARNESS ASSY LVPS
♦Is Tray 2 the paper feed tray when the error occurs?
1. Disconnect the HARNESS ASSY LVPS.
2. Check continuity between J27 ↔ J2750. Replace the
Paper feed tray (3) J27-4 ↔ J2750-5
5 1. Check the paper feed tray when the error occurs.
Go to PWBA
FEEDER550
Go to Step 3 J27-3 ↔ J2750-6
Go to Step 4 HARNESS
6 ASSY LVPS
J27-2 ↔ J2750-7
♦Is Tray 3 the paper feed tray when the error occurs? (p. 130/p. 130)
J27-1 ↔ J2750-8
Paper feed tray (4) Go to PWBA Replace ♦Is there continuity between J27 ↔ J2750?
6 1. Check the paper feed tray when the error occurs. FEEDER550 the HVPS/ Continuity of the HARNESS ASSY DUP
♦Is Tray 4 the paper feed tray when the error occurs? (p. 130/p. 130) MCU
1. Disconnect the connector of the HARNESS ASSY
DUP.
2. Check continuity between J2750 ↔ J50. Replace the Replace the
4 J2750-3 ↔ J50-8 PWBA HARNESS
J2750-4 ↔ J50-7 DUPLEX ASSY DUP
J2750-5 ↔ J50-6
J2750-6 ↔ J50-5
♦Is there continuity between J2750 ↔ J50?
3.2.33 Paper Jam/Exit to OCT Table 3-36. Troubleshooting for Paper Jam/Exit to OCT
Step Action and Question Yes No
Table 3-36. Troubleshooting for Paper Jam/Exit to OCT
Transmission of Driving Force
Step Action and Question Yes No Replace the
1. Remove the COVER OCT (p.364), and turn the
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) part(s)
5
ROLL OCT LOWER, ROLL OCT UPPER and all
Go to Step 6 blocking
• HVPS/MCU (p.301) GEARs by hand to check.
smooth
• SENSOR OCT (p.372) ♦Do the ROLL OCT LOWER, ROLL OCT UPPER turning.
• ACTUATOR OCT and all GEARs rotate smoothly?
• ROLL OCT LOWER (p.374) Paper transport at ROLL OCT LOWER and
• ROLL OCT UPPER (p.376) ROLL PINCH Replace the
• ROLL PINCH
• MOTOR ASSY OCT (p.378)
6 ♦From the bottom of the Option OCT, insert a piece Go to Step 7
roll blocking
smooth
of paper into between the ROLL OCT LOWER and
ROLL PINCH. Is it transported smoothly when the transport.
1. Turn on power.
1 ♦Does the error occur at power on?
Go to Step 2 Go to Step 4 GEAR 19/37 is turned by hand counterclockwise?
HVPS/MCU Go to 3.4.33
Paper in ACTUATOR OCT section
Remove the 3.4.37 7 1. Replace the HVPS/MCU. (p.301) MOTOR Problem
2
1. Open the COVER REAR. ASSY OCT solved
paper and then SENSOR ♦Dose the problem still occur? (p.139)
♦Is there paper remaining in the ACTUATOR OCT go to Step 3 OCT (p.142)
section?
1. Turn on power. 3.4.37
3 ♦Does the error occur at power on?
SENSOR Go to Step 4
OCT (p.142)
1. Execute test printing
5 ♦Does the error occur when test printing is performed Go to Step 6 Problem
solved
in the OCT mode after the Option OCT is removed
and installed again?
PWBA OCT
5
1. Replace the PWBA OCT. (p.368). Replace the Problem
♦After the PWBA OCT is replaced with a new one, HVPS/MCU solved
does the problem still occur?
Note : The Main Board Assy and Memory Board Assy used with EPL-N3000 are as listed
below. The standard RAM is mounted on the Memory Board Assy.
For details, refer to “2.7 Operating Principles of Electric Circuitry (p.61)”.
Table 3-44. Troubleshooting for “RAM Error” Table 3-45. Troubleshooting for “ROM Checksum Error (Font)”
Step Action and Question Yes No Step Action and Question Yes No
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly)
• BOARD ASSY., MAIN (p.299) • BOARD ASSY., MAIN (p.299)
• Expanded RAM DIMM • Standard ROM-DIMM
Expanded RAM-DIMM Problem Checking the standard ROM-DIMM
1. Remove the expanded RAM DIMM and check the solved 1. Check to see if the mounted ROM-DIMM is exactly
1 operation. Go to Step 2
(Advise the
user to use the
1 as specified and connected properly. (Remove once Go to Step 2 Problem
solved
and then install again)
♦Does the error still occur? recommended
RAM) ♦Does the error still occur?
Replace the standard ROM-DIMM
BOARD ASSY., MAIN Replace the
2
Go to 3.4.17
2 Problem 1. Replace the standard ROM-DIMM. Go to Step 3 faulty ROM-
1. Replace the BOARD ASSY., MAIN. Electrical
solved ♦Does the error still occur? DIMM
♦Does the error still occur? Noise (p.127)
BOARD ASSY., MAIN Go to 3.4.17
3 1. Replace the BOARD ASSY., MAIN. Electrical
Problem
solved
C H E C K Since the expanded RAM is mounted at the user level, make ♦Does the error still occur? Noise (p.127)
P O IN T certain before troubleshooting that it has been mounted
Note : The Main Board Assy and Memory Board Assy used with EPL-N3000 are as listed
securely.
below. The font ROM is mounted on the Memory Board Assy.
The expanded RAM must be EPSON's original SDRAM- For details, refer to “2.7 Operating Principles of Electric Circuitry (p.61)”.
DIMM.
Parts Name Spec
BOARD ASSY., MAIN C553MAIN
BOARD ASSY, MEMORY C533PROG
Table 3-46. Troubleshooting for “ROM Checksum Error (Program)” Table 3-47. Troubleshooting for “Option ROM Error”
Step Action and Question Yes No Step Action and Question Yes No
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly)
• BOARD ASSY., MAIN (p.299) • BOARD ASSY., MAIN (p.299)
• Standard ROM-DIMM • Option ROM-DIMM (PS module/Form overlay)
Checking the standard ROM-DIMM Checking the option ROM-DIMM
1. Check to see if the mounted ROM-DIMM is exactly 1. Check to see if the mounted ROM-DIMM is exactly
1 as specified and connected properly. (Remove once Go to Step 2 Problem
solved 1 as specified and connected properly. (Remove once Go to Step 2 Problem
solved
and then install again) and then install again)
♦Does the error still occur? ♦Does the error still occur?
Replace the standard ROM-DIMM Replace the Replace the option ROM-DIMM Replace the
2 1. Replace the Standard ROM-DIMM. Go to Step 3 faulty ROM- 2 1. Replace the option ROM-DIMM. Go to Step 3 faulty ROM-
♦Does the error still occur? DIMM ♦Does the error still occur? DIMM
Note : The Main Board Assy and Memory Board Assy used with EPL-N3000 are as listed
below. The program ROM is mounted on the Memory Board Assy.
For details, refer to “2.7 Operating Principles of Electric Circuitry (p.61)”.
3.3 Troubleshooting for Faulty Operation 3.3.1 Power Does Not Turn ON
This section describes troubleshooting for faulty operation. For error items, see “Table Table 3-53. Troubleshooting for “Power Does Not Turn ON”
3-3. Troubleshooting for Errors Indicated by Error Display ”(p.72). Step Action and Question Yes No
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly)
• POWER CORD
Table 3-52. Troubleshooting for Faulty Operation • LVPS (p.287)
Component Error Item (Reference Page) • HVPS/MCU (p.301)
Power Does Not Turn ON .......................................... p.104 • CONTROL PANEL (p.170)
LCD/LED Malfunction .............................................. p.107 • WIRE HARNESS
• INTERLOCK S/W 24V (p.247)
Keypad Operation Impossible .................................... p.107
Main Unit • INTERLOCK S/W 5V (p.247)
Other Printer Operation Fault ..................................... p.108
• INTERLOCK S/W REAR (p.291)
Face Up Tray Error ..................................................... p.108 • FAN MAIN (p.293)
Full Stack Error/500 Paper Exit ................................. p.109 • FAN SUB (p.241)
• ROS ASSY (p.239)
• FUSER ASSY (p.253)
• GEAR ASSY HOUSING (p.281)
• MAIN MOTOR (p.279)
• CLUTCH REGI (p.219)
• BOARD ASSY., MAIN (p.299)
• PWBA FEEDER 550 (p.310)
• PWBA DUPLEX (p.347)
• CLUTCH ASSY PH (p.318)
• CLUTCH PR-REGI (p.319)
POWER CORD
Replace the
1
1. Check continuity of the Power Cord.
Go to Step 2 POWER
♦Does each wiring of the Power Cord have CORD
continuity?
Input power supply voltage Ask the user
1. Check the voltage at the power supply to make
2 receptacle. Go to Step 3
arrangements
for a proper
♦Is the input power supply voltage about 100 AC power
VAC ± 10%? voltage.
Table 3-53. Troubleshooting for “Power Does Not Turn ON” (continued) Table 3-53. Troubleshooting for “Power Does Not Turn ON” (continued)
Step Action and Question Yes No Step Action and Question Yes No
Fuse CLUTCH REGI
1. Remove the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285) 1. Remove the SHIELD PLATE HVPS. (p.296)
3 2. Check to see if the fuse on the LVPS is blown.
Replace the LVPS Go to Step 4
2. Disconnect P/J243 from the HVPS/MCU. Go to 3.4.13
♦Is the fuse blown? 7 3. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. CLUTCH REGI Go to Step 8
4. Check to see if the Fan Main operates at turning (p.123)
550 Option Feeder Go to
power on.
1. Remove the 550 FEEDER OPTION. (p.311) 3.4.21 PWBA
2. Check whether the two FANs operate or not FEEDER 550 ♦Does the Fan Main operate?
when power is switched on. (p.130), OPERATION PANEL
3.4.22 PWBA
♦Do the two FANs operate? 1. Disconnect the HARNESS ASSY PANEL from
4 FEEDER 550
(p.130),
Go to Step 5 the Main Board.
2. Remove the Imaging Cartridge.
3.4.26 CLUTCH
ASSY PH (p.134)
8 3. Turn on the main power.
Go to Step 9 Go to Step 10
and 4. Check for wind from the exhaust hole at the rear
3.4.27 CLUTCH of the printer to see if the Fan Main operates.
PR-REGI (p.135)
♦Does the Fan Main operate?
Option Duplex Go to
HARNESS ASSY PANEL
1. Remove the Option Duplex. (p.342) 3.4.28 PWBA
1. Disconnect the HARNESS ASSY PANEL from
5 2. Check whether the two FANs operate or not DUPLEX (p.136)
and
Go to Step 6 the Main Board. Replace the
when power is switched on. Replace the
9
3.4.29 MOTOR 2. Check the harness for broken wire or short HARNESS
♦Do the two FANs operate?
OPERATION
DUPLEX (p.136) circuit. ASSY
PANEL
3. Check continuity of each wire of harness. PANEL
24V Power Supply
1. Remove the SHIELD PLATE HVPS. (p.296) ♦Is the harness free from broken wire or short
2. Make certain that P/J10 is connected to the circuit and do all the wires have continuity?
HVPS/MCU. (refer to “Connectors (p.406)”) ROS ASSY
3. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. 1. Disconnect P/J13, P/J14, P/J16 and P/J17 from
Go to 3.4.1
6 4. Measure the voltage across each of the following Go to Step 7 LVPS
the HVPS/MCU.
pairs: (p.111) 10 (Refer to “Connectors (p.406)”) Replace the ROS
ASSY
Go to Step 11
P/J10-1 ↔ P/J10-4 2. Remove the Imaging Cartridge.
P/J10-2 ↔ P/J10-5 3. Turn on power.
P/J10-3 ↔ P/J10-6
P/J10-8 ↔ P/J10-7 ♦Does the Fan Main operate?
Table 3-53. Troubleshooting for “Power Does Not Turn ON” (continued) Table 3-53. Troubleshooting for “Power Does Not Turn ON” (continued)
Step Action and Question Yes No Step Action and Question Yes No
PWBA FEEDER FAN MAIN
1. Disconnect P/J20 from the HVPS/MCU. 1. Replace the FAN MAIN. (p.293)
11 2. Remove the Imaging Cartridge.
Replace the PWBA
FEEDER 550
Go to Step 12 16 2. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. Problem solved Go to Step 17
3. Turn on power. 3. Turn on power.
♦Does the Fan Main operate? ♦Does the FAN MAIN operate?
INTERLOCK S/W FAN SUB
1. Disconnect P/J44 and P/J45 from the LVPS. 1. Replace the FAN SUB.
2. While pushing and releasing the lever of the 17 2. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. Problem solved
Replace the
HVPS/MCU
Interlock S/W, check continuity between P/J44-1 Replace the 3. Turn on power.
12 ↔ P/J44-3 and between P/J45-1 ↔ P/J45-3. Go to Step 13 INTERLOCK
♦Does the FAN SUB operate?
S/W
♦Is there continuity between P/J44-1 ↔ P/J44-3
and between P/J45-1 ↔ P/J45-3 when the lever
of the Interlock S/W is pushed, and discontinuity
when lever is released?
SWITCH I/L ASSY
1. Disconnect the P/J411. Replace the
13 ♦Is there continuity between P/J411-2 ↔ P/J411-1 Go to Step 14 SWITCH I/L
when the SWITCH I/L ASSY is pushed, and no ASSY
continuity when it is released?
CLUTCH ASSY PH
1. Disconnect P/J242 and P/J247 from the
HARNESS ASSY TRAY 1/2. Go to 3.4.14
14 2. Make certain that the Imaging Cartridge has been CLUTCH ASSY Go to Step 15
removed. PH (p.124)
3. Turn on power.
♦Does the Fan operate?
MAIN MOTOR
1. Disconnect P/J43 from the LVPS.
15 2. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. Go to 3.4.2 MAIN
MOTOR (p.112)
Go to Step 16
3. Turn on power.
♦Does the FAN MAIN operate?
2
1. Check continuity of each wire of the WIRE
HARNESS.
Go to Step 3
HARNESS 2 1. Check continuity of each wire of harness. Go to Step 3
HARNESS
ASSY
ASSY ♦Does each wire of harness have continuity?
PANEL PANEL
♦Does each wire of harness have continuity?
OPERATION PANEL (2) Replace the
OPERATION PANEL (2) Replace the
3 1. Replace the OPERATION PANEL. (p.170) Problem BOARD 3 1. Replace the OPERATION PANEL. (p.170) Problem
solved
BOARD
ASSY.,
solved ASSY., ♦Has the display been stabilized?
♦Has the display been stabilized? MAIN
MAIN
OPERATION PANEL (3) Replace the
OPERATION PANEL (3) Replace the
4 ♦Is the voltage between P/J28-5↔P/J28-4 on the Go to Step 5
BOARD 4 ♦Is the voltage between P/J28-5↔P/J28-4 on the Go to Step 5
BOARD
ASSY.,
ASSY., BOARD ASSY., MAIN 3.3 VDC?
BOARD ASSY., MAIN 3.3 VDC? MAIN
MAIN
FCC ASSY ESS
FCC ASSY ESS
1. Disconnect P/J28 of the HVPS/MCU. Replace the
1. Disconnect P/J28 of the HVPS/MCU. Replace the Replace the
2. Check continuity between the following connectors.
5
2. Check continuity between the following connectors. BOARD
Replace the
FCC ASSY
5 P/J28-5↔P/J280-22
BOARD
ASSY.,
FCC ASSY
P/J28-5↔P/J280-22 ASSY., ESS
ESS P/J28-4↔P/J280-23 MAIN.
P/J28-4↔P/J280-23 MAIN
♦Is there normal continuity in each wiring?
♦Is there normal continuity in each wiring?
2
1. Replace the SENSOR FACE UP OPEN. Replace the Problem
♦5 VDC between P/J11-13 ↔ P/J11-14?
♦After the SENSOR FACE UP OPEN is replaced, HVPS/MCU solved
LVPS (2)
does the problem still occur?
1. Remove the Imaging Cartridge.
3 2. Check the voltage between P/J11-16 ↔ P/J11-15.
Replace the
HVPS/MCU
Go to 3.4.1
LVPS (p.111)
♦3.3 VDC between P/J11-16 ↔ P/J11-15?
1. Install the Imaging Cartridge and execute test Go to 3.4.17
4 printing. Electrical Go to Step 5
♦Does the printer accept RESET? Noise (p.127)
Interface Cable
5
1. Replace the Interface Cable connecting the printer to Problem
Go to Step 6
the host. solved
♦Does the problem still occur?
HVPS/MCU Inform the
1. Replace the HVPS/MCU. (p.301) customer that
6 ♦Does the problem still occur?
the problem is Problem
attributed to solved
the host
computer.
2
1. Replace the SENSOR FULL STACK. (p.268). Replace the Problem
♦After the SENSOR FULL STACK is replaced, does HVPS/MCU solved
the problem still occur?
3.4 Troubleshooting for Individual Units Table 3-59. Troubleshooting for Individual Units (continued)
Component Error Item (Reference Page)
Table 3-59. Troubleshooting for Individual Units PWBA FEEDER 550 .................................................. p.130
Component Error Item (Reference Page) PWBA FEEDER 550 .................................................. p.130
MAIN MOTOR .......................................................... p.112 Option Cassette SENSOR LOW PAPER ............................................. p.132
3.4.1 LVPS
Table 3-60. Troubleshooting for LVPS
Step Action and Question Yes No
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly)
• LVPS (p.287)
• HVPS/MCU (p.301)
• HARNESS ASSY LVPS
LVPS control power
1. Remove the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285)
2. Disconnect P/J41 from the LVPS.
(Refer to “Connectors (p.406)”)
3.4.2 MAIN MOTOR Table 3-61. Troubleshooting for MAIN MOTOR (continued)
Step Action and Question Yes No
Table 3-61. Troubleshooting for MAIN MOTOR
HVPS/MCU Replace the
Step Action and Question Yes No
6 1. Replace the HVPS/MCU. (p.301) Problem
solved
MAIN
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) MOTOR
♦Has the trouble been cleared?
• MAIN MOTOR (p.279)
• HARNESS ASSY LVPS
• LVPS (p.287)
• HVPS/MCU (p.301)
MAIN Motor
1. Remove the Imaging Cartridge.
2. Close the COVER OPEN.
1 3. Turn on the main power.
Go to Step 2 Go to Step 3
3.4.3 ROS ASSY Table 3-62. Troubleshooting for ROS ASSY (continued)
Step Action and Question Yes No
Table 3-62. Troubleshooting for ROS ASSY
HARNESS ASSY LVPS
Step Action and Question Yes No
1. Disconnect the P/J141.
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) 2. Make certain that there is continuity between P/
• ROS ASSY (p.239) J141-1 ↔ P/J141-3 when the INTERLOCK S/W
Replace the
• HARNESS ASSY ROS
4 5V and SWITCH I/L ASSY 5V are pushed
Go to Step 5 Harness Assy
• INTERLICK S/W 5V (p.247) simultaneously.
LVPS
• HARNESS ASSY LVPS ♦Is there continuity between P/J141-1 ↔ P/J141-3
• HVPS/MCU (p.301) when the INTERLOCK S/W 5V and SWITCH I/L
• LVPS (p.287) ASSY 5V are pushed simultaneously, and no
continuity when they are released?
Power supply to the Laser Diode of ROS ASSY.
HARNESS ASSY ROS
1. Remove the COVER TOP ASSY (p.170)
1. Disconnect the connector P/J14 on the HVPS/MCU.
2. Disconnect P/J140 from the ROS ASSY.
2. Disconnect the connector P/J140 on the ROS ASSY.
1
3. Install the Imaging Cartridge.
Go to Step 9 Go to Step 2 3. Make certain that there is continuity between P/J14-
4. Close the COVER OPEN. Replace the
1 ↔ P/J140-8 when the INTERLOCK S/W 5V and Go to Step 6
5. Check the voltage between J140-8 ↔ J140-7. 5 SWITCH I/L ASSY 5V are pushed simultaneously.
HARNESS
(Refer to “Connectors (p.406)”) ASSY ROS
♦Is there continuity between P/J14-1 ↔ P/J140-8
♦Is the voltage 5 VDC between J140-8 ↔ J140-7? when the INTERLOCK S/W 5V and SWITCH I/L
INTERLOCK S/W 5V ASSY 5V are pushed simultaneously, and no
1. INTERLOCK S/W 5V (p.364) continuity when they are released?
2. While pushing and releasing the INTERLOCK S/W Power supply to HVPS/MCU
Replace the
5V, check continuity between P/J142-1 ↔ P/J142-
2 3.
Go to Step 3 INTERLOCK
1. Remove the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285)
S/W 5V 2. Install the Imaging Cartridge.
♦Is there continuity between P/J142-1 ↔ P/J142-3 6 3. Disconnect P/J41 from the LVPS.
Replace the
LVPS
Go to Step 6
when the INTERLOCK S/W 5V is pressed and 4. Check whether there is continuity between P/J41-4
discontinuity when it is released? ↔ P/J41-3.
SWITCH I/L ASSY 5V ♦Is there continuity between P/J41-4 ↔ P/J41-3?
1. Remove the SWITCH I/L ASSY. (p.173)
Continuity of the HVPS/MCU
2. While pushing and releasing the SWITCH I/L
Replace the 1. Disconnect P/J14 and P/J11 from the HVPS/MCU
3 ASSY 5V, check continuity between P/J144-1 ↔ P/
Go to Step 4 SWITCH I/L 7 2. Check continuity between P/J14-1 ↔ P/J11-13.
Go to Step 8
Replace the
HVPS/MCU
J144-3.
ASSY 5V
♦Is there continuity between P/J144-1 ↔ P/J144-3 ♦Is there continuity between P/J14-1 ↔ P/J11-13?
when the SWITCH I/L ASSY 5V is pressed and Continuity of the HARNESS ASSY LVPS
discontinuity when it is released? 1. Disconnect P/J11 from the HVPS/MCU. Replace the
8 2. Check continuity between P/J11-13 ↔ P/J41-4.
Go to Step 9 HARNESS
ASSY LVPS
♦Is there continuity between P/J11-13 ↔ P/J41-4?
3.4.4 FUSER ASSY Table 3-63. Troubleshooting for FUSER ASSY (continued)
Step Action and Question Yes No
Table 3-63. Troubleshooting for FUSER ASSY
Fuser Power Supply
Step Action and Question Yes No
1. Disconnect P/J48 from the LVPS.
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) 2. Remove the Imaging Cartridge.
• FUSER ASSY (p.253) 3 3. Turn the Power Switch ON. Go to Step 5 Go to Step 4
• HVPS/MCU (p.301) 4. Check the voltage between P/J48-1 ↔ P/J48-3.
• INTERLOCK S/W 24V (p.247)
♦Is the voltage between P/J48-1 ↔ P/J48-3 the
• HARNESS ASSY FUSER (p.251) standard voltage of 100-110 VAC?
• HARNESS ASSY AC110V (p.289)
Power Supply Inform and
• HARNESS ASSY LVPS Replace the
ask customer's
1. Check the voltage of the AC outlet.
• LVPS (p.287) 4 ♦Is the power source voltage the standard voltage of
HARNESS
ASSY
electrical
Heater circuit AC100V
engineer to
100-110 VAC? correct.
1. Remove the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285)
2. Disconnect P/J47 from the LVPS. Heater Rod ON signal
3.4.5 SENSOR REGI Table 3-64. Troubleshooting for SENSOR REGI (continued)
Step Action and Question Yes No
Table 3-64. Troubleshooting for SENSOR REGI
Power supply to the SENSOR REGI
Step Action and Question Yes No
1. Remove the Imaging Cartridge.
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) 3 2. Check the voltage between P/J24-9 ↔ P/J24-10.
Go to Step 4 Go to Step 6
• SENSOR REGI (p.221)
♦3.3 VDC between P/J24-9 ↔ P/J24-10?
• ACTUATOR B
Continuity of the HARNESS ASSY CHUTE
• 150 FEEDER ASSY (p.211)
1. Disconnect the connector P/J24 on the HVPS/MCU.
• HARNESS ASSY CHUTE
2. Disconnect the P/J245.
• HARNESS ASSY TRAY1 Replace the
3. Check continuity of the following wiring:
• HVPS/MCU (p.301)
• LVPS (p.287)
4 J24-9 ↔ J245-10 Go to Step 5
HARNESS
ASSY
J24-10 ↔ J245-9
CHUTE
ACTUATOR B J24-11 ↔ J245-8
1. Remove the 150 FEEDER ASSY. (p.211) ♦Does each wire between J24 ↔ J245 have
2. From the paper inlet side in each of the area under continuity?
the 150 FEEDER ASSY and the area at the side of
Continuity of the HARNESS ASSY TRAY1
it, push the ACTUATOR B with a mini screwdriver Replace the
1 or the like and check whether they operate smoothly. Go to Step 2 ACTUATOR
1. Remove the SENSOR REGI. (p.221)
2. Disconnect P/J245 from the HVPS/MCU.
3. Check the shape of the flag of the ACTUATOR B. B
3. Check continuity between the following terminals: Replace the
♦Does the Actuator B operate smoothly, and does the
flag of the Actuator B have a proper shape to
5 P/J245-4 ↔ P/J241-3 Go to Step 7 HARNESS
P/J245-5 ↔ P/J241-2 ASSY TRAY1
intercept the light to the detecting point of the P/J245-6 ↔ P/J241-1
sensor?
♦Is there continuity in each wiring between P/J245 ↔
SENSOR REGI
P/J241?
1. With the 150FEEDER ASSY removed, connect the
connector J241 of the HARNESS ASSY TRAY1 to Continuity of the HVPS/MCU
1. Disconnect P/J11 from the HVPS/MCU.
the SENSOR REGI.
2. Remove the Imaging Cartridge.
6 2. Check continuity between P/J11-16 ↔ P/J24-9.
Go to 3.4.1 Replace the
LVPS (p.111) HVPS/MCU
♦Is there continuity between P/J11-16 ↔ P/J24-9?
2 3. Close the COVER OPEN. Replace the
HVPS/MCU
Go to Step 3
4. While moving the Actuator Regi A with a mini SENSOR REGI (2)
7
screwdriver or the like, measure the voltage between Replace the Problem
1. Replace the SENSOR REGI. (p.221)
P/J24-11 ↔ P/J24-10. HVPS/MCU solved
♦Does the problem still occur?
♦0 VDC between P/J24-11 ↔ P/J24-10 when the
ACTUATOR B is pressed and 3.3 VDC when it is
released?
Table 3-65. Troubleshooting for SENSOR NO PAPER 3.4.7 INTERLOCK S/W 24V
Step Action and Question Yes No
Table 3-66. Troubleshooting for INTERLOCK S/W 24V
Continuity of the HARNESS ASSY TRAY1,
HARNESS ASSY TRAY2 Step Action and Question Yes No
1. Remove the SENSOR NO PAPER. Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly)
(p. 222 / p. 232) • INTERLOCK S/W 24V (p.247)
2. Disconnect the connector P/J24 on the HVPS/MCU. • LVPS (p.287)
(Refer to “Connectors (p.406)”) • HVPS/MCU (p.301)
3. Check continuity between P/J245 ↔ P/J240 and Replace the
INTERLOCK S/W 24V
between P/J248 ↔ P/J246. HARNESS
6 P/J245-1 ↔ P/J240-3 Go to Step 7 ASSY TRAY1 1. Disconnect P/J45 on the LVPS.
P/J245-2 ↔ P/J240-2 or HARNESS 2. While pressing and releasing the lever of the
P/J245-3 ↔ P/J240-1 ASSY TRAY2 INTERLOCK S/W 24V, check continuity between Replace the
1 P/J45-1 ↔ P/J45-3.
Go to 3.4.1
LVPS (p.111)
INTERLOCK
P/J248-1 ↔ P/J246-3 (Refer to “Connectors (p.406)”) S/W 24V
P/J248-2 ↔ P/J246-2 ♦Is there continuity between P/J45-1 ↔ P/J45-3 when
P/J248-3 ↔ P/J246-1 the INTERLOCK S/W 24Vis pressed and
♦Does each wire between P/J245 ↔ P/J240 and discontinuity when it is released?
between P/J248 ↔ P/J246 have continuity?
HVPS/MCU
1. Disconnect P/J11 on the HVPS/MCU.
7 ♦Is there continuity between P/J11-16 ↔ P/J24-6,
Go to 3.4.1 Replace the
LVPS (p.111) HVPS/MCU
P/J11-16 ↔ P/J24-1 when the INTERLOCK S/W
24Vis pressed and discontinuity when it is released?
SENSOR NO PAPER (2)
8 1. Replace the SENSOR NO PAPER. (p. 222 / p. 232) Replace the
HVPS/MCU
Problem
solved
♦Does the problem still occur?
3.4.8 INTERLOCK S/W 5V, SWITCH I/L ASSY Table 3-67. Troubleshooting for INTERLOCK S/W 5V (continued)
(HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK4) Step Action and Question Yes No
HARNESS ASSY ROS
Table 3-67. Troubleshooting for INTERLOCK S/W 5V
1. Disconnect the P/J141, P/J14 and P/J143.
Step Action and Question Yes No Replace the
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) 4 2. Check continuity of the following wiring:
P141-1 ↔ J14-1
Go to 3.4.1
LVPS (p.111)
HARNESS
ASSY ROS
• INTERLOCK S/W (p.247) P141-3 ↔ P140-8
• SWITCH I/L ASSY (p.173) ♦Does each wiring have continuity?
• HARNESS ASSY ROS
• HARNESS ASSY LVPS
• LVPS (p.287)
• HVPS/MCU (p.301)
INTERLOCK S/W 5V
1. Remove the INTERLOCK S/W 5VL.
2. While pressing and releasing the lever of the
INTERLOCK S/W 5V, check continuity between P/ Replace the
1 J142-1 ↔ P/J142-3. Go to Step 2 INTERLOCK
(Refer to “Connectors (p.406)”) S/W 5V
♦Is there continuity between P/J142-1 ↔ P/J142-3
when the INTERLOCK S/W 5V is pressed and
discontinuity when it is released?
SWITCH I/L ASSY
1. Remove the P/J144.
2. While pushing and releasing the SWITCH I/L
Replace the
ASSY, check continuity between P/J144-1 ↔ P/
2 J144-3.
Go to Step 3 SWITCH I/L
ASSY 5VR
♦Is there continuity between P/J144-1 ↔ P/J144-3
when the SWITCH I/L ASSY is pressed and
discontinuity when it is released?
HARNESS ASSY LVPS
1. Disconnect the P/J141, P/J142 and P/J144.
2. Check continuity of the following wiring: Replace the
3 J141-3 ↔ P142-1 Go to Step 4 Harness Assy
J141-1 ↔ P144-3 LVPS
P142-3 ↔ P144-1
♦Does each wiring have continuity?
JG54A7AA
3.4.17 Electrical Noise Table 3-76. Troubleshooting for Electrical Noise (continued)
Step Action and Question Yes No
Table 3-76. Troubleshooting for Electrical Noise
GUIDE ASSY CRU R (1)
Step Action and Question Yes No
1. Is there continuity in the harness of the GUIDE
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) TRAY LEFT between Tray 1 Size Switch ↔ J1821 Replace the
• HVPS/MCU (p.301) 5 and between Tray 2 Size Switch ↔ J1821? Go to Step 6 GUIDE ASSY
• GUIDE ASSY CRU R (p.257) ♦Are the Plates Earth of the GUIDE ASSY CRU R in CRU R
• FUSER ASSY (p.253) contact with the respective terminals on the HVPS/
• Imaging Cartridge MCU properly?
• HARNESS ASSY ANT GUIDE ASSY CRU R (2)
• HARNESS ASSY AC110V (p.289) 1. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. Clean the
• HARNESS ASSY LVPS 2. Remove the GUIDE ASSY CRU R. (p.257) plates or
• Option 550 Paper Feeder (p.303) 6 3. Check the Plate Earth of the GUIDE ASSY CRU R. Go to Step 7 replace the
• PWBA FEEDER 550 (p.310) ♦Are the Plate Earth of the GUIDE ASSY CRU R
GUIDE ASSY
CRU R
• PWBA DUPLEX (p.347) free from abnormalities, dirt, obstacles or
External noise deformation?
1. Check to see if within 3 m from the printer there is HARNESS ASSY ANT
another electrical apparatus, such as a generator, a 1. Disconnect the connector P/J15 on the HVPS/MCU. Replace the
radio transmitter or an apparatus incorporating a 7 (Refer to “Connectors (p.406)”) Go to Step 8 HARNESS
1 motor. Go to Step 2
Problem
solved
2. Check continuity between J15 ↔ J150. ASSY ANT
2. Turn off the power to the electrical apparatus in
♦Is there continuity between J15 ↔ J150?
question or move the printer to a position at least 6
m distant from the apparatus.
♦Does the problem with electrical noise still occur?
AC grounding Ask the
1. Check the AC power connection. customer for
2 ♦Is the AC power cable connected and grounded
Go to Step 3 repair of the
AC power
properly? connection.
HARNESS ASSY AC100V Install the
3
1. Inspect the grounding screw of the cable connected grounding
to the HARNESS ASSY AC100V. Go to Step 4
screw
♦Is the cable grounded properly? properly.
Imaging Cartridge
4 1. Replace the Imaging Cartridge. Go to Step 5
Problem
solved
♦Does the problem with electrical noise still occur?
Table 3-76. Troubleshooting for Electrical Noise (continued) 3.4.18 MOTOR ASSY EXIT
Step Action and Question Yes No
Table 3-77. Troubleshooting for MOTOR ASSY EXIT
Grounding of circuit boards
Step Action and Question Yes No
1. Remove the following SHIEELD PLATE.
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly)
♦SHIELD PLATE LVPS (p.285)
• MOTOR ASSY EXIT (p.266)
♦SHIELD PLATE HVPS (p.296) • HARNESS ASSY LVPS
2. Check whether the following screws and nut for • PWBA EXIT MOTOR (p.286)
grounding the circuit boards are tightened securely.
• HVPS/MCU (p.301)
• All the screws for HVPS/MCU
• LVPS (p.287)
• All the screws for LVPS
MOTOR ASSY EXIT
8 3. (When Option 550 Paper Feeder has been installed) Go to Step 9
Ensure
Check to see if the screws for the PWBA
grounding.
1 1. Replace the MOTOR ASSY EXIT. (p.266) Go to Step 2
Problem
solved
FEEDER550 are tightened securely. ♦Does the problem still occur?
4. (When Option OCT has been installed) HARNESS ASSY LVPS
Check to see if the screws for the PWBA OCT are
1. Disconnect the P/J27, P/J10, P/J102 and P/J101 on Replace the
tightened securely.
5. (When Option Duplex has been installed) 2 the HARNESS ASSY LVPS. Go to Step 3 HARNESS
2. Check continuity between J27 ↔ J102. ASSY LVPS
Check to see if the screws for the PWBA DUPLEX
are tightened securely. ♦Is there continuity between J27 ↔ J102?
♦Is grounding ensured? Power Supply to MOTOR ASSY EXIT
FUSER ASSY
3
1. Disconnect the P/J101 on the PWBA EXIT Replace the
Go to Step 4
MOTOR. LVPS
1. Replace the FUSER ASSY. (p.253)
9 WARNING!: Wait until the Fuser cools, and Go to Step 10
Problem
solved
♦Is the voltage between J101-2 ↔ J101-1 24VDC?
then start work. PWBA EXIT MOTOR
♦Does the problem still occur? 4 1. Replace the PWBA EXIT MOTOR. (p.286)
Replace the
HVPS/MCU
Problem
solved
HVPS/MCU 2. Does the trouble still occur?
Table 3-80. Troubleshooting for PWBA FEEDER 550 Table 3-81. Troubleshooting for PWBA FEEDER 550
Step Action and Question Yes No Step Action and Question Yes No
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly)
• PWBA FEEDER 550 (p.310) • PWBA FEEDER 550 (p.310)
• HVPS/MCU (p.301) • HVPS/MCU (p.301)
• HARNESS ASSY FDR1 • HARNESS ASSY FDR5
• HARNESS ASSY FDR2 • HARNESS ASSY FDR2
HARNESS ASSY FDR2 HARNESS ASSY FDR2
1. Remove the HARNESS ASSY FDR2. 1. Remove the HARNESS ASSY FDR2.
Replace the Replace the
2. Check whether there is continuity between J2083 ↔ 2. Check whether there is continuity between J8483 ↔
1 J83.
Go to Step 2 HARNESS 1 J83.
Go to Step 2 HARNESS
ASSY FDR2 ASSY FDR2
(Refer to “Connectors (p.406)”) (Refer to “Connectors (p.406)”)
♦Is there continuity between J2083 ↔ J83? ♦Is there continuity between J2083 ↔ J83?
HARNESS ASSY FDR1 Replace the HARNESS ASSY FDR5
2 1. Remove the HARNESS ASSY FDR1. Go to Step 3 HARNESS 1. Remove the HARNESS ASSY FDR5. Replace the
♦Is there continuity between J20 ↔ J2083? ASSY FDR1 2 2. Check whether there is continuity between J8483 ↔ Go to Step 3 HARNESS
J84. ASSY FDR5
PWBA FEEDER550
♦Is there continuity between J8483 ↔ J84?
3 1. Replace the PWBA FEEDER 550. (p.310) Problem
solved
Replace the
HVPS/MCU PWBA FEEDER550
♦After replacing, has the truble been cleared?
3 1. Replace the PWBA FEEDER 550. (p.310) Problem
solved
Replace the
HVPS/MCU
♦After replacing, has the trouble been cleared?
3.4.23 SENSOR NO PAPER Table 3-82. Troubleshooting for SENSOR NO PAPER (continued)
Step Action and Question Yes No
Table 3-82. Troubleshooting for SENSOR NO PAPER
Continuity of the HARNESS ASSY CLSNR1
Step Action and Question Yes No
1. Remove the HARNESS ASSY CLSNR1.
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) 2. Check continuity between J855 ↔ J852. Replace the
• SENSOR NO PAPER (p.222), (p.232) J855-5 ↔ J852-3
• ACTUATOR NO PAPER (p.223), (p.238)
3 J855-6 ↔ J852-2
Go to Step 4
HARNESS
ASSY
• HARNESS ASSY CLSNR1 J855-7 ↔ J852-1 CLSNR1
• HARNESS ASSY CLSNR2 ♦Do all the wires between J855 ↔ J852 have
• 550 Paper Cassette (p.191) continuity?
• OPTION 550 PAPER FEEDER (p.303) Continuity of the HARNESS ASSY CLSNR2
• PWBA FEEDER 550 (p.310) 1. Disconnect the connector P/J85 on the PWBA
• HVPS/MCU (p.301) FEEDER550.
Replace the
ACTUATOR NO PAPER 2. Check continuity between J85 ↔ J852.
1. Remove the OPTION 550 PAPER FEEDER.
4 J85-5 ↔ J855-3 Go to Step 5
HARNESS
ASSY
J85-6 ↔ J855-2
(p.303) CLSNR2
J85-7 ↔ J855-1
2. Install the 550 Paper Cassette.
Replace the ♦Do all the wires between J85 ↔ J855 have
3. Check the operation of the ACTUATOR NO
1 PAPER by moving it with your hand. Go to Step 2 ACTUATOR continuity?
NO PAPER Continuity of the HVPS/MCU
♦Does the ACTUATOR NO PAPER operate
1. Disconnect P/J11 and P/J20 on the HVPS/MCU.
smoothly in such a way that the flag enters the
sensing area of the sensor when there is paper and
5 2. Check continuity between P11-16 ↔ P20-5.
Go to Step 6
Replace the
HVPS/MCU
the flag leaves the sensing area when there is no ♦Is there continuity between P11-16 ↔ P20-5?
paper?
SENSOR NO PAPER (2)
SENSOR NO PAPER (1)
1. Install the Option 550 Paper Feeder. (p.303)
6 1. Replace the SENSOR NO PAPER. (p.320) Problem solved
Replace the
HVPS/MCU
2. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. ♦After replacing, has the trouble been cleared?
3. Close the COVER OPEN.
4. Remove the 550 Paper Cassette.
5. Insert your hand through the cassette inserting Go to PWBA
2 opening, lift the ACTUATOR NO PAPER, and FEEDER550 Go to Step 3
measure the voltage between P/J85-7 ↔ P/J85-6 on (p. 130/p. 130)
the PWBA FEEDER 550. (Refer to “Connectors
(p.406)”)
♦Is the voltage 0 VDC between P/J85-7 ↔ P/J85-6
when the ACTUATOR NO PAPER is lifted and 3.3
VDC when the Actuator NO PAPER is released?
3.4.24 SENSOR LOW PAPER Table 3-83. Troubleshooting for SENSOR LOW PAPER
Step Action and Question Yes No
Table 3-83. Troubleshooting for SENSOR LOW PAPER
SENSOR LOW PAPER (2)
Step Action and Question Yes No
1. Install the Option 550 Paper Feeder. (p.303)
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) 2. Make certain that the Imaging Cartridge has been
• SENSOR LOW PAPER (p.309) removed.
• ACTUATOR LOW PAPER 3. Close the COVER OPEN.
• HARNESS LOW PAPER 4. Remove the 550 Paper Cassette. Go to PWBA
• HARNESS ASSY FDR2
2 5. Insert your hand through the cassette inserting FEEDER550 Go to Step 3
• OPTION 550 PAPER FEEDER (p.303) opening, lift the ACTUATOR NO PAPER, and (p. 130/p. 130)
• 550 Paper Cassette (p.191) measure the voltage between P/J81-3 ↔ P/J81-2 on
the PWBA FEEDER 550. (Refer to “Connectors
• PWBA FEEDER 550 (p.310)
(p.406)”)
• PLATE ASSY BTM (p.330)
• HVPS/MCU (p.301) ♦Is the voltage 3.3 VDC between P/J81-3 ↔ P/J81-2
when the ACTUATOR LOW PAPER is lifted and 0
ACTUATOR LOW PAPER VDC when the Actuator is released?
1. Remove the OPTION 550 PAPER FEEDER.
Continuity of the HARNESS LOW PAPER
(p.303)
1. Install the Option 550 Feeder. (p.303)
2. Install the 550 Paper Cassette.
2. Disconnect the connector of the SENSOR LOW
3. Check the operation of the ACTUATOR LOW Replace the Replace the
PAPER.
PAPER by pushing and releasing the PLATE ASSY
1 BTM with your hand. Go to Step 2
ACTUATOR 3 3. Disconnect the connector P/J81 on the PWBA Go to Step 4
HARNESS
LOW
LOW FEEDER 550.
♦Does the ACTUATOR LOW PAPER operate PAPER PAPER
4. Check continuity between J81 ↔ J810.
smoothly in such a way that the flag enters the
sensing area of the sensor when the PLATE ASSY ♦Do all the wires between J81 ↔ J810 have
BTM is released (Actuator LOW PAPER is pushed continuity?
up) and the flag leaves the sensing area when the Continuity of the HVPS/MCU
PLATE ASSY BTM is pushed down? 1. Disconnect P/J11 and P/J20 on the HVPS/MCU.
4 2. Check continuity between P11-16 ↔ P20-5.
Go to Step 5
Replace the
HVPS/MCU
♦Is there continuity between P11-16 ↔ P20-5?
SENSOR LOW PAPER (3)
5 1. Replace the SENSOR LOW PAPER. (p.309) Replace the
HVPS/MCU
Problem
solved
♦Does the problem still occur?
3.4.30 SENSOR DUP Table 3-89. Troubleshooting for SENSOR DUP (continued)
Step Action and Question Yes No
Table 3-89. Troubleshooting for SENSOR DUP
Continuity of the HARNESS ASSY DUP SNR
Step Action and Question Yes No
1. Remove the SENSOR DUP. (p.350)
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) 2. Disconnect P/J53 from the PWBA DUPLEX.
Replace the
• SENSOR DUP (p.350) 4 3. Check the wiring between J53 ↔ J530 for Go to Step 5
HARNESS
ASSY DUP
• ACTUATOR DUP continuity.
SNR
• HARNESS ASSY DUP SNR ♦Does each wiring between J53 ↔ J530 have
• PWBA DUPLEX (p.347) continuity?
• COVER HARNESS, HARNESS ASSY DUP (p.359) HARNESS ASSY DUP
• HVPS/MCU (p.301) 1. Disconnect the HARNESS ASSY DUP. Replace the
• LVPS (p.287) 5 2. Check continuity between J50 ↔ J2750.
Go to Step 6 HARNESS
• HARNESS ASSY LVPS ASSY DUP
♦Is there continuity between J50 ↔ J2750?
ACTUATOR DUP
HARNESS ASSY LVPS
♦Does the ACTUATOR DUP operate smoothly in Replace the 1. Disconnect the HARNESS ASSY LVPS. Replace the
1 such a way that the flag enters the sensing area of the Go to Step 2 ACTUATOR 6 2. Check continuity between J27 ↔ J2750.
Go to Step 7 Harness Assy
sensor when there is no paper on the Option Duplex DUP LVPS
and the flag leaves the sensing area when there is ♦Is there continuity between J27 ↔ J2750?
paper? Continuity of the HVPS/MCU
SENSOR DUP(1) 1. Disconnect P/J11 from the HVPS/MCU.
1. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. 7 2. Check continuity between P11-16 ↔ P27-4.
Go to 3.4.1 Replace the
LVPS (p.111) HVPS/MCU
2. Close the COVER OPEN.
♦Is there continuity between P11-16 ↔ P27-4?
3. Open the COVER HSG DUP and hold it in the
opened position.
2 4. While moving the ACTUATOR DUP, measure the
Replace the
HVPS/MCU
Go to Step 3
voltage between P/J53-3 ↔ P/J53-2 on the PWBA
DUPLEX.
♦Is the voltage between P/J53-3 ↔ P/J53-2 on the
PWBA DUPLEX 0 VDC when the ACTUATOR
DUP is pushed, and 3.3 VDC when it is released?
SENSOR DUP (2)
3 1. Replace the SENSOR DUP. (p.350) Go to Step 4
Problem
solved
♦Does the problem still occur?
PWBA OCT
5 1. Replace the PWBA OCT. (p.368) Problem
solved
Replace the
HVPS/MCU
♦Is the trouble solved?
6
1. Disconnect P/J30 on the PWBA OCT. Go to 3.4.1 Replace the
♦Is there normal continuity between P30-4 ↔ P11- LVPS (p.111) HVPS/MCU
16?
3.4.38 Sensor Full Stack (on PWBA OCT) 3.4.39 Sensor Offset (on PWBA OCT)
Table 3-97. Troubleshooting for SENSOR Full Stack (on PWBA OCT) Table 3-98. Troubleshooting for Sensor offset
Step Action and Question Yes No Step Action and Question Yes No
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly)
• SENSOR FULL STACK (p.268) • Sensor Offset
• ACTUATOR FULL STACK (p.269) • CHUTE OFFSET ASSY
• PWBA OCT (p.368) • PWBA OCT (p.368)
• HARNESS ASSY OCT2 • HARNESS ASSY OCT2
• HVPS/MCU (p.301) • HVPS/MCU (p.301)
• HARNESS ASSY OCT1 • HARNESS ASSY OCT1
Operation of ACTUATOR FULL STACK Operation of Actuator of CHUTE OFFSET
1. Remove the Option OCT. 1. Remove the Option OCT. Replace the
1
♦When the ACTUATOR FULL STACK is moved by Replace the 2. Remove the COVER OCT. CHUTE
1 hand, does the ACTUATOR FULL STACK operate Go to Step 2 ACTUATOR
♦When the Actuator in the CHUTE OFFSET is
Go to Step 2
OFFSET
smoothly? And, when paper is absent, does the flag FULL STACK ASSY
moved by hand, does the CHUTE OFFSET operate
enter the slot of the sensor, and when paper is smoothly?
present, is the flag dislocated from the slot?
Continuity of HARNESS ASSY OCT2
Continuity of HARNESS ASSY OCT2 1. Disconnect P/J 70 on the PWBA OCT Replace the
1. Disconnect P/J 70 on the PWBA OCT Replace the 2 Go to Step 3 HARNESS
2 2. Disconnect the HARNESS ASSY OCT2.
Go to Step 3 HARNESS 2. Disconnect the HARNESS ASSY OCT2.
ASSY OCT2
ASSY OCT2 ♦Is there normal continuity between J30 ↔ J3070?
♦Is there normal continuity between J30 ↔ J3070?
Continuity of HARNESS ASSY OCT1 Replace the
Continuity of HARNESS ASSY OCT1 Replace the 3 1. Disconnect the HARNESS ASSY OCT1. Go to Step 4 HARNESS
3 1. Disconnect the HARNESS ASSY OCT1. Go to Step 4 HARNESS
♦Is there normal continuity between J30 ↔ J3070? ASSY OCT1
♦Is there normal continuity between J30 ↔ J3070? ASSY OCT1
Sensor Full Stack on PWBA OCT
Sensor Full Stack on PWBA OCT
4 1. Replace the PWBA OCT. (p.368) Problem Replace the
4 1. Replace the PWBA OCT. (p.368) Problem
solved
Replace the
HVPS/MCU ♦Is the trouble solved?
solved HVPS/MCU
3.5 Picture Image Trouble C H E C K The following explanation assumes the printer controller functions
P O IN T properly. You can, however, easily determine whether the problem
lies in the printer controller or engine by conducting a test printing
3.5.1 Overview with the engine alone, except for problems that cannot be
If any problem involving printing quality occurs, first find out exactly what the recognized through a test printing.
problem is, make a test printing on A4 paper, and then troubleshoot effectively by If the test print by the engine alone is good, the problem is
using the corresponding picture quality diagnostics. caused by the printer controller.
If there is something wrong with the test print by the engine
If the problem cannot be resolved by the procedure described in this section, after alone, the problem is caused by the engine.
repeating checking, replace “Parts that can be the source of this error” in the order in If there may be something wrong with the printer controller,
which they are given and see if that works. replace the printer controller and interface cable with properly
functioning ones and see if that works.
C H E C K Before starting troubleshooting, check the paper transport path. If the problem continues to occur, check the host side and perform
P O IN T Make sure that the paper path is free from foreign matters, such as troubleshooting efficiently using the following picture quality
staples, paper clips or bits of paper. diagnostics according to a description of the problem.
This section covers the following typical problems involving picture quality.
3.5.2 Too Light Print (Weak Gradation) ........................................... p.145
START 3.5.3 Blank Print................................................................................ p.146
3.5.4 Solid Black ............................................................................... p.147
Test Printing
3.5.5 White or Light Bands (parallel with paper transport)............... p.148
3.5.6 White or Light Bands (perpendicular to paper transport)......... p.149
3.5.7 Black Stripes (parallel with paper transport)............................ p.150
Is there 3.5.8 Black Stripes (perpendicular to paper transport)......................p.151
an applicable trouble
No 3.5.9 Image Partial Missing (White Spots) .......................................p.153
item? 3.5.10 Black Spots ............................................................................... p.154
3.5.11 Ghost Image..............................................................................p.155
Yes
3.5.12 Fog ............................................................................................p.156
3.5.13 Skew .........................................................................................p.157
Execute applicable troubleshooting Execute applicable troubleshooting
3.5.14 Damaged Paper (Wrinkling).....................................................p.158
3.5.15 Bad Fusing................................................................................ p.159
If bands, stripes or spots appear in a cycle, probably a specific roller is faulty. In such
No Is the problem solved? No Is the problem solved?
cases, measure the cycle of the trouble, and check the cycle against the following
pitches (note that each pitch is not always identical with the circumference length of
Yes Yes the roller). Then probably you can solve the problem easily.
End End Roller Parts Name Roller Diam. (mm) Pitch (mm)
Drum Imaging Cartridge 30.5 94.3
Figure 3-3. Picture Image Troubleshooting Entry Chart
BTR BTR ASSY 16.2 50.7
Heat Roll FUSER ASSY 24.9 78.3
Pressure Roll FUSER ASSY 30 94.2
3.5.2 Too Light Print (Weak Gradation) Step Action and Question Yes No
BTR ASSY
Description of the problem: 1. Remove the BTR ASSY. (p.254)
Image density is too light as a whole. 4 2. Check the BTR Assy for dirt or wear.
Go to Step 5
Replace the
BTR ASSY
Parts below can be the source of this error: ♦Is the BTR free from dirt and damage and wear?
• Imaging Cartridge Grounding of the Drum Repair or
• GUIDE ASSY CRU R (p.257) 1. Remove the GUIDE ASSY CRU R. (p.257) clean the Plate
• BTR ASSY (p.254)
• 150 FEEDER ASSY (p.211) 5 2. Inspect the Plate Earth located behind the GUIDE
ASSY CRU R.
Go to Step 6
Earth, or
replace the
• BOARD ASSY., MAIN (p.299) GUIDE ASSY
♦Is the Plate Earth free from dirt and damage and
• ROS ASSY (p.239) deformation?
CRU R.
• FUSER ASSY (p.253)
HVPS/MCU
• LVPS (p.287)
1. Replace the HVPS/MCU. (p.301)
• HVPS/MCU (p.301) 6 2. Execute test printing.
Problem
solved
Go to Step 7
• 550 FEEDER ASSY (p.224)
♦Was the trouble cleared?
Image developing process
1. Execute test printing, and turn off the power to the
Step Action and Question Yes No printer during printing.
2. Remove the Imaging Cartridge carefully, and Go to 3.4.16
Paper condition
1. Set new dry recommended paper.
7 inspect the toner image formed on the drum located Go to Step 8 HVPS/MCU
1 2. Execute test printing.
Problem
solved
Go to Step 2 just before the transfer portion (BTR). (p.126)
♦Is the image on the drum such that it has been
♦Is image density normal? completely formed, the region is clear and black,
Path of laser beam and can be easily read?
1. Inspect the path of laser beam from the ROS ASSY Remove the Image transfer process
to the Drum. obstacle or 1. Inspect the toner image formed on the drum located See “Parts Go to 3.4.16
2 2. Check the window of the ROS ASSY to see if it is Go to Step 3 clean the 8 just after the transfer portion (the BTR). below can be
the source of
HVPS/MCU
not dirty. window of the ♦Is the toner image on the drum completely copied (p.126)
this error”
ROS ASSY.
♦Is the path of the laser beam clean and is the onto the paper?.
window of the ROS ASSY free from any obstacle?
Imaging Cartridge
1. Install a new Imaging Cartridge.
3 2. Print the image in question again.
Problem
solved
Go to Step 4
3.5.5 White or Light Bands (parallel with paper Step Action and Question Yes No
transport) Imaging Cartridge
1. Install a new Imaging Cartridge.
Description of the problem: 4 2. Print the image in question again.
Go to Step 5
Problem
solved
There are light or completely white bands in
♦Does the problem still occur?
the printed image. These bands are running
parallel with paper-feed direction over a wide BTR ASSY
area. 1. Remove the BTR ASSY. (p.254)
5 2. Check the BTR Assy for dirt or wear.
Go to Step 6
Replace the
BTR ASSY
Parts below can be the source of this error:
• Imaging Cartridge ♦Is the BTR free from dirt and damage and wear?
• BTR ASSY (p.254) Heat Roll and Pressure Roll
• 150 FEEDER ASSY (p.211) 1. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) See 3.4.16
WARNING!: Wait until the Fuser cools, and HVPS/MCU
• ROS ASSY (p.239)
(p.126)
then start work.
• BOARD ASSY., MAIN (p.299) 6 2. Turn the Gear HR by hand, and inspect the Heat
or “Parts
Replace the
FUSER ASSY
• FUSER ASSY (p.253) below can be
Roll and the Pressure Roll.
• Heat Roll the source of
• Pressure Roll ♦Are the Heat Roll and the Pressure Roll free from this error”
scratches, dirt and damage?
• 550 FEEDER ASSY (p.224)
3.5.6 White or Light Bands (perpendicular to paper Step Action and Question Yes No
transport) BTR ASSY
1. Remove the BTR ASSY. (p.254)
Description of the problem: 3 2. Check the BTR Assy for dirt or wear.
Go to Step 4
Replace the
BTR ASSY
There are light or completely white bands in
♦Is the BTR free from dirt and damage and wear?
the printed image. These bands are running
perpendicular to the paper-feed direction over ROS ASSY
a wide area. 4 ♦Is the connector of the ROS ASSY connected Go to Step 5
Reconnect the
connector.
Parts below can be the source of this error: completely?
Paper condition
7 GEAR ASSY HOUSING. Go to Step 8
Problem
solved
2. Print the image in question again.
1. Set new dry recommended paper.
1 2. Print the image in question again.
Go to Step 2
Problem
solved
♦Does the problem still occur?
Heat Roll and Pressure Roll
♦Does the problem still occur?
1. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253)
Imaging Cartridge
WARNING!: Wait until the Fuser cools, and See “Parts
2 then start work.
1. Install a new Imaging Cartridge. Problem
♦Have the light or white bands perpendicular to the solved
Go to Step 3 8 2. Turn the Gear HR by hand, and inspect the Heat
below can be
the source of
Replace the
FUSER ASSY
paper-feed direction disappeared? Roll and the Pressure Roll. this error”
♦Are the Heat Roll and the Pressure Roll free from
scratches, dirt and damage?
3.5.7 Black Stripes (parallel with paper transport) Step Action and Question Yes No
BTR ASSY
Description of the problem: 1. Remove the BTR ASSY. (p.254)
Black stripes are running parallel with the 4 2. Check the BTR Assy for dirt or wear.
Go to Step 5
Replace the
BTR ASSY
paper-feed direction.
♦Is the BTR free from dirt and damage and wear?
Parts below can be the source of this error:
ROS ASSY
• Imaging Cartridge
• HVPS/MCU (p.301)
5 ♦Is the connector of the ROS ASSY connected Go to Step 6
Reconnect the
connector.
completely?
• GUIDE ASSY CRU R (p.257)
Heat Roll and Pressure Roll
• BTR ASSY (p.254)
1. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253)
• 150 FEEDER ASSY (p.211)
WARNING!: Wait until the Fuser cools, and
• ROS ASSY (p.239) Go to 3.4.17
then start work.
• BOARD ASSY., MAIN (p.299) 6 2. Turn the Gear HR by hand, and inspect the Heat
Electrical
Replace the
FUSER ASSY
• 550 FEEDER ASSY (p.224) Roll and the Pressure Roll.
Noise (p.127)
Step Action and Question Yes No ♦Are the Heat Roll and the Pressure Roll free from
Paper path scratches, dirt and damage?
1. Check to see if there are dirt or obstacles in the path Remove
1 of the paper from the paper supply opening to the Go to Step 2
obstacle or
dirt from the
paper eject opening.
path of paper.
♦Is the path of paper free from obstacles?
Path of laser beam Remove all
1. Inspect the path of laser beam from the ROS ASSY the obstacles
to the Drum. from the path
2 ♦Is the path of laser beam free from obstacles?
Go to Step 3 of laser beam
or clean the
Check the window of the ROS ASSY to see if it is window of the
clean. ROS ASSY.
Imaging Cartridge
1. Install a new Imaging Cartridge.
3 2. Execute test printing.
Problem
solved
Go to Step 4
♦Have the black stripes running parallel with the
paper-feed direction disappeared?
3.5.8 Black Stripes (perpendicular to paper transport) Step Action and Question Yes No
Continuity of the GUIDE ASSY CRU R
Description of the problem: 1. Remove the Imaging Cartridge.
Black stripes are running perpendicular to the 2. Check the plates of the GUIDE ASSY CRU R for
paper-feed direction. Replace the
4
deformation, dirt or damage.
Go to Step 5 GUIDE ASSY
Parts below can be the source of this error: 3. Check continuity of the plates of the GUIDE ASSY CRU R
• Imaging Cartridge CRU R.
• HVPS/MCU (p.301) ♦Do the plates of the GUIDE ASSY CRU R have
• GUIDE ASSY CRU R (p.257) continuity, without deformation, dirt or damage?
• BTR ASSY (p.254) Connection of the GUIDE ASSY CRU R
• 150 FEEDER ASSY (p.211) 1. Check to see if the plates of the GUIDE ASSY CRU
• MAIN MOTOR (p.279) R are in contact with the respective terminals of the Replace the
• GEAR ASSY HOUSING (p.281) 5 HVPS/MCU properly. Go to Step 6 GUIDE ASSY
♦Are the plates of the GUIDE ASSY CRU R in CRU R
• ROS ASSY (p.239)
• BOARD ASSY., MAIN (p.299) contact with the respective terminals of the HVPS/
MCU properly?
• LVPS (p.287)
• 550 FEEDER ASSY (p.224) Grounding of the Drum Repair or
1. Check the Plate Earth of the GUIDE ASSY CRU R. clean the Plate
Step Action and Question Yes No 6 ♦Is the Plate Earth free from dirt and damage and Go to Step 7
Earth, or
replace the
Imaging Cartridge deformation? GUIDE ASSY
1. Install a new Imaging Cartridge. CRU R.
1 2. Print the image in question again.
Problem
solved
Go to Step 2 BTR ASSY
♦Have the black stripes running perpendicular to the 1. Remove the BTR ASSY. (p.254)
paper-feed direction disappeared? 7 2. Check the BTR Assy for dirt or wear.
Go to Step 8
Replace the
BTR ASSY
ROS ASSY Reconnect the ♦Is the BTR free from dirt and damage and wear?
connector, or
♦Is the ROS ASSY installed securely to the frame? Image developing process
2 Go to Step 3 install the
1. Execute test printing, and turn off the power to the
ROS ASSY
securely. printer during printing.
2. Remove the Imaging Cartridge carefully, and Go to 3.4.16
Drive ASSY, GEAR ASSY HOUSING
8 inspect the toner image formed on the drum located Go to Step 9 HVPS/MCU
1. Replace the DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR. (p.307) and just before the transfer portion (BTR). (p.126)
3 GEAR ASSY HOUSING. Go to Step 4
Problem
solved ♦Is the image on the drum such that it has been
2. Print the image in question again.
completely formed, the region is clear and black,
♦Does the problem still occur? and can be easily read?
3.5.9 Image Partial Missing (White Spots) Step Action and Question Yes No
Image transfer process
Description of the problem: 1. Inspect the toner image formed on the drum located
In the image, there is extremely light areas or
areas where image is completely missing.
4 just after the transfer portion (the BTR). Go to Step 5
Replace the
BTR ASSY
♦Is the toner image on the drum completely copied
These areas are found scattering in a narrow
onto the paper?.
part on the paper.
Heat Roll and Pressure Roll
Parts below can be the source of this error: 1. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253)
• Imaging Cartridge WARNING!: Wait until the Fuser cools, and See “Parts
• HVPS/MCU (p.301) then start work.
• BTR ASSY (p.254) 5 2. Turn the Gear HR by hand, and inspect the Heat
below can be
the source of
Replace the
FUSER ASSY
• 150 FEEDER ASSY (p.211) Roll and the Pressure Roll. this error”
• BOARD ASSY., MAIN (p.299) ♦Are the Heat Roll and the Pressure Roll free from
• 550 FEEDER ASSY (p.224) scratches, dirt and damage?
2
3. Set the Paper Cassette in the printer correctly. Problem
Go to Step 3
4. Install the PLATE ASSY BTM correctly so that it is solved
not inclined in the lateral direction. (p.330)
5. Print the image in question again.
♦Does the problem still occur?
1 Go to Step 2
Problem
solved
Confidential
W A R N IN G Avant de commencer, assurez vous que l’imprimante soit eteinte et LEVER LINK
COVER OPEN
que le cordon d’alimentation soit debranche.
JG3202AA
Never remove these parts.
COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL EPL-N3000 COVER OPEN COVER OPEN 4.2.4 COVER TOP, CONTROL
SWITCH I/L ASSY is equipped. PANEL (p.170)
AcuLaser M4000N
SWITCH I/L ASSY is not equipped. 4.14.2 COVER TOP, CONTROL
PANEL (AcuLaser M4000N)
(p.380)
150 FEEDER ASSY Removing procedures are different 4.5.1 150 FEEDER ASSY
due to the change of HARNESS (p.211)
ASSY TRAY1.
ROLL REGI RUBBER The shape of ROLL REGI RUBBER The disassembly/reassembly
BEARING REGI ROLL REGI RUBBER BEARING REGI ROLL REGI RUBBER
is changed. RIGHT RIGHT procedure is the same for EPL-
EPL-N3000 N3000 and AcuLaser M4000N.
GEAR REGI BEARING REGI GEAR REGI BEARING REGI
AcuLaser M4000N
Rubber roll: one piece SPRING REGI SPRING REGI
CLUTCH REGI CLUTCH REGI
CLUTCH REGI
CLUTCH ASSY PH
M4000N) (p.384)
CLUTCH REGI
MAIN MOTOR A harness is added to MAIN MAIN MOTOR MAIN MOTOR 4.9.2 MAIN MOTOR (p.279)
MOTOR for AcuLaser M4000N.
LVPS LVPS shapes are different, and PWBA EXIT MOTOR PWBA EXIT MOTOR 4.10.3 LVPS (p.287)
connector positions are changed. LVPS LVPS
FAN MAIN
JG3022EA J23165AA
COVER TOP (Duplex) The shape of the COVER TOP is COVER TOP COVER TOP 4.12.4 COVER TOP (p.346)
changed. In addition to that, the
COVER REAR DUP is added for
AcuLaser M4000N.
4.14.9 COVER TOP (AcuLaser
COVER HSG DUP M4000N) (p.393)
4.14.10 COVER REAR DUP
(AcuLaser M4000N) (p.394)
FAN DUPLEX EPL-N3000 FAN DUPLEX
LABEL COVER REAR DUP
4.12.6 FAN DUPLEX (p.349)
FAN DUPLEX is secured to the
COVER HSG DUP. COVER HSG DUP
4.2 Cover
Removal
1. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
2. Remove the three screws (silver, with a collar, 8 mm x2; gold, tapping, 8 mm x1) 3)
securing the COVER REAR.
3. Open the COVER REAR as shown with the arrow and release the three hooks, and JG3003EA
remove the COVER REAR from the printer body. 2)
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
use them at their correct positions respectively.
When securing the screws, be careful not to pinch the harness.
Removal
1. Loosen the one screw securing the COVER RIGHT.
2. Move the COVER RIGHT in the direction of the arrow, and release the two
bottom, one front, and one rear hooks that are securing the COVER RIGHT to the
printer body.
COVER
3. Move the COVER RIGHT downward to release the three hooks at the top, and
RIGHT
remove the COVER RIGHT from the printer body.
Installation
1. While moving the COVER RIGHT upward, install it to the printer body, and lock
the three hooks at the top.
2. Move the COVER RIGHT in the direction of the printer body front, and secure the
COVER RIGHT with the two bottom, one front, and one rear hooks. (2)
3. Secure the COVER RIGHT with the one screw in the rear of the printer body.
(3)
2)
JG3004EA
Figure 4- 5. COVER RIGHT Removal
Removal
1. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
2. Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167)
3. Shift the COVER LEFT in the direction of the arrow and release the three hooks at
the bottom and two hooks at the rear.
4. Move the COVER LEFT downward to release the three hooks at the top, and
remove the COVER LEFT from the printer body.
Installation
1. While moving the COVER LEFT upward, install it to the printer body, and lock
the three hooks at the top.
2. Move the COVER LEFT in the direction of the printer body front, and secure the
COVER LEFT with the two bottom and two rear hooks. 4)
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
use them at their correct positions respectively.
3)
10)
Removal
1. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) 13)
2. Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) 9)
C A U T IO N Open the COVER OPEN and stretch the LEVER LINK first, 14-2)
and then disengage the LEVER LINK from the COVER
11)
OPEN.
The OPERATION PANEL mounted on the COVER TOP is
connected to the printer body with the connector. When doing
the following work, do not separate them too far. JG3006EA
Figure 4- 7. COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL Removal
9. Release the two hooks at the front of the COVER TOP from the COVER FRONT,
and remove and slightly separate the COVER TOP from the printer body.
10. Disconnect the connectors (P/J144, P/J411) of the SWITCH I/L ASSY from the
connectors of the frame.
11. Disconnect the connector (P/J1) of the CONTROL PANEL.
12. Release the harnesses of the SWITCH I/L ASSY and CONTROL PANEL from
the clamps.
13. Remove the COVER TOP.
14. Release the two hooks securing the CONTROL PANEL to the COVER TOP, and
remove the CONTROL PANEL.
Installation
1. Install the OPERATION PANEL to the COVER TOP, and secure it with the two
hooks.
2. Connect the connector (P/J1) of the OPERATION PANEL.
3. Clamp the harnesses at the clamping portions of the SWITCH I/L ASSY and
OPERATION PANEL.
4. Connect the connectors (P/J144, P/J411) of the SWITCH I/L ASSY to the
connectors of the frame.
5. Install the COVER TOP to the printer body, and secure it to the COVER FRONT
with the two hooks at the front of the COVER TOP.
6. Engage the boss of the COVER OPEN with the hole of the LEVER LINK.
C A U T IO N Engage the boss of the COVER OPEN with the hole of the LEVER
LINK, with the COVER OPEN open and the LEVER LINK
extended.
7. Install the COVER TOP to the frame with the two screws (silver, with collars,
8mm).
8. Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262)
C A U T IO N When installing it, pass the harnesses of the MOTOR ASSY EXIT
and HARNESS ASSY EXIT SNR1 through the hole of the frame.
Removal
1. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
2. Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) 8)
3. Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169)
4. Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
5. Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261)
6. Remove the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) (1)
7. Remove the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170)
8. While pushing the two hooks at the top of the COVER FRONT, tilt the COVER
(2)
FRONT toward front.
9. Shift the COVER FRONT in the direction of the arrow and release the two hooks
at the bottom of the COVER FRONT, and remove it from the printer body.
9)
Installation
1. Fit the two hooks at the bottom of the COVER FRONT into the printer body.
2. Fit the two hooks at the top of the COVER FRONT into the printer body to secure
the COVER FRONT to the printer body. JG3171AA
3. Install the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170) Figure 4- 8. COVER FRONT Removal
C A U T IO N When installing it, pass the harnesses of the MOTOR ASSY EXIT
and HARNESS ASSY EXIT SNR1 through the hole of the frame.
C A U T IO N Open the COVER OPEN and stretch the LEVER LINK first,
and then disengage the LEVER LINK from the COVER
OPEN.
HOLE
The OPERATION PANEL mounted on the COVER TOP is 15)
connected to the printer body with the connector. When doing
the following work, do not separate them too far.
9. Release the two hooks at the front of the COVER TOP from the COVER FRONT,
and remove and slightly separate the COVER TOP from the printer body.
10. Disconnect the connectors (P/J144, P/J411) of the SWITCH I/L ASSY from the
connectors of the frame.
11. Disconnect the connector (P/J1) of the OPERATION PANEL.
12. Remove the one screw securing the ground wire to the OPERATION PANEL, and 13)
remove the ground wire.
CLAMPING PORTIONS JG3007EA
13. Release the harnesses of the SWITCH I/L ASSY and OPERATION PANEL from
the clamps. Figure 4- 9. SWITCH I/L ASSY Removal
14. Remove the COVER TOP.
15. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the SWITCH I/L ASSY,
and remove the SWITCH I/L ASSY.
Installation
1. Install the SWITCH I/L ASSY to the COVER TOP with the two screws (gold,
tapping, 8mm).
2. Secure the ground wire to the OPERATION PANEL with the one screw.
3. Connect the connector (P/J1) of the OPERATION PANEL.
4. Clamp the harnesses at the clamping portions of the SWITCH I/L ASSY and
OPERATION PANEL.
5. Connect the connectors (P/J144, P/J411) of the SWITCH I/L ASSY to the
connectors of the frame.
6. Install the COVER TOP to the printer body, and secure it to the COVER FRONT
with the two hooks at the front of the COVER TOP.
7. Engage the boss of the COVER OPEN with the hole of the LEVER LINK.
C A U T IO N Engage the boss of the COVER OPEN with the hole of the LEVER
LINK, with the COVER OPEN open and the LEVER LINK
extended.
8. Install the COVER TOP to the frame with the two screws (silver, with collars,
8mm).
9. Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262)
C A U T IO N When installing it, pass the harnesses of the MOTOR ASSY EXIT
and HARNESS ASSY EXIT SNR1 through the hole of the frame.
Removal HOOKS
3. Lift and remove the HOLDER RETARD in the direction of the arrow. 2)
4. Release the hooks of the ROLL ASSY RETARD and remove it from the SHAFT
RETARD.
JG3007AA
Figure 4- 10. ROLL ASSY RETARD Removal
C H E C K
Besides the above procedure, the ROLL ASSY RETARD can also
P O IN T be removed by pushing down the HOLDER RETARD.
JG3207AA
Figure 4- 11. ROLL ASSY RETARD Removal
Installation
1. Install the ROLL ASSY RETARD to the SHAFT RETARD, and secure it with the
hooks.
C A U T IO N When installing it, take care not to hold any rubber portion of the
ROLL ASSY RETARD.
C H E C K
Engage the hooks of the ROLL ASSY RETARD with the grooves in
P O IN T the SHAFT RETARD properly.
2. Move the HOLDER RETARD in the direction opposite to the arrow, and install it
to the 150 PAPER CASSETTE.
C H E C K
After installation, push down the HOLDER RETARD and release
P O IN T your hand. At this time, make sure that the HOLDER RETARD
returns to the original position by the spring force of the SPRING
RETARD.
4. While pushing the lock of the STOPPER GEAR, unlock the LEVER BTM LOCK, HOOK 6)
and raise the PLATE ASSY BTM. HOOK
5. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD L150 to the inside, push down the hook of the
HOUSING TOP 150, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 150.
6. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD R150 to the inside, push down the hook of the
HOUSING TOP 150, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 150.
7. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in each of the left and right sides and
the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in the rear side, which secure the HOUSING HOUSING BASE 150
TOP 150 to the HOUSING BASE 150.
7)
8. Release the four hooks of the HOUSING TOP 150, and remove the HOUSING
TOP 150 and HOUSING EXTENSION 150 from the HOUSING BASE 150.
9. Remove the four screws (gold, tapping, 6mm) securing the COVER EXTENSION 7)
to the HOUSING EXTENSION 150.
10. Remove the COVER EXTENSION from the HOUSING EXTENSION 150.
11. Turn the RACK SIZE in the direction of the arrow, and remove the RACK SIZE
from the HOUSING EXTENSION 150. 7)
COVER EXTENSION
9)
(NOTE 2)
Installation C H E C K
After completion of installation, move the GUIDE ASSY END 150
1. After inserting the hook at the front end of the RACK SIZE into the groove of the P O IN T to confirm that the LINK SW SIZE operates smoothly.
HOUSING EXTENSION 150, turn it in the direction opposite to the arrow.
2. As shown in the figure, match the end of the RACK SIZE to the ∇ mark of the
HOUSING EXTENSION 150, and install the RACK SIZE to the HOUSING
EXTENSION 150.
NOTE 1
C A U T IO N Before installing the RACK SIZE, pull out the GUIDE ASSY END
150 to the full (NOTE 1).
3. Install the COVER EXTENSION to the HOUSING EXTENSOR 150 with the
four screws (gold, tapping, 6mm). 11)
C H E C K
When installing it, make certain that the COVER EXTENSION is
P O IN T located under the three claws of the HOUSING EXTENSION 150 RACK SIZE
(NOTE 2). (p.178)
JG3009AB
GUIDE END 150
4. With the LINK SW SIZE 1-150, LINK SW SIZE 2-150 and LINK SW SIZE 3-150 of the
HOUSING BASE 150 pushed to the outside as shown in the figure, assemble the
HOUSING EXTENSION 150 into the HOUSING TOP 150 and HOUSING BASE 150.
C A U T IO N Insert the two claws at the front end of the PLATE ASSY BTM into
the hooks of the HOUSING TOP 150 (NOTE 3). (p.177) LINK SW SIZE
JG3200AA
Figure 4- 15. RACK SIZE Installation
5. After securing the HOUSING TOP 150 to the HOUSING BASE 150 with the four
hooks, secure it with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in each of the left and
right sides and the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in the rear side.
6. Hold down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 150, and install the GUIDE ASSY SD
R150 to the HOUSING TOP 150.
C H E C K
After completion of installation, make sure that the three claws of
P O IN T the GUIDE ASSY SD R150 are inserted in the grooves of the
HOUSING TOP150 (NOTE 4). (p.177)
7. Hold down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 150, and install the GUIDE ASSY SD
L150 to the HOUSING TOP 150.
C H E C K
After completion of installation, make sure that the three claws of
P O IN T the GUIDE ASSY SD L150 are inserted in the grooves of the
HOUSING TOP150 (NOTE 4).
C A U T IO N Install the GEAR PINION with the GUIDE ASSY SD R150 and
GUIDE ASSY SD L150 opened to their outermost positions.
Dislocation of the GUIDE ASSY SD R150 and/or GUIDE ASSY SD
L150 can dislocate the Side Regi.
Installation 7. Hold down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 150, and install the GUIDE ASSY SD
R150 to the HOUSING TOP 150.
1. Install the GEAR SECTOR to the HOUSING EXTENSION 150.
2. Secure the GEAR SECTOR with the one screw (black, with a collar, 8mm). C H E C K
After completion of installation, make sure that the three claws of
P O IN T the GUIDE ASSY SD R150 are inserted in the grooves of the
3. Install the RACK SIZE. (p.177) HOUSING TOP150.
4. Install the COVER EXTENSION to the HOUSING EXTENSION 150 with the
four screws (gold, tapping, 6mm).
8. Hold down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 150, and install the GUIDE ASSY SD
C H E C K
When installing it, make certain that the COVER EXTENSION is
L150 to the HOUSING TOP 150.
P O IN T located under the three claws of the HOUSING EXTENSION 150.
C H E C K
After completion of installation, make sure that the three claws of
P O IN T the GUIDE ASSY SD L150 are inserted in the grooves of the
HOUSING TOP150.
C A U T IO N Always use the securing screws of 6mm length. If they are of 8mm
length, the HOUSING EXTENSION 150 will not operate smoothly
and the LOCK EXTENSION will not operate properly.
9. Push down the PLATE ASSY BTM to have it locked.
10. With the GUIDE ASSY SD L150 and GUIDE ASSY SD R150 spread to the full
5. With the LINK SW SIZE 1-150, LINK SW SIZE 2-150 and LINK SW SIZE 3- on both sides, install the GEAR PINION to the HOUSING TOP 150.
150 of the HOUSING BASE 150 pushed to the outside as shown in the figure,
assemble the HOUSING EXTENSION 150 into the HOUSING TOP 150 and C A U T IO N Install the GEAR PINION with the GUIDE ASSY SD R150 and
HOUSING BASE 150. GUIDE ASSY SD L150 opened to their outermost positions.
Dislocation of the GUIDE ASSY SD R150 and/or GUIDE ASSY SD
Insert the two claws at the front end of the PLATE ASSY BTM into L150 can dislocate the Side Regi.
C A U T IO N
the hooks of the HOUSING TOP 150.
11. Install the COVER CST to the cassette body.
6. After securing the HOUSING TOP 150 to the HOUSING BASE 150 with the four
hooks, secure it with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in each of the left and
right sides and the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in the rear side.
C H E C K
After completion of installation, move the GUIDE ASSY END 150
P O IN T to confirm that the LINK SW SIZE operates smoothly.
Removal
1. Pull the COVER CST out of 150 PAPER CASSETTE.
2. Unlock the LOCK EXTENSION, and draw out the cassette extension.
3. Release the hook fastening the GEAR PINION, and remove the GEAR PINION
from the HOUSING TOP150.
4. While pushing the lock of the STOPPER GEAR, unlock the LEVER BTM LOCK,
and raise the PLATE ASSY BTM.
5. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD L150 to the inside, push down the hook of the
HOUSING TOP 150, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 150. HOUSING EXTENSION 150
6. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD R150 to the inside, push down the hook of the
HOUSING TOP 150, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 150.
7. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in each of the left and right sides and 14)
the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in the rear side, which secure the HOUSING GUIDE ASSY END 150
C A U T IO N Carefully handle the hooks of the GUIDE ASSY END as they may
be damaged if large force is applied.
14. Remove the GUIDE ASSY END 150 from the HOUSING EXTENSION 150.
Installation 7. Hold down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 150, and install the GUIDE ASSY SD
R150 to the HOUSING TOP 150.
1. Install the GUIDE ASSY END 150 to the HOUSING EXTENSION 150, and
secure it with the four hooks.
C H E C K
After completion of installation, make sure that the three claws of
2. Install the GEAR SECTOR. (p.181) P O IN T the GUIDE ASSY SD R150 are inserted in the grooves of the
HOUSING TOP150 (NOTE 4).
3. Install the RACK SIZE. (p.177)
4. Install the COVER EXTENSION to the HOUSING EXTENSION 150 with the
four screws (gold, tapping, 6mm). 8. Hold down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 150, and install the GUIDE ASSY SD
L150 to the HOUSING TOP 150.
C H E C K
When installing it, make certain that the COVER EXTENSION is
P O IN T located under the three claws of the HOUSING EXTENSION 150. After completion of installation, make sure that the three claws of
C H E C K
P O IN T the GUIDE ASSY SD L150 are inserted in the grooves of the
HOUSING TOP150.
C A U T IO N Always use the securing screws of 6mm length. If they are of 8mm
length, the HOUSING EXTENSION 150 will not operate smoothly
and the LOCK EXTENSION will not operate properly. 9. Push down the PLATE ASSY BTM to have it locked.
10. With the GUIDE ASSY SD L150 and GUIDE ASSY SD R150 spread to the full
on both sides, install the GEAR PINION to the HOUSING TOP 150.
5. With the LINK SW SIZE 1-150, LINK SW SIZE 2-150 and LINK SW SIZE 3-
150 of the HOUSING BASE 150 pushed to the outside as shown in the figure, C A U T IO N Install the GEAR PINION with the GUIDE ASSY SD R150 and
assemble the HOUSING EXTENSION 150 into the HOUSING TOP 150 and GUIDE ASSY SD L150 opened to their outermost positions.
HOUSING BASE 150. (p.177) Dislocation of the GUIDE ASSY SD R 150 and/or GUIDE ASSY SD
L150 can dislocate the Side Regi.
C A U T IO N Insert the two claws at the front end of the PLATE ASSY BTM into
the hooks of the HOUSING TOP 150. 11. Install the COVER CST to the cassette body.
6. After securing the HOUSING TOP 150 to the HOUSING BASE 150 with the four
hooks, secure it with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in each of the left and
right sides and the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in the rear side.
C H E C K
After completion of installation, move the GUIDE ASSY END 150
P O IN T to confirm that the LINK SW SIZE operates smoothly.
1. Remove the COVER CST from the cassette body. GUIDE ASSY SD L150
2. Unlock the LOCK EXTENSION, and draw out the cassette extension. CLAWS
5)
3. Release the hook fastening the GEAR PINION, and remove the GEAR PINION (NOTE 3)
from the HOUSING TOP150. GUIDE ASSY SD R150
4. While pushing the lock of the STOPPER GEAR, unlock the LEVER BTM LOCK, 6)
HOOK HOOK
and raise the PLATE ASSY BTM.
5. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD L150 to the inside, push down the hook of the
HOUSING TOP 150, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 150.
6. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD R150 to the inside, push down the hook of the
HOUSING TOP 150, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 150.
4)
LEVER BTM LOCK
STOPPER GEAR
WHEN ASSEMBLING
HOUSING TOP150
CLAW
C H E C K
At the following steps, the GEAR PB L, GEAR BTM DMP
GEAR PB L
P O IN T ONEWAY and GEAR BTM LOCK ONEWAY are released from
their installed positions. Take care not to lose any of the gears. GEAR BTM DMP ONEWAY
SPRING
(NOTE 2) BTM UP150
8-2)
8-1)
8. Bend the HOUSING BASE 150 in the direction of the arrow, move the GEAR PB
L away, and remove the PLATE ASSY BTM, SHAFT PB, GEAR PB L, GEAR 7-1)
BTM DMP ONEWAY and GEAR BTM LOCK ONEWAY together from the
HOUSING TOP 150.
7-2)
9. Pull the SHAFT PB out of the PLATE ASSY BTM, and remove the GEAR PB L,
GEAR BTM DMP ONEWAY and GEAR BTM LOCK ONEWAY. GEAR PB R
JG3013AB
1. Insert the SHAFT PB into the PLATE ASSY BTM, and install the GEAR BTM 7. Install the GEAR PINION to the HOUSING TOP 150.
DMP ONEWAY, GEAR PB L and GEAR BTM LOCK ONEWAY.
C A U T IO N Install the GEAR PINION with the GUIDE ASSY SD R150 and
2. Move away the GEAR PB L, and install the assembled PLATE ASSY BTM to the GUIDE ASSY SD L150 opened to their outermost positions.
HOUSING TOP 150. Dislocation of the GUIDE ASSY SD R150 and/or GUIDE ASSY SD
L150 can dislocate the Side Regi.
C A U T IO N When installing the PLATE ASSY BTM, securely engage the
two SPRINGs BTM UP 150 with the bosses on the rear side of
8. Install the COVER CST to the cassette body.
the PLATE ASSY BTM. (NOTE 1)
Insert the two claws at the front end of the PLATE ASSY BTM
into the hooks of the HOUSING TOP 150 (NOTE 2).
3. Install the GEAR PB R to the SHAFT PB, and secure it with the hook.
4. Hold down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 150, and install the GUIDE ASSY SD
R150 to the HOUSING TOP 150.
C H E C K
After completion of installation, make sure that the three claws of
P O IN T the GUIDE ASSY SD R150 are inserted in the grooves of the
HOUSING TOP150 (NOTE 3).
5. Hold down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 150, and install the GUIDE ASSY SD
L150 to the HOUSING TOP 150.
C H E C K
After completion of installation, make sure that the three claws of
P O IN T the GUIDE ASSY SD L150 are inserted in the grooves of the
HOUSING TOP150.
C A U T IO N During removal of the STOPPER GEAR, take care not to lose the
SPRING STOPPER GEAR.
JG3113AA
Figure 4- 20. GEAR LEVER LOCK, LEVER BTM LOCK Removal
Installation C A U T IO N Engage the hooks of the GEAR PB R with the grooves in the
SHAFT PB properly.
C A U T IO N Carry out installation with the PLATE ASSY BTM in the raised
position. An inclined PLATE ASSY BTM can cause a paper skew
or paper jam. After installation, make certain that the PLATE
ASSY BTM is not inclined.
7. Install the PLATE GEAR LOCK 150 to the HOUSING BASE 150, and secure it
with the hook.
1. Fit the SPRING STOPPER GEAR to the STOPPER GEAR, and install the
8. Secure the PLATE GEAR LOCK 150 with the one screw (gold, tapping, 8mm).
STOPPER GEAR to the HOUSING BASE 150 with the two screws (gold,
tapping, 6mm). 9. Push down the PLATE ASSY BTM to have it locked.
4. Install the GEAR BTM LOCK PINION to the HOUSING BASE 150, and engage
the teeth.
5. Install the COVER BTM UP to the HOUSING BASE 150 with the one screw
(gold, tapping, 6mm).
6. Fit the GEAR PB R to the SHAFT PB, and secure it to the SHAFT PB with the
hook.
Removal
1. Remove the COVER CST from the cassette body.
2. Remove the two screws located the backside of the HANDLE EXTENSION 150
3. Release the five hooks at the top and two hooks at the bottom, and remove the
HANDLE EXTENSION 150 from the HOUSING EXTENSION 150.
Installation
1. Fit the hooks of the HANDLE EXTENSION 150 (5 points at the top, 2 points at
the bottom) to the HOUSING EXTENSION 150.
2. Secure the HANDLE EXTENSION 150 with the two screws.
3. Install the COVER CST to the cassette body. HANDLE EXTENSION 150
JG3301AA
Removal HOOKS
1. Pull the 550 PAPER CASSETTE out of the printer body.
2. Using a screwdriver or the like, release the hooks securing the HOLDER
3)
RETARD to the 550 PAPER CASSETTE.
3. Lift and remove the HOLDER RETARD in the direction of the arrow. SPRING RETARD
2)
4. Release the hooks of the ROLL ASSY RETARD and remove it from the SHAFT
RETARD.
Installation
1. Install the ROLL ASSY RETARD to the SHAFT RETARD, and secure it with the
hooks.
C A U T IO N When installing it, take care not to hold any rubber portion of Figure 4- 23. ROLL ASSY RETARD Removal
the ROLL ASSY RETARD.
Besides the above procedure, the ROLL ASSY RETARD can also
Engage the hooks of the ROLL ASSY RETARD with the C H E C K
P O IN T be removed by pushing down the HOLDER RETARD.
grooves in the SHAFT RETARD properly.
2. Move the HOLDER RETARD in the direction opposite to the arrow, and install it
to the 550 PAPER CASSETTE.
C H E C K
After installation, push down the HOLDER RETARD and release
P O IN T your hand. At this time, make sure that the HOLDER RETARD
returns to the original position by the spring force of the SPRING
RETARD.
4. While pushing the lock of the STOPPER GEAR, unlock the LEVER BTM LOCK, GUIDE ASSY SD R550
5)
and raise the PLATE ASSY BTM. (p.200)
HOOK 6)
5. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 to the inside, push down the hook of the
HOUSING TOP 550, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 550.
HOOK
6. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 to the inside, push down the hook of the
HOUSING TOP 550, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 550.
7. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in each of the left and right sides and
the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in the rear side, which secure the HOUSING HOUSING BASE 550
TOP 550 to the HOUSING BASE 550. 7)
8. Release the four hooks of the HOUSING TOP 550, and remove the HOUSING
TOP 550 and HOUSING EXTENSION 550 from the HOUSING BASE 550.
9. Remove the four screws (gold, tapping, 6mm) securing the COVER EXTENSION
to the HOUSING EXTENSION 550.
7)
10. Remove the COVER EXTENSION from the HOUSING EXTENSION 550.
11. Turn the RACK SIZE in the direction of the arrow, and remove the RACK SIZE
from the HOUSING EXTENSION 550.
7)
COVER EXTENSION
9)
(NOTE 2)
Installation NOTE 1
1. After inserting the hook at the front end of the RACK SIZE into the groove of the
HOUSING EXTENSION 550, turn it in the direction opposite to the arrow.
2. As shown in the figure, match the end of the RACK SIZE to the ∇ mark of the
HOUSING EXTENSION 550, and install the RACK SIZE to the HOUSING
EXTENSION 550.
C A U T IO N Before installing the RACK SIZE, pull out the GUIDE ASSY END
550 to the full. (NOTE 1)
11)
3. Install the COVER EXTENSION to the HOUSING EXTENSION 550 with the RACK SIZE
four screws (gold, tapping, 6mm).
GUIDE ASSY END 550
C H E C K
Make sure that the COVER EXTENSION is located under the JG3021AB
4. With the LINK SW SIZE 1-550, LINK SW SIZE 2-550 and LINK SW SIZE 3-
550 of the HOUSING BASE 550 pushed to the outside as shown in the figure,
assemble the HOUSING EXTENSION 550 into the HOUSING TOP 550 and
HOUSING BASE 550.
C A U T IO N Insert the two claws at the front end of the PLATE ASSY BTM into
the hooks of the HOUSING TOP 550 (NOTE 3). JG3210AA
5. After securing the HOUSING TOP 550 to the HOUSING BASE 550 with the four
C H E C K
After completion of assembling, move the PLATE ASSY BTM up/
hooks, secure it with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in each of the left and
right sides and the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in the rear side. P O IN T down, and make certain that the LOW IND FRONT moves up/
down synchronously.
C H E C K
After installation, move the GUIDE ASSY END 550 and make
P O IN T certain that the LINK SW SIZE operates smoothly.
6. Insert the link lever of the GUIDE INDICATOR 1 into the hole of the PLATE
ASSY BTM. (p.207)
7. Hold down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and install the GUIDE ASSY SD
R550 to the HOUSING TOP 550.
C H E C K
After completion of installation, make sure that the three claws of
P O IN T the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 are inserted in the grooves of the
HOUSING TOP 550 (NOTE 4).
8. Hold down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and install the GUIDE ASSY SD
L550 to the HOUSING TOP 550.
C H E C K
After completion of installation, make sure that the three claws of
P O IN T the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 are inserted in the grooves of the
HOUSING TOP 550 (NOTE 4).
C A U T IO N Install the GEAR PINION with the GUIDE ASSY SD R150 and
GUIDE ASSY SD L150 opened to their outermost positions.
Dislocation of the GUIDE ASSY SD R150 and/or GUIDE ASSY SD
L150 can dislocate the Side Regi.
Installation C H E C K
After completion of installation, make sure that the three claws of
1. Install the GEAR SECTOR to the HOUSING EXTENSION 550. P O IN T the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 are inserted in the grooves of the
HOUSING TOP550.
2. Secure the GEAR SECTOR with the one screw (black, with a collar, 8mm).
3. Install the RACK SIZE. (p.192)
4. Install the COVER EXTENSION to the HOUSING EXTENSION 550 with the
four screws (gold, tapping, 6mm). 9. Hold down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and install the GUIDE ASSY SD
L550 to the HOUSING TOP 550.
C H E C K
When installing it, make sure that the COVER EXTENSION is
located under the three claws of the HOUSING EXTENSION C H E C K
After completion of installation, make sure that the three claws of
P O IN T
550. P O IN T the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 are inserted in the grooves of the
HOUSING TOP550.
Always use the securing screws of 6mm length. If they are of
8mm length, the HOUSING EXTENSION 550 will not operate
smoothly and the LOCK EXTENSION 550 will not operate
properly. 10. Push down the PLATE ASSY BTM to have it locked.
11. With the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 and GUIDE ASSY SD R550 spread to the full
5. With the LINK SW SIZE 1-550, LINK SW SIZE 2-550 and LINK SW SIZE 3-550 of the on both side, install the GEAR PINION to the HOUSING TOP 550.
HOUSING BASE 550 pushed to the outside as shown in the figure, assemble the
HOUSING EXTENSION 550 into the HOUSING TOP 550 and HOUSING BASE 550. C A U T IO N Install the GEAR PINION with the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 and
L550 opened to their outmost positions. Dislocation of the GUIDE
C H E C K
Insert the two claws at the front end of the PLATE ASSY BTM into ASSY SD R550 and/or L550 can dislocate the Side Regi.
P O IN T the hooks of the HOUSING TOP 550.
6. After securing the HOUSING TOP 550 to the HOUSING BASE 550 with the four C H E C K
After completion of assembling, move the PLATE ASSY BTM up/
hooks, secure it with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in each of the left and P O IN T down, and make certain that the LOW IND FRONT moves up/
right sides and the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in the rear side. down synchronously.
C H E C K
After completion of installation, move the GUIDE ASSY END 550
P O IN T to confirm that the LINK SW SIZE operates smoothly.
7. Insert the link lever of the GUIDE INDICATOR 1 into the hole of the PLATE
ASSY BTM. (p.200)
8. Hold down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and install the GUIDE ASSY SD
R550 to the HOUSING TOP 550.
11. Remove the RACK SIZE. (p.192) GUIDE ASSY END 550
12. Remove the GEAR SECTOR. (p.196) JG3023AA
13. Release the hooks securing the GUIDE ASSY END 550 to the HOUSING Figure 4- 29. GUIDE ASSY END 550 Removal
EXTENSION 550.
14. Remove the GUIDE ASSY END 550 from the HOUSING EXTENSION 550.
C A U T IO N Take care not to apply any excessive force to the hook of the
GUIDE ASSY END 550; otherwise, the hook may break.
Installation C H E C K
After completion of installation, make sure that the three claws of
1. Install the GUIDE ASSY END 550 to the HOUSING EXTENSION 550, and P O IN T the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 are inserted in the grooves of the
secure it with the four hooks. HOUSING TOP 550.
2. Install the GEAR SECTOR. (p.196)
3. Install the RACK SIZE. (p.192)
4. Install the COVER EXTENSION to the HOUSING EXTENSION 550 with the 9. Hold down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and install the GUIDE ASSY SD
four screws (gold, tapping, 6mm). L550 to the HOUSING TOP 550.
C H E C K
After completion of assembling, move the PLATE ASSY BTM up/
6. After securing the HOUSING TOP 550 to the HOUSING BASE 550 with the four
P O IN T down, and make certain that the LOW IND FRONT moves up/
hooks, secure it with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in each of the left and
down synchronously.
right sides and the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in the rear side.
C H E C K
After completion of installation, move the GUIDE ASSY END 550
P O IN T to confirm that the LINK SW SIZE operates smoothly.
7. Insert the link lever of the GUIDE INDICATOR 1 into the hole of the PLATE
ASSY BTM. (p.207)
8. Hold down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and install the GUIDE ASSY SD
R550 to the HOUSING TOP 550.
5. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 to the inside, push down the hook of the
HOUSING TOP 550, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 550. HOOK
6. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 to the inside, push down the hook of the
HOUSING TOP 550, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 550.
WHEN ASSEMBLING
HOUSING TOP550
CLAW
STOPPER GEAR
GUIDE ASSY SD L550
JG3024AA
Figure 4- 30. PLATE ASSY BTM Removal
BTM DMP ONEWAY and GEAR BTM LOCK ONEWAY together from the
HOUSING TOP 550. 7-2)
9. Pull the SHAFT PB out of the PLATE ASSY BTM, and remove the GEAR PB L,
GEAR BTM DMP ONEWAY and GEAR BTM LOCK ONEWAY.
GEAR PB R
JG3025AA
Figure 4- 31. PLATE ASSY BTM Removal
1. Insert the SHAFT PB into the PLATE ASSY BTM, and install the GEAR BTM
C A U T IO N Install the GEAR PINION with the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 and
DMP ONEWAY, GEAR PB L and GEAR BTM LOCK ONEWAY. GUIDE ASSY SD L550 opened to their outermost positions.
2. Move away the GEAR PB L, and install the assembled PLATE ASSY BTM to the Dislocation of the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 and/or GUIDE ASSY SD
HOUSING TOP 550. L550 can dislocate the Side Regi.
C A U T IO N When installing the PLATE ASSY BTM, securely engage the 9. Install the COVER CST to the cassette body.
two SPRINGs BTM UP 550 with the bosses on the rear side of
the PLATE ASSY BTM. (NOTE 1) (p.201) After completion of assembling, move the PLATE ASSY BTM up/
C H E C K
Insert the two claws at the front end of the PLATE ASSY BTM down, and make sure that the LOW IND FRONT moves up/down
P O IN T
into the hooks of the HOUSING TOP 550. (NOTE 2) (p.201) synchronously.
3. Insert the link lever of the GUIDE INDICATOR 1 into the hole of the PLATE ASSY BTM.
4. Install the GEAR PB R to the SHAFT PB, and secure it with the hook.
C A U T IO N Engage the hooks of the GEAR PB R with the grooves in the GUIDE INDICATOR 1
SHAFT PB properly.
Install the GEAR PB R with the PLATE ASSY BTM in the
raised position. An inclined PLATE ASSY BTM can cause a PLATE ASSY BTM
paper skew or paper jam. After installation, make certain that
the PLATE ASSY BTM is not inclined.
5. Hold down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and install the GUIDE ASSY SD
R550 to the HOUSING TOP 550.
C H E C K
After completion of installation, make sure that the three claws of
JG3190AA
P O IN T the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 are inserted in the grooves of the
HOUSING TOP 550. (NOTE 3) (p.200) Figure 4- 32. PLATE ASSY BTM Installation
6. Hold down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and install the GUIDE ASSY SD
L550 to the HOUSING TOP 550.
C H E C K
After completion of installation, make sure that the three claws of
P O IN T the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 are inserted in the grooves of the
HOUSING TOP 550. (NOTE 3) (p.200)
6. Release the hook of the GEAR PB R and remove the GEAR PB R from the
SHAFT PB. RACK BTM LOCK 550
6)
7. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 6 mm) securing the COVER BTM UP 550,
4) GEAR BTM LOCK PINION
and remove the COVER BTM UP 550 from the HOUSING BASE 550.
8. Carefully handle the hooks of the GUIDE ASSY END as they may be damaged if 9)
large force is applied. 8) COVER BTM UP 550
7)
11)
9)
SEE NOTE2
10) SPRING BTM LOCK
9. Remove the RACK BTM LOCK 550 and SPRING BTM LOCK together from the
HOUSING BASE 550.
NOTE3)
10. Remove the GEAR BTM LOCK from the HOUSING BASE 550.
11. Remove the GEAR LEVER LOCK from the HOUSING BASE 550.
12. Remove the two screws (black, with a collar, 6 mm) securing the STOPPER
GEAR, and remove the STOPPER GEAR and SPRING STOPPER GEAR from
the HOUSING BASE 550.
C A U T IO N During removal/installation of the STOPPER GEAR, take care not RACK BTM LOCK 550
to lose the SPRING STOPPER GEAR.
JG3205AA
NOTE4)
JG3206AA
Installation 6. Install the COVER BTM UP 550 to the HOUSING BASE 550 with the one screw
(gold, tapping, 6mm).
C A U T IO N Carry out installation with the PLATE ASSY BTM in the raised 7. Fit the GEAR PB R to the SHAFT PB, and secure it to the SHAFT PB with the
position. An inclined PLATE ASSY BTM can cause a paper skew hook.
or paper jam. After installation, make sure that the PLATE ASSY
BTM is not inclined. Securely insert the hook of the GEAR PB R into the groove of the
C A U T IO N
SHAFT PB.
1. Fit the SPRING STOPPER GEAR to the STOPPER GEAR, and install the
STOPPER GEAR to the HOUSING BASE 550 with the two screws (gold,
tapping, 6mm).
8. Install the PLATE GEAR LOCK 550 to the HOUSING BASE 550, and secure it
C A U T IO N When installing the STOPPER GEAR, take care not to mislay with the hook.
the SPRING STOPPER GEAR.
9. Secure the PLATE GEAR LOCK with the one screw (gold, tapping, 8mm).
When installing the STOPPER GEAR, assemble so that the
end of the SPRING STOPPER GEAR makes contact with the 10. Push down the PLATE ASSY BTM to have it locked.
plate on the rear side of the HOUSING BASE 550 as shown in
the figure. (NOTE 2) C A U T IO N Make sure that there is no gap between the RACK BTM LOCK 550
and the HOUSING BASE 550 by pressing the center part of the
2. Install the GEAR LEVER LOCK to the HOUSING BASE 550. RACK BTM LOCK 550 against the HOUSING BASE 550. (NOTE
4) (p.204)
3. Install the SPRING BTM LOCK to the HOUSING BASE 550.
4. Fit the SPRING BTM LOCK to the projection of the RACK BTM LOCK 550, and NOTE2 (REAR VIEW)
install the RACK BTM LOCK 550 to the HOUSING BASE 550.
C A U T IO N Install the RACK BTM LOCK 550 with the LEVER BTM LOCK WHEN ASSEMBLING
in the raised position. After installation, push down the LEVER
BTM LOCK and release it. When it is released, check that the
projection of the LEVER BTM LOCK comes in contact with the
stopper of the HOUSING BASE 550 and ∇ mark is located above
the stopper. (NOTE 1) (p.203)
5. Install the two GEARs BTM LOCK PINION to the HOUSING BASE 550, and
engage the teeth.
C A U T IO N Install the lower GEAR BTM LOCK PINION after installing the STOPPER GEAR
upper GEAR BTM LOCK PINION. When installing the lower
GEAR BTM LOCK PINION, install it while pressing RACK BTM SPRING STOPPER GEAR
LOCK 550 in the direction of the arrow as far as it goes. (NOTE 3) JG3183AA
(p.204) Figure 4- 34. GEAR LEVER LOCK, LEVER BTM LOCK Installation
Removal
1. Remove the COVER CST from the cassette body. 2)
2. Remove the two screws in the rear side of the HANDLE EXTENSION 550.
3. Release the five hooks at the top and the two hooks at the bottom, and remove the
HANDLE EXTENSION 550 from the HOUSING EXTENSION 550.
Installation
1. Install the LOW IND FRONT. (p.210)
2. Hitch the five hooks at the top and the two hooks at the bottom of the HANDLE HANDLE EXTENSION 550
EXTENSION 550 on the HOUSING EXTENSION 550.
JG3026AB
3. Secure the HANDLE EXTENSION 550 with the two screws.
Figure 4- 35. HANDLE EXTENSION 550 Removal
4. Install the COVER CST to the cassette body.
C H E C K
After completion of assembling, move the PLATE ASSY BTM up/
P O IN T down, and make sure that the LOW IND FRONT moves up/down
synchronously.
When removing the HANDLE EXTENSION 550, take care not to LEVER BTM LOCK 3)
C A U T IO N
mislay the LOW INDICATOR and LOW IND FRONT as they will
come off.
GUIDE INDICATOR 1
3. While pushing the lock of the STOPPER GEAR, unlock the LEVER BTM LOCK,
and raise the PLATE ASSY BTM.
4. Move away the link lever of the GUIDE INDICATOR 1, and remove it from the
PLATE ASSY BTM.
4)
5. With the link lever pushed down to the bottom of the cassette, pull out the GUIDE
INDICATOR 3 from the front of the HOUSING EXTENSION 550 slowly by
application of force. STOPPER GEAR
Installation
1. With the link lever pushed down to the bottom of the cassette, install the GUIDE
INDICATOR 3 from the front of the HOUSING EXTENSION 550.
C H E C K
Match the groove of the GUIDE INDICATOR 1 and the protrusion
P O IN T part of the GUIDE INDICATOR 3.
5)
2. Insert the link lever of the GUIDE INDICATOR 1 into the hole of the PLATE
PLATE ASSY BTM GUIDE INDICATOR 3
ASSY BTM.
3. Install the LOW IND FRONT. (p.210)
JG3027AA
4. Install the HANDLE EXTENSION 550. (p.206)
5. Install the COVER CST to the cassette body. Figure 4- 36. GUIDE INDICATOR 3 Removal
Removal
1. Remove the COVER CST from the cassette body.
HOUSING TOP 550
2. Unlock the LOCK EXTENSION, and draw out the cassette extension.
HOOKS
3. Release the hook fastening the GEAR PINION, and remove the GEAR PINION
from the HOUSING TOP 550.
4. While pushing the lock of the STOPPER GEAR, unlock the LEVER BTM LOCK,
and raise the PLATE ASSY BTM.
5. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 to the inside, push down the hook of the 11) 13)
HOUSING TOP 550, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 550.
6. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 to the inside, push down the hook of the
HOUSING TOP 550, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 550. GUIDE INDICATOR 1
7. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in each of the left and right sides and HOUSING EXTENSION 550
the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in the rear side, which secure the HOUSING 12)
GUIDE INDICATOR 2
10)
TOP 550 to the HOUSING BASE 550.
SUPPORT GUIDE IND
8. Turn the cassette body upside down, pull the HOUSING TOP 550 about 20mm to
the front, and release the claws at the front end of the PLATE ASSY BTM from JG3028AA
the hooks of the HOUSING TOP 550.
Figure 4- 37. GUIDE INDICATOR 2 Removal
9. Release the four hooks of the HOUSING TOP 550, and remove the HOUSING
TOP 550 and HOUSING EXTENSION 550 from the HOUSING BASE 550.
10. Slide the SUPPORT GUIDE IND to remove it from the groove of the HOUSING
EXTENSION 550, and separate the HOUSING TOP 550 and HOUSING
EXTENSION 550.
11. Remove the GUIDE INDICATOR 1 from the hooks of the HOUSING TOP 550,
and remove the SUPPORT GUIDE IND, GUIDE INDICATOR 1 and GUIDE
INDICATOR 2 together from the HOUSING TOP 550.
12. Release the hooks of the SUPPORT GUIDE IND, and remove the SUPPORT
GUIDE IND from the GUIDE INDICATOR 2.
13. Draw and remove the GUIDE INDICATOR 2 to the rear from the GUIDE
INDICATOR 1.
Installation 8. Hold down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and install the GUIDE ASSY SD
R550 to the HOUSING TOP 550.
1. Insert the GUIDE INDICATOR 2 into the rear of the GUIDE INDICATOR 1.
2. Install the SUPPORT GUIDE IND to the GUIDE INDICATOR 2, and secure it C H E C K
After completion of installation, make sure that the three claws of
with the hooks. P O IN T the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 are inserted in the grooves of the
HOUSING TOP 550.
C A U T IO N Install the SUPPORT GUIDE IND to the GUIDE INDICATOR 2 in
the direction shown in the figure.
9. Hold down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and install the GUIDE ASSY SD
L550 to the HOUSING TOP 550.
3. Install the SUPPORT GUIDE IND, GUIDE INDICATOR 1 and GUIDE After completion of installation, make sure that the three claws of
INDICATOR 2 together to the HOUSING TOP 550, and secure the GUIDE C H E C K
P O IN T the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 are inserted in the grooves of the
INDICATOR 1 with the two hooks of the HOUSING TOP 550. HOUSING TOP 550.
4. Slide and fit the SUPPORT GUIDE IND into the groove of the HOUSING
EXTENSION 550, and assemble the HOUSING TOP 550 and HOUSING
EXTENSION 550.
10. Push down the PLATE ASSY BTM to have it locked.
5. With the LINK SW SIZE 1-550, LINK SW SIZE 2-550 and LINK SW SIZE 3-
11. Install the GEAR PINION to the HOUSING TOP 550.
550 of the HOUSING BASE 550 pushed to the outside as shown in the figure,
assemble the HOUSING EXTENSION 550 into the HOUSING TOP 550 and Install the GEAR PINION with the GUIDE ASSY SD R 550 and
HOUSING BASE 550. C A U T IO N
GUIDE ASSY SD L550 opened to their outermost positions.
Dislocation of the GUIDE ASSY SD R 550 and/or GUIDE ASSY SD
Insert the two claws at the front end of the PLATE ASSY BTM into
C A U T IO N L550 can dislocate the Side Regi.
the hooks of the HOUSING TOP 550.
C H E C K
After completion of assembling, move the PLATE ASSY BTM up/
6. After securing the HOUSING TOP 550 to the HOUSING BASE 550 with the four down, and make sure that the LOW IND FRONT moves up/down
P O IN T
hooks, secure it with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in each of the left and synchronously.
right sides and the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in the rear side.
C H E C K
After completion of installation, move the GUIDE ASSY END 550
P O IN T to confirm that the LINK SW SIZE operates smoothly.
7. Insert the link lever of the GUIDE INDICATOR 1 into the hole of the PLATE
ASSY BTM.
Installation
1. Install the LOW IND FRONT to the LOW INDICATOR.
2. Turn the LOW INDICATOR 90 degrees in the direction opposite to the arrow, and
install the LOW INDICATOR and LOW IND FRONT together to the HANDLE 4)
EXTENSION 550. LOW INDICATOR
3. Install the HANDLE EXTENSION 550. (p.206)
4. Install the COVER CST to the cassette body.
LOW IND FRONT
C H E C K
After completion of assembling, move the PLATE ASSY BTM up/
P O IN T down, and make sure that the LOW IND FRONT moves up/down
synchronously.
JG3029AB
Figure 4- 38. LOW IND FRONT Removal
9)
Removal
1. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) 6)
2. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253)
(A)
3. Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) 9)
7. Remove the five screws (sliver, with collars, with spring washers, 8mm) securing Figure 4- 39. 150 FEEDER ASSY Removal
the 150 FEEDER ASSY to the printer body.
8. Shift the 150 FEEDER ASSY to the rear, and disengage the boss on the right side
of the 150 FEEDER ASSY from the frame.
9. Lift the 150 FEEDER ASSY in the direction of the arrow (A), and disengage the
boss on the left side of the 150 FEEDER ASSY.
C H E C K
The FEEDER ASSY clicks midway when lifted, but lift it by
P O IN T application of slight force.
10. Remove the 150 FEEDER ASSY from the printer body.
Installation
1. While lifting the 150 FEEDER ASSY in the direction of the arrow (A), insert it
into the printer body, and engage the bosses on the left and right sides of the 150
FEEDER ASSY with the printer body.
2. Secure the 150 FEEDER ASSY to the printer body with the five screws (sliver,
with collars, with spring washers, 8mm).
C H E C K
One of the screws for securing the 150 FEEDER ASSY also tightens
P O IN T the EARTH PLATE BASE.
C H E C K
In the hole on the left side of the CHUTE TRANSFER, a screw need
P O IN T not be tightened.
C H E C K
Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
P O IN T use them at their correct positions respectively.
C A U T IO N In removal, take care not to hold any rubber portion of the ROLL
ROLL ASSY NUDGER
ASSY NUDGER or ROLL ASSY FEED.
Installation 1)
C H E C K
The ROLL ASSY FEED and ROLL ASSY NUDGER have
P O IN T different names but are the same parts.
1. Install the ROLL ASSY FEED to the SHAFT FEED, and secure it with the hook.
C A U T IO N Engage properly the hook of the ROLL ASSY FEED with the
groove in the SHAFT FEED respectively.
When installing the ROLL ASSY NUDGER or ROLL ASSY
FEED, take care not to hold its rubber portion.
JG3008EA
2. Install the ROLL ASSY NUDGER to the SHAFT NUDGER, and secure it with
the hook. Figure 4- 40. ROLL ASSY NUDGER, ROLL ASSY FEED Removal
C A U T IO N Engage properly the hook of the ROLL ASSY NUDGER with the
groove in the SHAFT NUDGER respectively.
Removal
5)
1. Open the COVER OPEN. 3) ROLL ASSY FEED
2. Remove the ROLL ASSY NUDGER, ROLL ASSY FEED. (p.213)
2)
C A U T IO N In removal, take care not to hold any rubber portion of the ROLL
ASSY FEED.
Installation
1. Install the CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER to the SHAFT FEED.
2. Fit the E ring to the SHAFT FEED to secure the CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER.
3. Install the CLUTCH ONEWAY FEED to the SHAFT FEED.
4. Install the ROLL ASSY FEED to the SHAFT FEED, and secure it with the hook.
(p.213)
C A U T IO N When installing the ROLL ASSY FEED, take care not to hold
any rubber portion.
Engage the hooks of the ROLL ASSY FEED with the grooves
in the SHAFT FEED properly. JG3009EA
Figure 4- 41. CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER Removal
5. Close the COVER OPEN.
Removal
1. Open the COVER OPEN.
2. Hold down the boss of the HOLDER LEFT on the rear side of the 150 FEEDER
ASSY, shift the HOLDER LEFT in the direction of the arrow, and release the
three hooks. ROLL ASSY GEAR NUDGER
ROLL ASSY NUDGER
3. Remove the HOLDER LEFT from the SUPPORT NUDGER. At the same time, UNDER VIEW
A (SEE DETAILED VIEW)
the ACTUATOR NO PAPER comes off.
4. Release the hook of the ROLL ASSY NUDGER, and pull the ROLL ASSY
NUDGER out of the SHAFT NUDGER.
SUPPORT NUDGER
5. Release the hook of the ROLL ASSY GEAR NUDGER, and pull the ROLL
ASSY GEAR NUDGER out of the SHAFT NUDGER. ACTUATOR NO PAPER HOLDER LEFT
C A U T IO N In removal, take care not to hold any rubber portion of the ROLL
ASSY NUDGER or ROLL ASSY GEAR NUDGER. HOLDER DETAILED VIEW OF A
LEFT
ACTUATOR NO PAPER HOOK
HOLDER
LEFT
HOOK
LIFT UP
(BOSS)
JG3033EA
Installation
1. Install the ROLL ASSY GEAR NUDGER to the SHAFT NUDGER, and secure it
with the hook.
2. Install the ROLL ASSY NUDGER to the SHAFT NUDGER, and secure it with
the hook.
C A U T IO N Engage the hooks of the ROLL ASSY NUDGER with the grooves in
the SHAFT NUDGER properly.
C H E C K
After installation, operate the ACTUATOR NO PAPER with your
P O IN T finger and make sure that it moves properly.
4. Move the HOLDER LEFT in the direction opposite to the arrow, and secure it to
the 150 FEEDER ASSY with the three hooks.
C A U T IO N In removal, take care not to hold any rubber portion of the ROLL
REGI RUBBER.
Installation C A U T IO N For installation of the SPRINGs REGI, set their one end on the
1. Move the ROLL REGI RUBBER in the direction opposite to the arrow, and install bosses of the CHUTE REGI and hook the other end to the inside of
it to the 150 FEEDER ASSY. the hook on each of the BEARING REGI LEFT and BEARING
REGI RIGHT.
When installing the ROLL REGI RUBBER, take care not to hold After installation, make sure that the HARNESS ASSY TONER 2
C A U T IO N
any rubber portion. is not caught by the SPRING REGI. (NOTE2) (p.217)
C A U T IO N In the hole on the left side of the CHUTE TRANSFER, a screw need
not be tightened.
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
use them at their correct positions respectively.
3. Turn the BEARING REGI RIGHT in the direction opposite to that in the figure,
and install the BEARING REGI RIGHT to the CHUTE REGI.
4. Fit the BEARING REGI LEFT to the ROLL REGI RUBBER.
14. Install the FUSER ASSY. (p.253)
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the flange shape and hook position of the
BEARING REGI RIGHT (White) and BEARING REGI LEFT 15. Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
(Black).
5. Turn the BEARING REGI LEFT in the direction opposite to that in the figure, and
install the BEARING REGI LEFT to the CHUTE REGI.
6. Fit the E ring to the ROLL REGI RUBBER to secure the BEARING REGI LEFT.
7. Install the GEAR REGI RUBBER to the ROLL REGI RUBBER, and secure it
with the E ring.
8. Hitch the two SPRINGs REGI on the CHUTE REGI and BEARING REGI
RUBBER.
C H E C K
Disassembly procedures for these parts are different between EPL-
P O IN T N3000 and AcuLaser M4000N. For AcuLaser M4000N, see 4.14.4
CLUTCH ASSY PH, CLUTCH REGI (AcuLaser M4000N) (p.384).
Removal
8)
1. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
2. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) 10)
7)
3. Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167)
4. Remove the FAN MAIN. (p.293) 9)
CLUTCH ASSY PH
5. Remove the CHUTE TRANSFR. (p.255)
CLUTCH REGI
6. Remove the 150 FEEDER ASSY. (p.211)
Figure 4- 44. CLUTCH ASSY PH, CLUTCH REGI Removal
7. Disconnect the connector (P/J242) of the CLUTCH ASSY PH from the
HARNESS ASSY TRAY 1.
8. Remove the E-ring retaining the CLUTCH ASSY PH and remove the CLUTCH
ASSY PH from the SHAFT FEED.
9. Disconnect the connector (P/J243) of the CLUTCH REGI from the HARNESS
ASSY TRAY 1.
10. Remove the E-ring retaining the CLUTCH REGI and remove the CLUTCH REGI
from the ROLL REGI METAL.
1. Install the ROLL REGI METAL to the CLUTCH REGI, and secure it with the E ring.
C H E C K
The CLUTCH ASSY PH and CLUTCH REGI are different only in
P O IN T name; there is no difference between the two in installation.
C A U T IO N Fit the cut portion of the CLUTCH REGI on the boss of the
CHUTE REGI respectively.
2. Connect the connector (P/J243) of the CLUTCH REGI to the HARNESS ASSY
TRAY 1.
3. Install the CLUTCH ASSY PH to the SHAFT SPEED, and secure it with the E ring.
C A U T IO N Fit the cut portion of the CLUTCH ASSY PH on the boss of the
CHUTE REGI respectively.
Wind the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY PH one turn around
the portion of the CHUTE REGI shown in the figure. (NOTE
1) (p.219)
C A U T IO N In the hole on the left side of the CHUTE TRANSFER, a screw need
not be tightened.
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
use them at their correct positions respectively.
Removal
1. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
2. Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167)
3. Remove the FAN MAIN. (p.293)
4. Release the hooks of the COVER SENSOR, and remove the COVER SENSOR
from the CHUTE ASSY REGI.
5)
5. Release the hooks of the SENSOR REGI, and remove the SENSOR REGI from
the COVER SENSOR.
6. Remove the HARNESS ASSY TRAY 1 from the SENSOR REGI connector (P/
J241). 4-1)
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
use them at their correct positions respectively.
Installation
1. Connect the connector (P/J240) of the SENSOR NO PAPER to the HARNESS
4)
ASSY TRAY 1.
1)
2. Install the SENSOR NO PAPER to the HOLDER NO PAPER SENSOR, and
secure it with the hooks.
3. Insert the wires of the HARNESS ASSY TRAY 1 into the notch of the HOLDER
NO PAPER SENSOR as shown in the figure. 2)
4. Insert a screwdriver into the space of the part where the FUSER ASSY was
mounted, and install the HOLDER NO PAPER SENSOR to the 150 FEEDER
ASS with the one screw (gold, 6mm).
C H E C K
After installation, check that the wires of the HARNESS ASSY
P O IN T TRAY 1 are not pinched.
JG3010EA
5. Install the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) Figure 4- 46. SENSOR NO PAPER Removal
6. Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
7. Close the COVER OPEN.
Removal
1. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
2. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253)
3. Lay the printer body on its left side.
C A U T IO N Take care not to damage the covers. In addition, take care not to
apply any impact from above.
SUPPORT
NUDGER
ACTUATOR NO PAPER
5. While lifting the boss of the HOLDER LEFT on the rear side of the 150 FEEDER HOLDER
LIFT UP LEFT
ASSY, shift the HOLDER LEFT in the direction of the arrow, and release the (BOSS)
three hooks. 5-1)
5-2)
6. Remove the HOLDER LEFT from the SUPPORT NUDGER. At the same time,
the ACTUATOR NO PAPER comes off. UNDER VIEW
Installation
1. Install the HOLDER LEFT and ACTUATOR NO PAPER to the SUPPORT SUPPORT NUDGER
NUDGER.
C A U T IO N Securely fit the shafts on both ends of the ACTUATOR NO ACTUATOR NO PAPER HOLDER LEFT
C H E C K
After installation, operate the ACTUATOR NO PAPER with your
P O IN T finger and make sure that it moves properly. HOOK
LIFT UP
(BOSS)
JG3135AA
7. Disconnect the connector (P/J248) of the HARNESS ASSY TRAY 2 from the
HARNESS ASSY CHUTE.
7) 1)
8. Disconnect and release the harness from the two clamps of the PLATE TIE.
9. Remove the four screws (silver, with collars, with spring washers, 8mm) securing
the PLATE TIE to the frame.
10. Remove the two screws (silver, with collars, with spring washers, 8mm) securing PLATE TIE 10)
the CHUTE OUT to the frame.
9)
11. Remove the 550 FEEDER ASSY from the frame. JG3154AA
1. Install the 550 FEEDER ASSY to the frame. 11. Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
2. Secure the CHUTE OUT to the frame with the two screws (silver, with collars, HARNESS ASSY TRA
TRAY2
with spring washers, 8mm). HARNESS ASSY CHUTE
One of the screws securing the CHUTE OUT to the frame should 7) CLAMP
C A U T IO N 8)
also tighten the SPRING EARTH.
CLAMP
8)
3. Secure the PLATE TIE to the frame with the four screws (silver, with collars, with
spring washers, 8mm). NOTCH
4. Clamp the harness with the two clamps of the PLATE TIE. (See the figure)
JG3114AA
When installing, pass the harness through the notch of the PLATE Figure 4- 49. 550 FEEDER ASSY Installation
C A U T IO N
TIE and route it as indicated by the arrow.
C A U T IO N In the hole on the left side of the CHUTE TRANSFER, a screw need
not be tightened.
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
use them at their correct positions respectively.
4.6.2 ROLL ASSY NUDGER, ROLL ASSY FEED C A U T IO N Engage the hooks of the ROLL ASSY NUDGER with the grooves in
the SHAFT NUDGER properly.
Removal
1. Open the COVER OPEN so that you can check your replacement work with your
eyes.
3. Push down the 150 FEEDER ASSY and return it to the original position.
2. Remove the Paper Cassettes of the Tray 1 and Tray 2.
4. Install the Paper Cassettes to the Tray 1 and Tray 2.
3. Lift the 150 FEEDER ASSY.
5. Close the COVER OPEN.
C H E C K
The 150 FEEDER ASSY clicks midway when lifted, but lift it by
P O IN T application of slight force.
ROLL ASSY FEED
5)
4. Hold down the 150 FEEDER ASSY, put your hand into the place where the Paper
4)
Cassettes were mounted, release the hook of the ROLL ASSY NUDGER, and pull
ROLL ASSY NUDGER
the ROLL ASSY NUDGER out of the SHAFT NUDGER.
5. Similarly, release the hook of the ROLL ASSY FEED, and pull the ROLL ASSY
FEED out of the SHAFT FEED. 150 FEEDER ASSY
1)
C A U T IO N In removal, take care not to hold any rubber portion of the ROLL
ASSY NUDGER or ROLL ASSY FEED.
Installation
1. Hold down the 150 FEEDER ASSY, put your hand into the place where the Paper
JG3011EA
Cassettes were mounted, install the ROLL ASSY FEED to the SHAFT FEED, and Figure 4- 50. ROLL ASSY NUDGER, ROLL ASSY FEED Removal
secure it with the hook.
C A U T IO N Engage the hooks of the ROLL ASSY FEED with the grooves
in the SHAFT FEED properly.
When installing the ROLL ASSY NUDGER or ROLL ASSY
FEED, take care not to hold its rubber portion.
2. Similarly, install the ROLL ASSY NUDGER to the SHAFT NUDGER, and
secure it with the hook.
4.6.3 CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER C A U T IO N When installing the ROLL ASSY NUDGER or ROLL ASSY
FEED, take care not to hold its rubber portion.
Removal
1. Open the COVER OPEN so that you can check your replacement work with your
eyes. Engage the hooks of the ROLL ASSY FEED with the grooves in the
C H E C K
2. Remove the Paper Cassettes of the Tray 1 and Tray 2. P O IN T SHAFT FEED properly.
3. Lift the 150 FEEDER ASSY.
C H E C K
The 150 FEEDER ASSY clicks midway when lifted, but lift it by
P O IN T application of slight force. 4. Push down the 150 FEEDER ASSY and return it to the original position.
5. Close the COVER OPEN.
4. Hold down the 150 FEEDER ASSY, put your hand into the place where the Paper
Cassettes were mounted, and remove the ROLL ASSY FEED. (p.226) 7) ROLL ASSY FEED
5)
C A U T IO N In removal, take care not to hold any rubber portion of the ROLL
4)
ASSY FEED.
Installation
1. Install the CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER to the SHAFT FEED, and secure it
with the E ring.
2. Install the CLUTCH ONEWAY FEED to the SHAFT FEED.
3. Install the ROLL ASSY FEED to the SHAFT FEED. (p.226) JG3012EA
Removal
1. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
2. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253)
3. Lay the printer body on its left side.
C A U T IO N Take care not to damage the covers. In addition, take care not to
apply any impact from above. ROLL ASSY NUDGER
ROLL ASSY
SUPPORT GEAR NUDGER
4. Open the COVER OPEN. NUDGER
5. While pushing up the boss of the HOLDER LEFT on the rear side of the 550
FEEDER ASSY, shift the HOLDER LEFT in the direction of the arrow, and
ACTUATOR
release the three hooks. NO PAPER
6. Remove the HOLDER LEFT from the SUPPORT NUDGER. At the same time,
the ACTUATOR NO PAPER comes off.
LIFT UP
7. Release the hook of the ROLL ASSY NUDGER, and pull the ROLL ASSY (BOSS)
SUPPORT
NUDGER out of the SHAFT NUDGER. NUDGER
HOLDER
C A U T IO N In removal, take care not to hold any rubber portion of the ROLL LEFT
ASSY NUDGER.
LIFT UP
(BOSS)
ACTUATOR
8. Release the hook of the GEAR NUDGER, and pull the ROLL ASSY GEAR NO PAPER
HOOK
NUDGER out of the SHAFT NUDGER.
HOOK
C A U T IO N In removal, take care not to hold any rubber portion of the GEAR
HOLDER
NUDGER.
HOLDER LEFT
LEFT
JG3051AB
Installation
1. Install the ROLL ASSY GEAR NUDGER to the SHAFT NUDGER, and secure it
with the hook.
C A U T IO N When installing the GEAR NUDGER, take care not to hold any
rubber portion.
Engage the hooks of the GEAR NUDGER with the grooves in
the SHAFT NUDGER properly.
2. Install the ROLL ASSY NUDGER to the SHAFT NUDGER, and secure it with
the hook.
C H E C K
After installation, operate the ACTUATOR NO PAPER with your
P O IN T finger and make sure that it moves properly.
4. Move the HOLDER LEFT in the direction opposite to the arrow, and secure it to
the 550 FEEDER ASSY with the three hooks.
5. Return the printer body to the normal position.
6. Install the FUSER ASSY. (p.253)
7. Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
Removal
1. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
2. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) CHUTE OUT
10. Remove the E-ring retaining the CLUTCH ASSY PH and remove the CLUTCH
ASSY PH from the SHAFT FEED. Note1
CHUTE OUT
CONNECTOR JG3052AA
Installation
1. Install the CLUTCH ASSY PH to the SHAFT FEED, and secure it with the E ring.
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the leading of the harness for the CLUTCH ASSY
PH.
C A U T IO N Fit the cut portion of the CLUTCH ASSY PH on the boss of the
CHUTE OUT.
3. Secure the PLATE TIE to the CHUTE OUT with the six screws (gold, tapping,
8mm).
4. Install the 550 FEEDER ASSY. (p.224)
5. Install the 150 FEEDER ASSY. (p.211)
6. Install the CHUTE TRANSFR. (p.255)
7. Install the FAN MAIN. (p.293)
8. Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
9. Install the FUSER ASSY. (p.253)
10. Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
JG3053AA
Figure 4- 54. SENSOR NO PAPER Removal
Installation
1. Connect the connector (P/J246) of the SENSOR NO PAPER to the HARNESS
ASSY TRAY 2.
2. Install the SENSOR NO PAPER to the HOLDER NO PAPER SENSOR, and
secure it with the hooks.
3. Insert the wires of the HARNESS ASSY TRAY 2 into the notch of the HOLDER
NO PAPER SENSOR as shown in the figure.
4. Install the HOLDER NO PAPER SENSOR to the 550 FEEDER ASSY with the
one screw (gold, 6mm).
C H E C K
After installation, check that the wires of the HARNESS ASSY
P O IN T TRAY 2 are not pinched.
C A U T IO N In the hole on the left side of the CHUTE TRANSFER, a screw need
not be tightened.
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
use them at their correct positions respectively.
Installation
1. Move the GUIDE TRAY RIGHT in the direction opposite to the arrow, and secure
it with the one screw (silver, 6mm).
C A U T IO N When installing the GUIDE TRAY RIGHT, make sure that the
PLATEs CST LOCK are mounted as shown in the NOTE.
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
use them at their correct positions respectively.
11. Lay the printer body on its left side. GUIDE TRAY LEFT
Figure 4- 56. GUIDE TRAY LEFT Removal
12. Remove the HARNESS ASSY LVPS from the connector (P/J1821) of the GUIDE
TRAY LEFT.
13. Remove the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm x1, gold, 6mm x5) securing the
GUIDE TRAY LEFT to the frame.
14. Move the GUIDE TRAY LEFT in the directions of the arrows (A), (B), and
remove it from the frame.
Installation
1. Move the GUIDE TRAY LEFT in the directions opposite to the arrows (A), (B),
and install it to the frame.
2. Install the GUIDE TRAY LEFT with the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm x1, gold,
6mm x5).
C A U T IO N In the place of the Screw (A) in the figure, tighten the screw (gold,
tapping, 8mm). (Refer to Figure 4- 56)
3. Connect the HARNESS ASSY LVPS to the connector (P/J1821) of the GUIDE
TRAY LEFT.
4. Return the printer body to the normal position.
5. Install the COVER FRONT. (p.172)
6. Install the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170)
7. Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262)
8. Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261)
9. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
10. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169)
11. Install the FUSER ASSY. (p.253)
12. Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
use them at their correct positions respectively.
C A U T IO N Take care not to damage the covers. In addition, take care not to
apply any impact from above. SUPPORT
NUDGER
ACTUATOR NO PAPER
C A U T IO N Securely fit the shafts on both ends of the ACTUATOR NO SUPPORT NUDGER
PAPER into the HOLDER LEFT and SUPPORT NUDGER.
Hitch the hook of the ACTUATOR NO PAPER on the
ACTUATOR NO PAPER HOLDER LEFT
HOLDER LEFT.
C H E C K
After installation, operate the ACTUATOR NO PAPER with your
P O IN T finger and make sure that it moves properly. HOLDER
LEFT
2. Move the HOLDER LEFT in the direction opposite to the arrow, and secure it to HOOK
the 550 FEEDER ASSY with the three hooks. LIFT UP
(BOSS)
3. Return the printer body to the normal position.
JG3198AA
4. Install the FUSER ASSY. (p.253)
Figure 4- 57. ACTUATOR NO PAPER Removal
5. Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
4.7 Xero 15. Remove the four screws (black, with collars, 8mm) securing the ROS ASSY to the
frame.
4.7.1 ROS ASSY Never give impact to the ROS ASSY with a screwdriver or the like.
C A U T IO N
C H E C K
Disassembly procedures for this part are different between EPL-
P O IN T N3000 and AcuLaser M4000N. For AcuLaser M4000N, see 4.14.5
ROS ASSY (AcuLaser M4000N) (p.386).
Removal 16)
DUCT HIGH
1. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
2. Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) 12) 10)
PLATE TIE FRONT
3. Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169) 12)
4. Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
5. Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261)
6. Remove the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262)
7. Remove the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170) 11)
8. Remove the COVER FRONT. (p.172)
9. Remove the DUCT FRONT, FAN SUB. (p.241)
10. Remove the three screws (sliver, with collars, 8mm) securing the DUCT HIGH,
and remove the DUCT HIGH.
11. Release from the two clamps the harness clamped to the PLATE TIE FRONT.
12. Remove the eight screws (silver, 6mm) securing the PLATE TIE FRONT to the
frame, and remove the PLATE TIE FRONT.
13. Unclamp the two cable clamps on the ROS ASSY to release the harness.
14. Disconnect the four connectors of the HARNESS ASSY ROS.
C A U T IO N As the board of the ROS ASSY is easily damaged, disconnect the JG3157AB
connectors while supporting the board by hand. Figure 4- 58. ROS ASSY Removal
1. Secure the ROS ASSY to the frame with the four screws (black, with collars,
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
8mm). use them at their correct positions respectively.
C A U T IO N Never give impact to the ROS ASSY with a screwdriver or the like.
2. Connect the connector of the HARNESS ASSY ROS to the board on the ROS
ASSY.
3. Clamp the harness with the two cable clamps on the ROS ASSY.
4. Secure the PLATE TIE FRONT to the frame tightly with the eight screws (silver,
6mm).
5. Secure the harness to the PLATE TIE FRONT with the two clamps.
6. Secure the DUCT HIGH with the three screws (silver, with collars, 8mm).
7. Install the DUCT FRONT, FAN SUB. (p.241)
8. Install the COVER FRONT. (p.172)
9. Install the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170)
10. Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262)
11. Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261)
12. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
13. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169)
Removal
11)
1. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
2. Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) PLATE TIE FRONT
8mm x2) securing the DUCT FRONT. Figure 4- 59. DUCT FRONT, FAN SUB Removal
11. Move the DUCT FRONT mounted with the FAN SUB in the direction of the
arrow, and remove it from the frame.
12. Release the hook securing the FAN SUB to the DUCT FRONT, and remove the
FAN SUB.
FAN SUB
12-2)
DUCT FRONT
HOOK
JG3058AB
Installation
1. Put the FAN SUB into the DUCT FRONT, and secure it with the hook.
C A U T IO N Install the FAN SUB to the DUCT FRONT, with its label surface
inside and the harness placed in the orientation shown in the figure.
2. Move the DUCT FRONT mounted with the FAN SUB in the direction opposite to
the arrow, and install it to the frame.
3. Secure the DUCT FRONT with the three screws (silver, tapping with a collar,
8mm x1, gold, tapping, 8mm x2).
4. Connect the connector (P/J270) of the FAN SUB to the HARNESS ASSY LVPS.
5. Install the COVER FRONT. (p.172)
6. Install the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170)
7. Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262)
8. Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261)
9. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
10. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169)
11. Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
use them at their correct positions respectively.
Never give impact to the ROS ASSY with a screwdriver or the like. JG3158AB
C A U T IO N
Figure 4- 61. SHIELD PLATE ROS Removal
12. Remove the two screws (black, with collars, 8mm) securing the SHIELD PLATE
ROS to the frame.
13. Move and remove the SHIELD PLATE ROS in the direction of the arrow.
Installation
1. Move and install the SHIELD PLATE ROS in the direction opposite to the arrow.
2. Secure the SHIELD PLATE ROS to the frame with the two screws (black, with
collars, 8mm).
3. Install the ROS ASSY. (p.239)
C A U T IO N Never give impact to the ROS ASSY with a screwdriver or the like.
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
use them at their correct positions respectively.
4.7.4 GUIDE CRU LEFT 21. Disconnect the connector (P/J45) of the INTERLOCK S/W 24V from the LVPS.
22. Disconnect the connectors (P/J46 and P/J47) of the HARNESS ASSY FUSER
Removal from the LVPS.
1. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) 23. Remove the three screws (gold, 6 mm) securing the GUIDE CRU LEFT.
2. Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) 24. Remove the GUIDE CRU LEFT from the frame.
3. Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169)
C H E C K
Remove the GUIDE CRU LEFT while simultaneously pushing the
4. Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) P O IN T LINK GEAR 3 in the direction of the arrow to make the removal of
5. Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) the GUIDE CRU LEFT easier.
6. Remove the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262)
7. Remove the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170) GUIDE ASSY CRU L
NOTE) LINK LEVER
(P/J 45) (P/J 4647)
8. Remove the COVER FRONT. (p.172)
20) 17)
9. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253)
10. Remove the BTR ASSY. (p.254) (P/J 46)
21-1)
11. Remove the GUIDE TRAY LEFT. (p.236) 22) LINK GEAR 3
(NOTE 1)
18)
12. Remove the DUCT FRONT, FAN SUB. (p.241)
23)
13. Remove the ROS ASSY. (p.239) (P/J 47)
21-2)
C A U T IO N Never give impact to the ROS ASSY with a screwdriver or the like.
P/J45
46
18. Disconnect the connector (P/J4647) of the HARNESS ASSY FUSER from the
JG3191AA
frame.
19. Release the clamp securing the HARNESS ASSY FUSER, which comes out of the Figure 4- 62. GUIDE CRU LEFT Removal
GUIDE CRU LEFT, to the frame to release the clamped harness.
20. Disconnect the connector (P/J141) of the INTERLOCK S/W 5V from the
HARNESS ASSY LVPS.
1. Install the GUIDE CRU LEFT to the frame. 15. Install the FUSER ASSY. (p.253)
16. Install the COVER FRONT. (p.172)
C A U T IO N When installing the GUIDE CRU LEFT, make sure that the
17. Install the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170)
LEVER LINK is mounted on the GUIDE CRU LEFT.
18. Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262)
19. Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261)
20. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
2. Secure the GUIDE CRU LEFT with the three screws (gold, 6mm).
21. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169)
C H E C K
After securing the GUIDE CRU LEFT with the three screws, pull
22. Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
P O IN T up the LEVER LINK. At this time, confirm with your finger that
the LINK GEAR 3 retracts. Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
C A U T IO N
use them at their correct positions respectively.
3. Connect the connector (P/J46 and P/J47) of the HARNESS ASSY FUSER to the
LVPS.
4. Connect the connector (P/J45) of the INTERLOCK S/W 24V to the LVPS. 23. Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
5. Connect the connector (P/J141) of the INTERLOCK S/W 5V to the HARNESS
ASSY LVPS.
6. Secure the HARNESS ASSY FUSER, coming out of the GUIDE CRU LEFT, to
the frame with the clamp.
7. Connect the connector (P/J4647) of the HARNESS ASSY FUSER to the frame.
8. Install the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285)
9. While lifting the 150 FEEDER ASSY, install the MOTOR COVER. (p.277)
10. Install the SHIELD PLATE ROS. (p.243)
11. Install the ROS ASSY. (p.239)
C A U T IO N Never give impact to the ROS ASSY with a screwdriver or the like.
C A U T IO N Never give impact to the ROS ASSY with a screwdriver or the like.
JG3061AA
Figure 4- 63. INTERLOCK S/W 24V, INTERLOCK S/W 5V Removal
13. Remove the SHIELD PLATE ROS. (p.243)
14. Remove the GUIDE TRAY LEFT. (p.236)
15. Remove the MOTOR COVER. (p.277)
16. Remove the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285)
17. Remove the GUIDE CRU LEFT. (p.245)
18. Remove the COVER GUIDE CRU and HARNESS ASSY FUSER. (p.251)
19. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 6 mm) securing the HOLDER I/L SW2.
20. Remove the HOLDER I/L SW2.
21. Release the hooks of the HOLDER I/L SW1, and remove the INTERLOCK S/W
24V and INTERLOCK S/W 5V.
1. Install the INTERLOCK S/W 24V and INTERLOCK S/W 5V to the HOLDER I/ 14. Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261)
L SW1, and secure them with the hooks. 15. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
2. Install the HOLDER I/L SW2 to the GUIDE CRU LEFT with the two screws 16. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169)
(gold, tapping, 6mm).
17. Install the FUSER ASSY. (p.253)
3. Install the COVER GUIDE CRU and HARNESS ASSY FUSER to the GUIDE
18. Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
CRU LEFT. (p.251)
4. Install the GUIDE CRU LEFT to the frame.(p.245) C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
use them at their correct positions respectively.
C A U T IO N When installing the GUIDE CRU LEFT, make sure that the
LEVER LINK is mounted on the GUIDE CRU LEFT.
C A U T IO N Never give impact to the ROS ASSY with a screwdriver or the like.
4.7.6 LEVER GUIDE 23. Remove the LEVER GUIDE from the GUIDE CRU LEFT.
Removal SPRING SL
C A U T IO N Never give impact to the ROS ASSY with a screwdriver or the like.
1. Install the LEVER GUIDE to the GUIDE CRU LEFT. 21. Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
C A U T IO N When installing the GUIDE CRU LEFT, make sure that the
LEVER LINK is mounted on the GUIDE CRU LEFT.
C A U T IO N Never give impact to the ROS ASSY with a screwdriver or the like.
C A U T IO N Never give impact to the ROS ASSY with a screwdriver or the like.
HOOKS
JG3063AA
Figure 4- 65. HARNESS ASSY FUSER Removal
13. Remove the SHIELD PLATE ROS. (p.243)
14. Remove the GUIDE TRAY LEFT. (p.236)
15. Remove the MOTOR COVER. (p.277)
16. Remove the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285)
17. Remove the GUIDE CRU LEFT. (p.245)
18. Release the hooks of the COVER GUIDE CRU and remove the COVER GUIDE
CRU and HARNESS ASSY FUSER together from the GUIDE CRU LEFT.
C A U T IO N Take care not to spread excessively the claw of the GUIDE CRU
LEFT; otherwise, the claw may break.
Installation C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
1. Install the COVER GUIDE CRU and HARNESS ASSY FUSER together to the use them at their correct positions respectively.
GUIDE CRU LEFT, and secure them with the hooks.
2. Install the GUIDE CRU LEFT. (p.245)
When installing the GUIDE CRU LEFT, make sure that the 17. Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
C A U T IO N
LEVER LINK is mounted on the GUIDE CRU LEFT. 18. Install the BTR ASSY. (p.254)
C A U T IO N Never give impact to the ROS ASSY with a screwdriver or the like.
C A U T IO N Before starting the following work, make sure that the FUSER
2)
ASSY has cooled adequately.
Installation
1. Move the FUSER ASSY in the direction opposite to the arrow, and install it to the
printer body.
2. Raise the LEVER FUSER LH and LEVER FUSER RH to lock the FUSER ASSY. FUSER ASSY
3. Install the COVER REAR 500. JG3013EA
Figure 4- 66. FUSER ASSY Removal
Removal
1. Open the COVER OPEN.
2. Hold the hooks at both ends of the BTR ASSY with your fingers and remove the
BTR ASSY from the printer body.
C A U T IO N Handle the BTR ASSY with care not to soil or scratch it.
Installation
1. Grip the hooks at both ends of the BTR ASSY, and install the BTR ASSY to the
printer body.
2. Close the COVER OPEN. 1)
JG3014EA
Figure 4- 67. BTR ASSY Removal
Installation 7)
1. Move the CHUTE TRANSFER in the direction opposite to the arrow, install the
NOT FIX THE SCREW
CHUTE TRANSFER to the frame, and secure it with the hook.
IN THIS HOLE
C A U T IO N In the hole on the left side of the CHUTE TRANSFER, a screw need
not be tightened.
6)
HOOK
JG3015EA
2. Install the FAN MAIN. (p.293) Figure 4- 68. CHUTE TRANSFR Removal
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
use them at their correct positions respectively.
4.7.11 PWBA ASSY ANT 7. Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262)
8. Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261)
Removal 9. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
1. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) 10. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169)
2. Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) 11. Install the FUSER ASSY. (p.253)
3. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) 12. Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
4. Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169)
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
5. Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
use them at their correct positions respectively.
6. Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261)
7. Remove the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262)
8. Remove the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170)
13. Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
9. Remove the COVER FRONT. (p.172)
14. Install the BTR ASSY. (p.254)
10. Remove the BTR ASSY. (p.254)
11. Remove the DUCT FRONT, FAN SUB. (p.241) PWBA ASSY ANT
13)
12. Remove the GUIDE ASSY CRU R. (p.257)
13. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 6mm) securing the PWBA ASSY ANT to 15)
the GUIDE ASSY CRU R.
GUIDE ASSY CRU R
14. Remove the PWBA ASSY ANT.
15. Insert the lower boss on the connector of the HARNESS ASSY FUSER into the
frame.
Installation 14)
1. Connect the connector of the HARNESS ASSY ANT to the connector (P/J150) of
the PWBA ASSY ANT.
2. Install the PWBA ASSY ANT to the GUIDE ASSY CRU R with the two screws
(gold, tapping, 6mm).
3. Install the GUIDE ASSY CRU R. (p.257)
JG3068AA
4. Install the DUCT FRONT, FAN SUB. (p.241)
Figure 4- 69. PWBA ASSY ANT Removal
5. Install the COVER FRONT. (p.172)
6. Install the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170)
Installation
1. Install the GUIDE ASSY CRU R.
2. Pass the harness of the GUIDE ASSY CRU R into the hole of the frame.
3. Secure the GUIDE ASSY CRU R to the frame with the three screws (silver,
6mm).
4. Connect the connector (P/J15) of the HARNESS ASSY ANT to the HVPS/MCU.
5. Connect the connector (P/J31) of the GUIDE ASSY CRU R to the HVPS/MCU.
6. Install the DUCT FRONT, FAN SUB. (p.241)
7. Install the SHIELD PLATE HVPS. (p.296)
8. Install the SHIELD ASSY ESS. (p.294)
9. Install the COVER FRONT. (p.172)
10. Install the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170)
11. Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262)
12. Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261)
13. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
14. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169)
15. Install the FUSER ASSY. (p.253)
16. Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
use them at their correct positions respectively.
Removal
1. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
2. Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) LEVEL LINK
3. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253)
4. Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169)
5. Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
6. Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261)
7. Remove the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262)
8. Remove the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170)
9. Remove the COVER FRONT. (p.172)
10. Remove the BTR ASSY. (p.254)
11. Remove the DUCT FRONT, FAN SUB. (p.241)
12. Remove the ROS ASSY. (p.239)
C A U T IO N Never give impact to the ROS ASSY with a screwdriver or the like.
Installation C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
1. Combine the LEVER LINK and LINK GEAR 3 as shown in the figure, and install use them at their correct positions respectively.
the combination to the GUIDE CRU LEFT.
2. Install the COVER GUIDE CRU and HARNESS ASSY FUSER to the GUIDE
CRU LEFT. (p.251)
18. Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
3. Install the GUIDE CRU LEFT to the frame. (p.245)
19. Install the BTR ASSY. (p.254)
C H E C K
When installing the GUIDE CRU LEFT, make sure that the
P O IN T LEVER LINK is mounted on the GUIDE CRU LEFT.
After installing the GUIDE CRU LEFT, pull up the LEVER
LINK. At this time, confirm with your finger that the LINK
GEAR 3 retracts. (Refer to Figure 4- 62)
C A U T IO N Never give impact to the ROS ASSY with a screwdriver or the like.
Removal
COVER EXIT 500 2-2)
1. Open the COVER REAR 500.
2. Release the two hooks securing the COVER S EXIT to the COVER TOP, and
remove the COVER S EXIT.
3. Remove the screws on both sides of the COVER EXIT 500, and remove the
COVER EXIT 500 from the printer body.
Installation
1. Install COVER EXIT 500 to the printer body with the screws on both sides.
1)
2. Install the COVER S EXIT to the COVER TOP, and secure it with the two hooks.
3. Close the COVER REAR 500.
4.8.2 500 EXIT ASSY C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
use them at their correct positions respectively.
Removal
1. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
2. Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) 10. Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
3. Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169)
4. Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) 500 EXIT ASSY
8)
5. Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261)
6. Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS. (p.294)
7. Disconnect the connector (P/J29) of the HARNESS ASSY EXIT SNR from the 6)
HVPS/MCU.
9)
8. Disconnect the connector (P/J103) of the MOTOR ASSY EXIT from the PWBA PWBA EXIT MOTOR
EXIT MOTOR.
9. Remove the five screws (silver, with flange, 8mm, 4 pcs., silver, 6mm, 1 pc.)
7)
securing the 500 EXIT ASSY to the printer body.
10. Remove the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262)
Installation
1. Pass the harnesses of the MOTOR ASSY EXIT and SENSOR through the hole of
the frame.
2. Install the 500 EXIT ASSY with the five screws (silver, with flange, 8mm, 4 pcs.,
silver, 6mm, 1 pc.). SHIELD ASSY ESS
3. Connect the connector (P/J103) of the MOTOR ASSY EXIT to the PWBA EXIT
MOTOR. JG3017EB
Figure 4- 73. 500 EXIT ASSY Removal
4. Connect the connector (P/J29) of the HARNESS ASSY EXIT SNR to the HVPS/
MCU.
5. Install the SHIELD ASSY ESS. (p.294)
6. Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261)
7. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
8. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169)
9. Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
CHUTE UP EXIT
LINK GATE OCT
Figure1 Figure2
Figure 4- 74. CHUTE UP EXIT, CHUTE LOW EXIT Removal
C H E C K
After installation, make sure that the LINK GATE OCT is Figure 4- 75. CHUTE UP EXIT, CHUTE LOW EXIT Installation
P O IN T located in the far side of the GATE. (Note 1)
After installation, make sure that the front end of the LINK
GATE OCT is located under the hook of the CHUTE LOW
EXIT. (Note 2)
After installation, make sure that the GATE moves when the
LINK GATE OCT is pushed in the direction of the arrow.
(Note 2)
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
use them at their correct positions respectively.
4.8.4 ROLL EXIT 2. Fit the BEARING EXIT to the GEAR 21 side ROLL EXIT, install the BEARING
EXIT to the CHUTE UP EXIT, and lock the hook.
Removal 3. Install the GEAR 21 to the ROLL EXIT.
1. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) 4. Install the CHUTE UP EXIT, CHUTE LOW EXIT. (p.263)
2. Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) 5. Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261)
3. Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169) 6. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
4. Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) 7. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169)
5. Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) 8. Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
6. Remove the CHUTE UP EXIT, CHUTE LOW EXIT. (p.263) Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
C A U T IO N
7. Release the hook of the GEAR 21, and remove the GEAR 21 from the ROLL use them at their correct positions respectively.
EXIT.
8. Release the hook of the GEAR 21 side BEARING EXIT, lift the ROLL EXIT, and
remove the BEARING EXIT from the ROLL EXIT.
9. Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
C A U T IO N Carefully handle the hook of the BEARING EXIT as it may be
damaged by application of large force. 7)
9. Pull and remove the ROLL EXIT out of the opposite side BEARING EXIT in the BEARING EXIT
direction of the arrow.
C A U T IO N In removal, take care not to hold any rubber portion of the ROLL
EXIT.
GEAR 21
9)
Installation
1. Move the ROLL EXIT in the direction opposite to the arrow, and install it to the
BEARING EXIT.
CHUTE UP EXIT
C A U T IO N When installing the ROLL EXIT, take care not to hold any rubber 8)
portion.
JG3080AA
Figure 4- 76. ROLL EXIT Removal
8. Remove the two screws (silver, 6mm) securing the MOTOR ASSY EXIT to the BRACKET MOTOR EXIT
BRACKET MOTOR EXIT.
9. Remove the MOTOR ASSY EXIT.
Installation
JG3081AB
1. Secure the MOTOR ASSY EXIT to the BRACKET MOTOR EXIT with the two
screws (silver, 6mm). Figure 4- 77. MOTOR ASSY EXIT Removal
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
use them at their correct positions respectively.
Removal
8)
1. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
2. Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167)
3. Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169) 7)
4. Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
5. Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261)
6. Remove the CHUTE UP EXIT, CHUTE LOW EXIT. (p.263)
7. Disconnect the connector (P/J291) of the HARNESS ASSY EXIT SNR from the
SENSOR FACE UP OPEN.
8. Lift the CHUTE LOW EXIT, release the hook of the SENSOR FACE UP OPEN,
and remove the SENSOR FACE UP OPEN from the CHUTE LOW EXIT.
Installation
1. Install the SENSOR FACE UP OPEN to the CHUTE LOW EXIT.
2. Connect the connector (P/J291) of the HARNESS ASSY EXIT SNR to the CHUTE LOW EXIT
SENSOR FACE UP OPEN. JG3082AA
3. Install the CHUTE UP EXIT, CHUTE LOW EXIT. (p.263) Figure 4- 78. SENSOR FACE UP OPEN Removal
4. Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261)
5. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
6. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169)
7. Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
use them at their correct positions respectively.
Removal
1. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
2. Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167)
3. Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169)
7)
4. Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
5. Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261)
8)
6. Remove the CHUTE UP EXIT, CHUTE LOW EXIT. (p.263)
7. Disconnect the connector (P/J290) of the HARNESS ASSY EXIT SNR from the
SENSOR FULL STACK.
8. Release the hook of the SENSOR FULL STACK, and remove the SENSOR FULL
STACK from the CHUTE LOW EXIT.
Installation
1. Install the SENSOR FULL STACK to the CHUTE LOW EXIT.
2. Connect the connector (P/J290) of the HARNESS ASSY EXIT SNR to the
SENSOR FULL STACK.
3. Install the CHUTE UP EXIT, CHUTE LOW EXIT. (p.263)
4. Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261)
5. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) CHUTE LOW EXIT
6. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169) JG3083AA
7. Install the COVER REAR. (p.167) Figure 4- 79. SENSOR FULL STACK Removal
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
use them at their correct positions respectively.
Installation
1. Move the ACTUATOR FULL STACK in the direction opposite to the arrow, and CHUTE UP EXIT
install it to the CHUTE UP EXIT. JG3136AA
2. Install the CHUTE UP EXIT, CHUTE LOW EXIT. (p.263) Figure 4- 80. ACTUATOR FULL STACK Removal
3. Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261)
4. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
5. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169)
6. Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
use them at their correct positions respectively.
Removal A Protion
1. Grip the lever to unlock, and open the COVER REAR 500.
2. Move and remove the STOPPER FSR in the direction of the arrow.
3. Release the hook on the boss of the COVER REAR 500 and shift the COVER
REAR 500 in the direction of the arrow, and remove it from the printer body.
Installation
1. Move the COVER REAR 500 in the direction opposite to the arrow, fit it into the
printer body, and lock the hook of the boss. STOPPER FSR
2)
2. After inserting the A portion of the STOPPER FSR into the COVER REAR 500,
install the opposite side of the A portion.
3. Close the COVER REAR 500.
1-2)
3)
1-1)
COVER REAR 500
JG3018EA
Figure 4- 81. COVER REAR 500 Removal
5. Release the hook of the BEARING EXIT, and remove it from the CHUTE LOW
FU.
C A U T IO N Carefully handle the hook of the BEARING EXIT as it may be BEARING EXIT
4)
damaged by application of large force.
C A U T IO N Securely insert the hook of the GEAR 21 into the groove of the
ROLL FU.
4. Install the CHUTE LOW FU to the COVER REAR 500, and secure it with the
hook.
5. Secure the CHUTE LOW FU to the COVER REAR 500 with the five screws
(gold, tapping, 8mm).
6. Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
4.8.11 LEVER GATE HOLDER, SPRING LEVER 6. Secure the CHUTE LOW FU to the COVER REAR 500 with the five screws
GATE, LEVER GATE FU (gold, tapping, 6mm).
7. Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
Removal
1. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) LEVER GATE FU
2. Remove the five screws (gold, tapping, 6mm) securing the CHUTE LOW FU to
the COVER REAR 500.
3. Release the hook of the COVER REAR 500, and remove the CHUTE LOW FU LEVER GATE HOLDER
from the COVER REAR 500.
4. Remove the ROLL FU. (p.271)
5. Remove the LEVER GATE FU while rotating it.
C H E C K
The LEVER GATE HOLDER, SPRING LEVER GATE and
SPRING LEVER GATE
P O IN T LEVER GATE FU are supposed to detach at the same time.
6. Bow down the LEVER GATE FU, and remove it from the LEVER GATE
HOLDER.
C H E C K
The SPRING LEVER GATE will stay on the LEVER GATE
P O IN T HOLDER side.
JG3303AA
Figure 4- 83. LEVER GATE HOLDER, SPRING LEVER GATE,
7. Remove the SPRING LEVER GATE. LEVER GATE FU Removal
Installation
1. Install the SPRING LEVER GATE.
2. Install the LEVER GATE FU to the LEVER GATE HOLDER.
3. Install the LEVER GATE FU while rotating it.
4. Install the ROLL FU. (p.271)
5. Install the CHUTE LOW FU to the COVER REAR 500, and secure it at the hook.
4.8.12 LEVER LATCH LEFT, SPRING LATCH FU, 4. Match the projections of both the LEVER LATCH RIGHT and LEVER LATCH
LEVER LATCH RIGHT LEFT to the notches of the CHUTE LOW FU, and rotate it in the opposite
direction of the arrow, and then install it.
Removal 5. Install the LEVER GATE HOLDER, SPRING LEVER GATE, LEVER GATE FU.
(p.272)
1. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
6. Install the ROLL FU. (p.271)
2. Remove the five screws (gold, tapping, 6mm) securing the CHUTE LOW FU to
7. Install the CHUTE LOW FU to the COVER REAR 500, and secure it at the hook.
the COVER REAR 500.
8. Secure the CHUTE LOW FU to the COVER REAR 500 with the five screws
3. Release the hook of the COVER REAR 500, and remove the CHUTE LOW FU
(gold, tapping, 6mm).
from the COVER REAR 500.
9. Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
4. Remove the ROLL FU. (p.271)
5. Remove the LEVER GATE HOLDER, SPRING LEVER GATE, LEVER GATE FU.
(p.272)
6. Rotate the LEVER LATCH LEFT in the direction of the arrow, and remove it. LEVER LATCH LEFT
SORING LATCH FU
C H E C K
Securely match the projection located inside the LEVER LATCH
P O IN T LEFT and the notch of the CHUTE LOW FU.
LEVER LATCH RIGHT
7. Rotate the LEVER LATCH RIGHT in the direction of the arrow and remove it.
C H E C K
Securely match the projection located inside the LEVER
P O IN T LATCH RIGHT and the notch of the CHUTE LOW FU.
The PIPE LATCH FU will detach simultaneously with the
LEVER LATCH RIGHT.
Installation
JG3304AA
1. Install the SPRING LATCH FU.
2. Install the LEVER LATCH LEFT to the PIPE LATCH FU and the CHUTE LOW
FU. Figure 4- 84. LEVER LATCH LEFT, SPRING LATCH FU,
LEVER LATCH RIGHT Removal
3. Install the LEVER LATCH RIGHT to the PIPE LATCH FU.
Removal
1. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
2. Remove the five screws (gold, tapping, 6mm) securing the CHUTE LOW FU to
the COVER REAR 500. ROLL PINCH FU
3. Release the hook of the COVER REAR 500, and remove the CHUTE LOW FU
from the COVER REAR 500.
4. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 6mm) securing the CHUTE LOW FU.
5. Insert a screwdriver or alike between the ROLL PINCH FU and the CHUTE UP
FU, and remove the ROLL PINCH FU.
6. Remove the SPRING PINCH FU.
Installation
1. Install the SPRING PINCH FU.
2. Install the ROLL PINCH FU.
3. Secure the CHUTE UP FU with the two screws (gold, tapping, 6mm).
4. Install the CHUTE LOW FU to the COVER REAR 500, and secure it at the hook.
5. Secure the CHUTE LOW FU to the COVER REAR 500 with the five screws
(gold, tapping, 6mm).
6. Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
SPRING PINCH FU
JG3305AA
Figure 4- 85. ROLL PINCH FU, SPRING PINCH FU Removal
4.8.14 GATE FU
Removal GATE FU
Installation JG3306AA
1. Install the GATE FU to the CHUTE LOW FU.
Figure 4- 86. GATE FU Removal
2. Secure the CHUTE UP FU with the two screws (gold, tapping, 6mm).
3. Install the LEVER GATE HOLDER, SPRING LEVER GATE, LEVER GATE FU.
(p.272)
4. Install the CHUTE LOW FU to the COVER REAR 500, and secure it at the hook.
5. Secure the CHUTE LOW FU to the COVER REAR 500 with the five screws
(gold, tapping, 6mm).
6. Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
Removal
1. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
2. Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167)
3. Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169)
4. Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
5. Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261)
6. Remove the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) SPRING GATE OCT
Installation
1. Install the GATE OCT EXIT.
2. Install the SPRING GATE OCT.
3. Install the CHUTE LOW EXIT. (p.263)
4. Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262)
5. Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261)
6. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
7. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169)
8. Install the COVER REAR. (p.167) JG3307AA
C H E C K
When installing the COVER REAR, distinguish the two different
P O IN T types of screws and use them at the correct positions.
Figure 4- 87. GATE ASSY EXIT Removal
C A U T IO N Never give impact to the ROS ASSY with a screwdriver or the like.
Installation
1. Install the MOTOR COVER to the frame with the one screw (silver, 6mm).
2. Connect the harness of the MAIN MOTOR to the clamp.
3. Install the SHIELD PLATE ROS. (p.243)
4. Install the ROS ASSY. (p.239)
C A U T IO N Never give impact to the ROS ASSY with a screwdriver or the like.
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
use them at their correct positions respectively.
MAIN MOTOR
1. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
17)
2. Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167)
3. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253)
4. Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169)
SHIELD PLATE P/J43
5. Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) LVPS
C A U T IO N Never give impact to the ROS ASSY with a screwdriver or the like.
Installation
1. Install the MAIN MOTOR to the frame with the three screws (gold, 6mm).
2. Connect the connector (P/J43) of the MAIN MOTOR to the LVPS.
3. Install the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285)
4. Install the MOTOR COVER. (p.277)
5. Install the GUIDE TRAY LEFT. (p.236)
6. Install the SHIELD PLATE ROS. (p.243)
7. Install the ROS ASSY. (p.239)
C A U T IO N Never give impact to the ROS ASSY with a screwdriver or the like.
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
use them at their correct positions respectively.
NOT FIXED
JG3088AA
Installation
1. Install the GEAR ASSY HOUSING to the frame.
C H E C K
During installation, assemble so that the gears of the GEAR ASSY
P O IN T HOUSING, MAIN MOTOR and GEAR ASSY PLATE engage with
each other securely, and make confirmation after the work. Open
the COVER OPEN, and assemble while turning the MAIN
MOTOR by hand to make the gears engage easily with each other.
2. Install the GEAR ASSY HOUSING to the frame with the six screws (silver, 6mm
x5, gold, 6mm x1).
C A U T IO N In the place of the Screw (A) in the figure, tighten the screw of gold,
6mm.
3. Secure the HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK 2 and HARNESS ASSY LVPS with
the clamps of the GEAR ASSY HOUSING.
4. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169)
5. Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
use them at their correct positions respectively.
Installation C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
1. Install the GEAR 9 to the shaft of the frame. use them at their correct positions respectively.
C A U T IO N Install the GEAR 9 with its smaller gear end located inside.
2. Install the boss on the bottom side of the connector of the HARNESS ASSY
FUSER to the frame.
3. Install the GEAR ASSY PLATE to the frame with the four screws (silver, 6mm).
C H E C K
During installation, assemble so that the gears of the GEAR ASSY
P O IN T HOUSING, MAIN MOTOR and GEAR ASSY PLATE engage with
each other securely, and make confirmation after the work. Open
the COVER OPEN, and assemble while turning the MAIN
MOTOR by hand to make the gears engage easily with each other.
5. Insert the lower boss on the connector of the HARNESS ASSY FUSER into the
frame.
6. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169)
7. Install the FUSER ASSY. (p.253)
8. Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
4.10.1 SHIELD PLATE LVPS use them at their correct positions respectively.
Removal
1. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
9. Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
2. Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167)
3. Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169)
4. Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
5. Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261)
6. Remove the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262)
7. Remove the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170)
8. Remove the COVER FRONT. (p.172)
9. Remove the five screws (silver, 6 mm) securing the SHIELD PLATE LVPS from
the frame.
9)
10. Remove the SHIELD PLATE LVPS.
Installation 10)
1. Install the SHIELD PLATE LVPS to the frame with the five screws (silver, 6mm).
2. Install the COVER FRONT. (p.172)
3. Install the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170)
4. Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262)
C A U T IO N When installing it, pull the lever of the CHUTE EXIT FUSER.
SHIELD PLATE LVPS
JG3178AA
Installation
1. Install the PWBA EXIT MOTOR to the frame with the two screws (silver, 6mm).
2. Connect the connectors (P/J101, P/J102, P/J103) of the harnesses to the connectors P/J102
of the PWBA EXIT MOTOR.
3. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169)
4. Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and P/J101
use them at their correct positions respectively. P/J103
JG3021EA
5. Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
Figure 4- 93. PWBA EXIT MOTOR Removal
4.10.3 LVPS
PWBA EXIT MOTOR
C H E C K
Disassembly procedures for this part are different between EPL-
P O IN T N3000 and AcuLaser M4000N. For AcuLaser M4000N, see 4.14.7
LVPS (AcuLaser M4000N) (p.390). LVPS
Removal
1. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) 13)
JG3177AA
Figure 4- 94. LVPS Removal
Installation
1. Install the LVPS to the frame with the five screws (silver, 6mm).
2. Connect the connectors (P/J40, P/J41, P/J42, P/J43, P/J44, P/J45, P/J46, P/J47, P/
J48) of the harnesses to the connectors of the LVPS.
3. Connect the harness connector of the LVPS to the connector of the PWBA EXIT
MOTOR.
4. Install the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285)
5. Install the COVER FRONT. (p.172)
6. Install the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170)
7. Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262)
8. Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261)
C A U T IO N When installing it, pull the lever of the CHUTE EXIT FUSER.
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
use them at their correct positions respectively.
Installation
1. Install the POWER SWITCH to the frame.
2. Fit the HARNESS ASSY AC110V to the hole of the frame rear part.
3. Fit the ground wire of the HARNESS ASSY AC110V to the frame with the one
screw (silver, with a toothed washer, 6mm).
4. Secure the HARNESS ASSY AC110V with the clamp.
5. Connect the connector (P/J48) of the HARNESS ASSY AC110V to the LVPS.
6. Connect the connector (P/J480) of the HARNESS ASSY AC110V to the POWER
SWITCH.
7. Secure the harnesses of the HARNESS ASSY AC110V with the clamp of the
GEAR ASSY HOUSING.
8. Install the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285)
9. Install the COVER FRONT. (p.172)
10. Install the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170)
11. Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262)
C A U T IO N When installing it, pull the lever of the CHUTE EXIT FUSER.
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
use them at their correct positions respectively.
Installation
1. Install the INTERLOCK S/W REAR to the frame with the one screw (silver,
6mm).
2. Secure the HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK 2 of the INTERLOCK S/W REAR
with the clamp of the GEAR ASSY HOUSING.
3. Connect the connector (P/J44) of the INTERLOCK S/W REAR to the LVPS.
4. Install the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285)
5. Install the COVER FRONT. (p.172)
6. Install the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170)
7. Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262)
C A U T IO N When installing it, pull the lever of the CHUTE EXIT FUSER.
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
use them at their correct positions respectively.
Removal
1. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
2. Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167)
3. Disconnect the connector (P/J244) of the FAN MAIN from the HARNESS ASSY
TRAY 1.
4. Remove the two screws (silver, tapping, 30mm) securing the FAN MAIN to the
frame, and remove the FAN MAIN. LABEL
Installation 3)
1. Install the FAN MAIN to the frame with the two screws (silver, tapping, 30mm).
C A U T IO N Install the FAN MAIN with its label surface located on the
outside.
When installing the FAN MAIN, be careful so that the harness
is not caught between the FAN MAIN and frame. 4)
FAN MAIN
JG3022EA
2. Connect the connector (P/J244) of the FAN MAIN to the HARNESS ASSY
TRAY 1. Figure 4- 97. FAN MAIN Removal
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
use them at their correct positions respectively.
Installation
1. Install the SHIELD ASSY ESS to the frame with the twelve screws (silver, 6mm).
2. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
JG3023EA
Figure 4- 98. SHIELD ASSY ESS Removal
Installation
1. Install the SHIELD ASS WINDOW to the frame with the two screws.
2. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
2)
3)
JG3024EA
Figure 4- 99. SHIELD ASSY WINDOW Removal
Installation
1. Install the SHIELD PLATE HVPS to the frame with the ten screws (silver, 6mm).
2. Install the SHIELD ASSY ESS. (p.294) 3)
3. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
4)
3)
JG3025EA
Figure 4- 100. SHIELD PLATE HVPS Removal
Removal
1. Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) SHIELD CONT OPTION
Installation
1. Install the GUIDE RAIL TYPE-B to the BOARD ASSY., MAIN with the 4 hooks.
Figure 4- 101. GUIDE RAIL TYPE-B, SPRING TYPE-B_1
2. Install the SHIELD CONT OPTION to the PANEL REAR with the 2 screws.
3. Install the SPRING TYPE-B to the GUIDE RAIL TYPE-B.
GUIDE RAIL TYPE-B
C A U T IO N Be sure to insert the edge of the SPRING TYPE-B under the tab of
the GUIDE RAIL TYPE-B. 1
SPRING TYPE-B
1
2
Removal
1. Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
2. Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS. (p.294) BOARD ASSY. SUB
3. Remove the 2 screws securing the BOARD ASSY. SUB to the PANEL REAR.
4. Disconnect the connector of the BOARD ASSY. SUB from the BOARD ASSY.,
MAIN to remove it.
Installation
1. Connect the connector of the BOARD ASSY. SUB to the BOARD ASSY.,
MAIN.
2. Secure the BOARD ASSY. SUB to the PANEL REAR with the 2 screws.
3. Install the SHIELD ASSY ESS. (p.294)
4. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Figure 4- 103. BOARD ASSY. SUB
Removal : Connector
8. Remove the 4 screws securing the PANEL REAR to the printer boby.
: Step 8
9. Slide the BOARD ASSY., MAIN with the PANEL REAR to the rear to remove it
from the printer body. : Step 10
PANEL REAR
10. Remove the 3 screws securing Parallel I/F and USB I/F to the BOARD ASSY.,
MAIN.
11. Remove the BOARD ASSY., MAIN.
Installation
1. Attach the PANEL REAR to the BOARD ASSY., MAIN with the 3 screws.
2. Install the BOARD ASSY., MAIN with the PANEL REAR to the printer body
with the 4 screws and secure the 9 screws to fix the BOARD ASSY., MAIN.
3. Secure the 1 screw to fix the grounding wire to the BOARD ASSY., MAIN.
4. Connect 3 connectors to the BOARD ASSY., MAIN.
5. Install the BOARD ASSY. SUB. (p.298)
6. Install the GUIDE RAIL TYPE-B, SPRING TYPE-B. (p.297)
7. Install the SHIELD ASSY ESS. (p.294)
8. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
2. Connect the connectors (P/J10, P/J11, P/J13, P/J14, P/J15, P/J16, P/J17, P/J18, P/ 1716 20 192226 24
JG3026EA
J20, P/J22, P/J24, P/J26, P/J27, P/J28 P/J29, P/J30 and P/J31) of the harness to the
connectors of the HVPS/MCU. Figure 4- 106. HVPS/MCU Removal
3. Install the BRACKET SHIELD HVPS to the frame with the three screws (silver,
6mm).
4. Install the BRACKET HANDLE R with the one screw (silver, 6mm).
5. Install the SHIELD PLATE HVPS. (p.296)
6. Install the SHIELD ASSY ESS. (p.294)
7. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
Removal
1. Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
2. Remove the SHIELD ASSY WINDOW. (p.295)
3. Push the lever of the socket where the BOARD ASSY, MEMORY is inserted and
remove the BOARD ASSY, MEMORY from the BOARD ASSY., MAIN.
Installation
1. Insert the BOARD ASSY, MEMORY to the socket on the BOARD ASSY.,
MAIN.
2. Install the SHIELD ASSY WINDOW. (p.295)
3. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
JG3024EA
2. Inside the tray insertion section, secure the printer body and Option 550 Paper
Feeder with the two JOINTs FEEDER.
3. In the printer rear, secure the printer body and Option 550 Paper Feeder with the
two JOINTs FEEDER.
4. Install the 550 PAPER CASSETTE to the Option 550 Paper Feeder.
5. Install the 550 PAPER CASSETTE to the second tray of the printer body. Option 550 Paper Feeder JG3501EA
6. Install the Imaging Cartridge.
Figure 4- 108. OPTION 550 PAPER FEEDER Removal
Removal
3)
1. Remove the one screw (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the COVER RIGHT
PLATE to the frame.
2. Slightly lift the COVER RIGHT PLATE above the boss of the FRAME CVR
R500 in the direction of the arrow to disengage it from the boss. 1) 2)
3. Move the COVER RIGHT PLATE in the direction of the arrow to disengage the
four hooks from the FRAME CVR R500, and remove it from the Feeder body.
Installation
FRAME CVR R550
1. Move the COVER RIGHT PLATE in the direction opposite to the arrow to engage
the four hooks with the FRAME CVR R500, and install it to the Feeder body.
2. Fit the COVER RIGHT PLATE to the boss of the FRAME CVR R500.
3. Install the COVER RIGHT PLATE to the frame with the one screw (gold, tapping, BOSS
8mm).
JG3502AA
Figure 4- 109. COVER RIGHT PLATE Removal
Installation
1. Move the COVER LEFT PLATE in the direction opposite to the arrow to engage
the four hooks with the FRAME CVR L550, and install it to the Feeder body.
2. Fit the COVER LEFT PLATE to the boss of the FRAME CVR L550.
3. Install the EARTH PLATE to the frame with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm).
BOSS
C A U T IO N When installing the EARTH PLATE, insert its front end to under
the COVER LEFT PLATE.
JG3503AA
Figure 4- 110. COVER LEFT PLATE Removal
Removal 2)
2)
1. Release the HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR1 from the hooks of the FRAME CVR
L500.
2. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the OPT ASSY SIZE to the 1)
FRAME CVR L550. HOOKS
3. Move the OPT ASSY SIZE in the direction of the arrow to disengage it from the
bosses, and remove it from the FRAME CVR L550. 3-1)
4. Disconnect the HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR1 from the connector of the OPT
ASSY SIZE.
BOSS
Installation 5)
1. Move the OPT ASSY SIZE in the direction opposite to the arrow to install it to the
FRAME CVR L550, and install it with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm). 4)
2. Connect the connector of the OPT ASSY SIZE to the HARNESS ASSY SIZE
FDR1. 3-2)
3. Secure the HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR1 with the hooks of the FRAME CVR
L550.
Removal 4)
DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR
1. Remove the 550 FEEDER OPTION. (p.311)
2. Remove the COVER LEFT PLATE. (p.305)
3. Disconnect the connector (P/J820) of the MOTOR FEEDER, which is installed on
the DRIVE ASSY OTP FDR, from the HARNESS ASSY FDR MOT.
4. Remove the three screws (gold, tapping, 8mm x2, silver, 6mm, x1) securing the
DRIVE ASSY OTP FDR to the FRAME CVR L550.
5. Remove the DRIVE ASSY OTP FDR.
Installation
3)
1. Install the DRIVE ASSY OTP FDR to the FRAME CVR L550 with the three
screws (gold, tapping, 8mm x2, silver, 6mm, x1). 5)
C A U T IO N When installing the EARTH PLATE, insert its front end to under
FRAME CVR L550
the COVER LEFT PLATE.
JG3506AA
Figure 4- 112. DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR Removal
4. Install the 550 FEEDER OPTION. (p.311)
Installation
1. Install the MOTOR FEEDER to the DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR with the two screws JG3507AA
(gold, 6mm).
Figure 4- 113. MOTOR FEEDER Removal
2. Install the SENSOR LOW PAPER. (p.309)
3. Install the COVER LEFT PLATE. (p.305)
C A U T IO N When installing the EARTH PLATE, insert its front end to under
the COVER LEFT PLATE.
Removal
1. Remove the COVER RIGHT PLATE. (p.304)
2. Remove the two screws securing the HLD LOW PAPER ASSY to the FRAME
CVR R550. 2)
3. Disconnect the connector (P/J810) of the HARNESS LOW PAPER connected to 5) HLD LOW PAPER ASSY
the SENSOR LOW PAPER of the HOLD LOW PAPER ASSY.
4. Remove the HLD LOW PAPER ASSY.
5. Release the hooks of the SENSOR LOW PAPER and remove the SENSOR LOW
SENSOR LOW PAPER
PAPER from the HOLD LOW PAPER ASSY.
3)
Installation
1. Install the SENSOR LOW PAPER to the HOLD LOW PAPER ASSY. FRAME CVR R550
2. Connect the connector (P/J810) of the HARNESS LOW PAPER to the SENSOR
LOW PAPER of the HOLD LOW PAPER ASSY.
3. Install the HLD LOW PAPER ASSY to the FRAME CVR R550 with the two
screws.
4. Install the COVER RIGHT PLATE. (p.304)
JG3508AA
Figure 4- 114. SENSOR LOW PAPER Removal
Removal
P/J82
1. Remove the COVER RIGHT PLATE. (p.304) 85 80
2. Disconnect the harness from the connectors (P/J80, P/J81, P/J82, P/J83, P/J84 and
P/J85) of the PWBA FEEDER 550. 81 84 83
3. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the PWBA FEEDER 550
to the frame. PWBA FEEDER 550
4)
4. Remove the PWBA FEEDER 550.
3)
Installation
1. Install the PWBA FEEDER 550 to the frame with the two screws (gold, tapping,
8mm).
2. Connect the harness connectors to the connectors (P/J80, P/J81, P/J82, P/J83, P/
J84, P/J85) of the PWBA FEEDER 550.
3. Install the COVER RIGHT PLATE. (p.304)
BOSS
JG3509AA
Figure 4- 115. PWBA FEEDER 550 Removal
Removal
COVER RE550
1. Remove the five screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the COVER RE550 to the
frame.
2. Remove the COVER RE550.
3. Disconnect the connector (P/J855) of the HARNESS ASSY CLSNR 1 from the
HARNESS ASSY CLSNR 2.
1)
4. Disconnect the connector (P/J820) of the MOTOR FEEDER from the HARNESS
ASSY FDR MOT.
5. Disconnect the connector (P/J801) of the HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR1 from the
2) 5)
HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR2.
6. Release the harness of the HARNESS ASSY FDR MOT and HARNESS ASSY
4)
SIZE FDR2 from the CLAMP. 3)
7. Remove the 6 screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the 550 FEEDER OPTION.
8. Remove the 550 FEEDER OPTION from the frame.
7)
C H E C K
Do the work in the following step as required. (Note1)
8)
P O IN T 550 FEEDER OPTION
9)
9. Remove the three screws (silver, 6 mm) securing the CHUTE 550 LOWER, and
CHUTE 550 LOWER
remove the 550 CHUTE LOWER from the 550 FEEDER OPTION.
NOTE1)
WHEN ASSEMBLING
JG3510AA
Installation
1. Install the CHUTE 550 LOWER to the 550 FEEDER OPTION with the three
screws (silver, 6mm).
2. Install the 550 FEEDER OPTION to the frame with the six screws (gold, tapping,
8mm).
3. Clamp the harnesses of the HARNESS ASSY FDR MOT and HARNESS ASSY
SIZE FDR2.
4. Connect the connector (P/J801) of the HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR1 to the
HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR2.
5. Connect the connector (P/J820) of the MOTOR FEEDER to the HARNESS ASSY
FDR MOT.
6. Connect the connector (P/J855) of the HARNESS ASSY CLSNR 1 to the
HARNESS ASSY CLSNR 2.
C A U T IO N After connection, place the connector under the harness and clamp
it.
7. Install the COVER RE550 to the frame with the five screws (gold, tapping, 8mm).
C A U T IO N In removal, take care not to hold any rubber portion of the ROLL
1)
ASSY TURN.
ROLL ASSY NUDGER
Installation
C H E C K
The ROLL ASSY FEED and ROLL ASSY NUDGER have
P O IN T different names but are the same parts.
1. Fit the ROLL ASSY FEED to the SHAFT FEED and have it locked.
C A U T IO N Engage properly the hook of the ROLL ASSY FEED with the
groove in the SHAFT FEED respectively.
When installing it, take care not to hold any rubber portion of
the ROLL ASSY FEED.
2. Fit the ROLL ASSY NUDGER to the SHAFT NUDGER and have it locked.
JG3511AA
C A U T IO N Engage properly the hook of the ROLL ASSY NUDGER with
the groove in the SHAFT NUDGER respectively. Figure 4- 117. ROLL ASSY NUDGER, ROLL ASSY FEED Removal
When installing it, take care not to hold the rubber part of the
ROLL ASSY NUDGER.
Removal 4)
1. Remove the ROLL ASSY NUDGER, ROLL ASSY FEED. (p.313) ROLL ASSY FEED
2)
2. Pull the CLUTCH ONEWAY FEED out of the SHAFT FEED.
3. Remove the E ring securing the CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER to the SHAFT 1)
FEED.
4. Pull the CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER out of the SHAFT FEED.
CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER CLUTCH ONEWAY FEED
Installation
1. Install the CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER to the SHAFT FEED.
2. Fit the E ring to the SHAFT FEED to secure the CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER.
3. Install the CLUTCH ONEWAY FEED to the SHAFT FEED.
4. Install the ROLL ASSY NUDGER, ROLL ASSY FEED. (p.313)
C A U T IO N Engage the hooks of the ROLL ASSY FEED with the grooves in the
SHAFT FEED properly.
JG3512AA
Figure 4- 118. CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER Removal
Removal
1. Hold down the boss of the HOLDER LEFT on the rear side of the 550 FEEDER
OPTION, shift the HOLDER LEFT in the direction of the arrow, and release the 4)
three hooks.
2. Remove the HOLDER LEFT from the SUPPORT NUDGER. At the same time, 3)
the ACTUATOR NO PAPER comes off.
3. Release the hook of the ROLL ASSY NUDGER, and pull the ROLL ASSY ROLL ASSY GEAR NUDGER
NUDGER out of the SHAFT NUDGER.
ROLL ASSY NUDGER
4. Release the hook of the ROLL ASSY GEAR NUDGER, and pull the ROLL UNDER VIEW A (SEE DETAILED VIEW)
ASSY GEAR NUDGER out of the SHAFT NUDGER.
C A U T IO N In removal, take care not to hold any rubber portion of the ROLL
ASSY NUDGER or ROLL ASSY GEAR NUDGER.
SUPPORT NUDGER
1-1)
LIFT UP (BOSS) 1-2)
4. By inserting the three hooks, install the HOLDER LEFT to the 550 FEEDER
OPTION.
4.11.13 ROLL ASSY TURN 5. Install the 550 FEEDER OPTION. (p.311)
5. Move the ROLL ASSY TURN as indicated by the arrow to remove it from the
CHUTE OUT.
3)
C A U T IO N In removal, take care not to hold any rubber portion of the ROLL
ASSY TURN.
CHUTE OUT
JG3514AA
Figure 4- 121. ROLL ASSY TURN Removal
Installation
1. Move the ROLL ASSY TURN in the direction opposite to the arrow, and install it to the
CHUTE OUT.
C A U T IO N When installing it, take care not to hold any rubber portion of the
ROLL ASSY TURN.
Removal
1. Remove the 550 FEEDER OPTION. (p.311)
2. Remove the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the PLATE TIE. CHUTE OUT
Installation 4)
1. Install the CLUTCH ASSY PH to the SHAFT FEED, and secure it with the E ring.
3) CLUTCH ASSY PH
C A U T IO N When installing it, match the notch of the CLUTCH ASSY PH
to the boss of the CHUTE OUT.
Carefully route the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY PH. 2)
3. Install the PLATE TIE to the CHUTE OUT with the six screws (gold, tapping, Figure 4- 122. CLUTCH ASSY PH Removal
8mm).
4. Install the 550 FEEDER OPTION. (p.311)
Removal
1. Remove the 550 FEEDER OPTION. (p.311) CLUTCH PR-REGI
2. Remove the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the PLATE TIE. 5)
Installation
2)
1. Install the CLUTCH PR-REGI to the ROLL ASSY TURN, and secure it with the WHEN ASSEMBLING
E ring. PLATE TIE
3. Install the PLATE TIE to the CHUTE OUT with the six screws (gold, tapping,
8mm).
4. Install the 550 FEEDER OPTION. (p.311)
Removal
1. Remove the one screw mounting the HOLDER NO PAPER SENSOR. SENSOR NO PAPER
2. Remove the HOLDER NO PAPER SENSOR from the Option 550 Paper Feeder. 3)
3. Release the two hooks of the SENSOR NO PAPER, and remove the SENSOR NO
PAPER from the HOLDER NO PAPER SENSOR. 4)
4. Disconnect the connector of the HARNESS ASSY CLSNR 1 from the connector
Option 550 Paper Feeder
(P/J852) of the SENSOR NO PAPER.
Installation
1. Connect the connector (P/J852) of the HARNESS ASSY CLSNR 1 to the
connector of the SENSOR NO PAPER.
2. Install the SENSOR NO PAPER to the HOLDER NO PAPER SENSOR.
3. Install the HOLDER NO PAPER SENSOR to the Option 550 Paper Feeder with
the one screw.
C H E C K
After installation, check that the wires of the HARNESS ASSY
P O IN T CLSNR 1 are not pinched.
JG3517AA
Figure 4- 124. SENSOR NO PAPER Removal
Installation
1. Install the ROLL ASSY RETARD to the SHAFT RETARD, and secure it with the hooks.
C A U T IO N When installing it, take care not to hold any rubber portion of the
ROLL ASSY RETARD.
JG3518AA
C H E C K
Engage the hooks of the ROLL ASSY RETARD with the grooves in Figure 4- 125. ROLL ASSY RETARD Removal
P O IN T the SHAFT RETARD properly.
C H E C K
Besides the above procedure, the ROLL ASSY RETARD can also
P O IN T be removed by pushing down the HOLDER RETARD.
2. Move the HOLDER RETARD in the direction opposite to the arrow, and install it
to the 550 PAPER CASSETTE.
C H E C K
After installation, push down the HOLDER RETARD and release
P O IN T your hand. At this time, make sure that the HOLDER RETARD
returns to the original position by the spring force of the SPRING
RETARD.
3. Release the hook fastening the GEAR PINION, and remove the GEAR PINION CLAWS
(NOTE 4)
from the HOUSING TOP 550.
GUIDE ASSY SD R550
4. While pushing the lock of the STOPPER GEAR, unlock the LEVER BTM LOCK, 5)
and raise the PLATE ASSY BTM. (p.200) HOOK
6)
5. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 to the inside, push down the hook of the
HOUSING TOP 550, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 550. HOOK
6. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 to the inside, push down the hook of the
HOUSING TOP 550, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 550.
JG3521AA
7. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in each of the left and right sides and HOUSING BASE 550
the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in the rear side, which secure the HOUSING 7)
TOP 550 to the HOUSING BASE 550.
8. Release the four hooks of the HOUSING TOP 550, and remove the HOUSING
TOP 550 and HOUSING EXTENSION 550 from the HOUSING BASE 550.
9. Remove the four screws (gold, tapping, 6mm) securing the COVER EXTENSION
to the HOUSING EXTENSION 550. 7)
10. Remove the COVER EXTENSION from the HOUSING EXTENSION 550.
11. Turn the RACK SIZE in the direction of the arrow, and remove the RACK SIZE
from the HOUSING EXTENSION 550.
COVER EXTENSION 7)
9)
(NOTE 2)
Installation NOTE 1
1. After inserting the hook at the front end of the RACK SIZE into the groove of the
HOUSING EXTENSION 550, turn it in the direction opposite to the arrow.
2. As shown in the figure, match the end of the RACK SIZE to the ∇ mark of the
HOUSING EXTENSION 550, and install the RACK SIZE to the HOUSING
EXTENSION 550.
C A U T IO N Before installing the RACK SIZE, pull out the GUIDE ASSY END
550 to the full. (NOTE 1)
12)
3. Install the COVER EXTENSION to the HOUSING EXTENSION 550 with the RACK SIZE
C A U T IO N Make sure that the COVER EXTENSION is located under the WHEN ASSEMBLING
(p.323)
Always use the securing screws of 6mm length. If they are of
8mm length, the HOUSING EXTENSION 550 will not operate
smoothly and the LOCK EXTENSION will not operate
GUIDE ASSY SD L550
properly.
LINK SW SIZE 2-550
LINK SW SIZE 1-550 LINK SW SIZE 3-550
4. With the LINK SW SIZE 1-550, LINK SW SIZE 2-550 and LINK SW SIZE 3-
550 of the HOUSING BASE 550 pushed to the outside as shown in the figure,
assemble the HOUSING EXTENSION 550 into the HOUSING TOP 550 and
HOUSING BASE 550.
C A U T IO N Insert the two claws at the front end of the PLATE ASSY BTM into
the hooks of the HOUSING TOP 550. (NOTE 3) (p.322)
JG3210AA
5. After securing the HOUSING TOP 550 to the HOUSING BASE 550 with the four
C A U T IO N After completion of assembling, move the PLATE ASSY BTM up/
hooks, secure it with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in each of the left and
down, and make sure that the LOW IND FRONT moves up/down
right sides and the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in the rear side.
synchronously.
C A U T IO N After installation, move the GUIDE ASSY END 550 and make sure
that the LINK SW SIZE operates smoothly.
6. Insert the link lever of the GUIDE INDICATOR 1 into the hole of the PLATE
ASSY BTM. (p.330)
7. Hold down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and install the GUIDE ASSY SD
R550 to the HOUSING TOP 550.
8. Hold down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and install the GUIDE ASSY SD
L550 to the HOUSING TOP 550.
C A U T IO N Install the GEAR PINION with the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 and
GUIDE ASSY SD L550 opened to their outermost positions.
Dislocation of the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 and/or GUIDE ASSY SD
L550 can dislocate the Side Regi.
2. Unlock the LOCK EXTENSION, and draw out the cassette extension.
3. Release the hook fastening the GEAR PINION, and remove the GEAR PINION
from the HOUSING TOP 550.
HOUSING EXTENSION 550
4. While pushing the lock of the STOPPER GEAR, unlock the LEVER BTM LOCK,
and raise the PLATE ASSY BTM. (p.330)
5. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 to the inside, push down the hook of the
HOUSING TOP 550, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 550.
6. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 to the inside, push down the hook of the
HOUSING TOP 550, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 550.
7. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in each of the left and right sides and
the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in the rear side, which secure the HOUSING
TOP 550 to the HOUSING BASE 550.
8. Release the four hooks of the HOUSING TOP 550, and remove the HOUSING
TOP 550 and HOUSING EXTENSION 550 from the HOUSING BASE 550.
9. Remove the four screws (gold, tapping, 6mm) securing the COVER EXTENSION JG3522AA
to the HOUSING EXTENSION 550. Figure 4- 130. GEAR SECTOR Removal
10. Remove the COVER EXTENSION from the HOUSING EXTENSION 550.
11. Remove the RACK SIZE. (p.192)
12. Remove the one screw (black, with a collar, 8 mm) securing the GEAR SECTOR.
13. Remove the GEAR SECTOR from the HOUSING EXTENSION 550.
Installation C A U T IO N After completion of installation, make sure that the three claws of
1. Install the GEAR SECTOR to the HOUSING EXTENSION 550. the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 are inserted in the grooves of the
HOUSING TOP 550.
2. Secure the GEAR SECTOR with the one screw (black, with a collar, 8mm).
3. Install the RACK SIZE. (p.322)
4. Install the COVER EXTENSION to the HOUSING EXTENSION 550 with the
four screws (gold, tapping, 6mm). 9. Hold down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and install the GUIDE ASSY SD
R550 to the HOUSING TOP 550.
C A U T IO N Make sure that the COVER EXTENSION is located under the
three claws of the HOUSING EXTENSION 550. C A U T IO N After completion of installation, make sure that the three claws of
Always use the securing screws of 6mm length. If they are of 8mm the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 are inserted in the grooves of the
length, the HOUSING EXTENSION 550 will not operate smoothly HOUSING TOP 550.
and the LOCK EXTENSION will not operate properly.
5. With the LINK SW SIZE 1-550, LINK SW SIZE 2-550 and LINK SW SIZE 3-550 of the 10. Push down the PLATE ASSY BTM to have it locked.
HOUSING BASE 550 pushed to the outside as shown in the figure, assemble the 11. With the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 and GUIDE ASSY SD R550 spread to the full
HOUSING EXTENSION 550 into the HOUSING TOP 550 and HOUSING BASE 550. on both sides, install the GEAR PINION to the HOUSING TOP 550.
C A U T IO N Insert the two claws at the front end of the PLATE ASSY BTM into Install the GEAR PINION with the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 and
the hooks of the HOUSING TOP 550. C A U T IO N
GUIDE ASSY SD L550 opened to their outermost positions.
Dislocation of the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 and/or GUIDE ASSY SD
L550 can dislocate the Side Regi.
6. After securing the HOUSING TOP 550 to the HOUSING BASE 550 with the four 12. Install the COVER CST to the 550 PAPER CASSETTE.
hooks, secure it with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in each of the left and
right sides and the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in the rear side. After completion of assembling, move the PLATE ASSY BTM up/
C A U T IO N
down, and make sure that the LOW IND FRONT moves up/down
C A U T IO N After installation, move the GUIDE ASSY END 550 and make synchronously.
certain that the LINK SW SIZE operates smoothly.
7. Insert the link lever of the GUIDE INDICATOR 1 into the hole of the PLATE
ASSY BTM. (p.337)
8. Hold down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and install the GUIDE ASSY SD
R550 to the HOUSING TOP 550.
3. Release the hook fastening the GEAR PINION, and remove the GEAR PINION
from the HOUSING TOP 550.
4. While pushing the lock of the STOPPER GEAR, unlock the LEVER BTM LOCK,
and raise the PLATE ASSY BTM. (p.330)
5. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 to the inside, push down the hook of the
HOUSING TOP 550, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 550.
6. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 to the inside, push down the hook of the
HOUSING TOP 550, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 550.
7. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in each of the left and right sides and
the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in the rear side, which secure the HOUSING
TOP 550 to the HOUSING BASE 550.
8. Release the four hooks of the HOUSING TOP 550, and remove the HOUSING
HOUSING EXTENSION 550
TOP 550 and HOUSING EXTENSION 550 from the HOUSING BASE 550.
9. Remove the four screws (gold, tapping, 6mm) securing the COVER EXTENSION
to the HOUSING EXTENSION 550.
10. Remove the COVER EXTENSION from the HOUSING EXTENSION 550. 14)
11. Remove the RACK SIZE. (p.322)
GUIDE ASSY END 550
12. Remove the GEAR SECTOR. (p.326)
JG3523AA
13. Release the hooks securing the GUIDE ASSY END 550 to the HOUSING
EXTENSION 550. Figure 4- 131. GUIDE ASSY END 550 Removal
C A U T IO N Take care not to apply any excessive force to the hook of the
GUIDE ASSY END 550; otherwise, the hook may break.
14. Remove the GUIDE ASSY END 550 from the HOUSING EXTENSION 550.
Installation
C A U T IO N After completion of installation, make sure that the three claws of
1. Install the GUIDE ASSY END 550 to the HOUSING EXTENSION 550, and the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 are inserted in the grooves of the
secure it with the four hooks. HOUSING TOP 550.
2. Install the GEAR SECTOR. (p.326)
3. Install the RACK SIZE. (p.322)
4. Install the COVER EXTENSION to the HOUSING EXTENSION 550 with the 9. Hold down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and install the GUIDE ASSY SD
four screws (gold, tapping, 6mm). L550 to the HOUSING TOP 550.
C A U T IO N Make sure that the COVER EXTENSION is located under the C A U T IO N After completion of installation, make sure that the three claws of
three claws of the HOUSING EXTENSION 550. the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 are inserted in the grooves of the
Always use the securing screws of 6mm length. If they are of 8mm HOUSING TOP 550.
length, the HOUSING EXTENSION 550 will not operate smoothly
and the LOCK EXTENSION will not operate properly.
5. With the LINK SW SIZE 1-550, LINK SW SIZE 2-550 and LINK SW SIZE 3-550 of the 10. Push down the PLATE ASSY BTM to have it locked.
HOUSING BASE 550 pushed to the outside as shown in the figure, assemble the 11. With the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 and GUIDE ASSY SD R550 spread to the full
HOUSING EXTENSION 550 into the HOUSING TOP 550 and HOUSING BASE 550. on both sides, install the GEAR PINION to the HOUSING TOP 550.
Insert the two claws at the front end of the PLATE ASSY BTM into C A U T IO N Install the GEAR PINION with the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 and
C A U T IO N
the hooks of the HOUSING TOP 550. GUIDE ASSY SD L550 opened to their outermost positions.
Dislocation of the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 and/or GUIDE ASSY SD
L550 can dislocate the Side Regi.
6. After securing the HOUSING TOP 550 to the HOUSING BASE 550 with the four 12. Install the COVER CST to the 550 PAPER CASSETTE.
hooks, secure it with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in each of the left and
right sides and the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in the rear side. C A U T IO N After completion of assembling, move the PLATE ASSY BTM up/
down, and make sure that the LOW IND FRONT moves up/down
synchronously.
C A U T IO N After installation, move the GUIDE ASSY END 550 and make sure
that the LINK SW SIZE operates smoothly.
7. Insert the link lever of the GUIDE INDICATOR 1 into the hole of the PLATE
ASSY BTM. (p.337)
8. Hold down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and install the GUIDE ASSY SD
R550 to the HOUSING TOP 550.
3. Release the hook fastening the GEAR PINION, and remove the GEAR PINION CLAWS (NOTE 3)
from the HOUSING TOP 550.
GUIDE ASSY SD R550 5)
4. While pushing the lock of the STOPPER GEAR, unlock the LEVER BTM LOCK,
and raise the PLATE ASSY BTM. HOOK 6)
5. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 to the inside, push down the hook of the
HOUSING TOP 550, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 550. HOOK
6. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 to the inside, push down the hook of the
HOUSING TOP 550, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 550.
4)
LEVER BTM LOCK
WHEN ASSEMBLING
HOUSING TOP550
CLAW
STOPPER GEAR
GUIDE ASSY SD L550
JG3524AA
Figure 4- 132. PLATE ASSY BTM Removal
11) SHAFT PB
PLATE ASSY BTM
7. Release the hook of the GEAR PB R, and remove the GEAR PB R from the
11)
SHAFT PB. GEAR BTM LOCK ONEWAY
(NOTE 2) 10-2)
SPRING BTM UP 550
10-1)
8. Bend the HOUSING BASE 550 in the direction of the arrow, move the GEAR PB
L away, and remove the PLATE ASSY BTM, SHAFT PB, GEAR PB L, GEAR 9-1)
BTM DMP ONEWAY and GEAR BTM LOCK ONEWAY together from the
HOUSING TOP 550.
9-2)
9. Pull the SHAFT PB out of the PLATE ASSY BTM, and remove the GEAR PB L,
GEAR BTM DMP ONEWAY and GEAR BTM LOCK ONEWAY.
GEAR PB R
JG3525AB
1. Insert the SHAFT PB into the PLATE ASSY BTM, and install the GEAR BTM
C A U T IO N Install the GEAR PINION with the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 and
DMP ONEWAY, GEAR PB L and GEAR BTM LOCK ONEWAY. GUIDE ASSY SD L550 opened to their outermost positions.
Dislocation of the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 and/or GUIDE ASSY SD
C A U T IO N When installing the PLATE ASSY BTM, securely engage the L550 can dislocate the Side Regi.
two SPRINGs BTM UP 550 with the bosses on the rear side of
the PLATE ASSY BTM. (NOTE 1)
Insert the two claws at the front end of the PLATE ASSY BTM 9. Install the COVER CST to 550 PAPER CASSETTE.
into the hooks of the HOUSING TOP 550. (NOTE 2) (p.331)
C A U T IO N After completion of assembling, move the PLATE ASSY BTM up/
2. Move away the GEAR PB L, and install the assembled PLATE ASSY BTM to the down, and make sure that the LOW IND FRONT moves up/down
HOUSING TOP 550. synchronously.
3. Insert the link lever of the GUIDE INDICATOR 1 into the hole of the PLATE ASSY BTM.
4. Install the GEAR PB R to the SHAFT PB, and secure it with the hook.
C A U T IO N Engage the hooks of the GEAR PB R with the grooves in the GUIDE INDICATOR 1
SHAFT PB properly.
Install the GEAR PB R with the PLATE ASSY BTM in the
raised position. An inclined PLATE ASSY BTM can cause a PLATE ASSY BTM
paper skew or paper jam. After installation, make sure that the
PLATE ASSY BTM is not inclined.
5. Hold down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and install the GUIDE ASSY SD
R550 to the HOUSING TOP 550.
Removal
1. Remove the COVER CST from the 550 PAPER CASSETTE.
2. Unlock the LOCK EXTENSION, and draw out the cassette extension.
3. While pushing the lock of the STOPPER GEAR, unlock the LEVER BTM LOCK,
and raise the PLATE ASSY BTM.
4. Remove the one screw (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the PLATE GEAR LOCK
550 on the GEAR PB R side.
5. Release the hook of the PLATE GEAR LOCK 550, and remove the PLATE STOPPER GEAR GEAR PB R PLATE GEAR LOCK 550
GEAR LOCK 550 from the HOUSING BASE 550. 5)
6. Release the hook of the GEAR PB R and remove the GEAR PB R from the RACK BTM LOCK 550
SHAFT PB.
6) 5)
7. Remove the 2 screw (gold, tapping, 6 mm) securing the COVER BTM UP 550, 4) GEAR BTM LOCK PINION
and remove the COVER BTM UP 550 from the HOUSING BASE 550.
8. Carefully handle the hooks of the GUIDE ASSY END as they may be damaged if 9-1) 8) COVER BTM UP 550
large force is applied.
9. Remove the RACK BTM LOCK 550 and SPRING BTM LOCK together from the 7)
HOUSING BASE 550. 11)
9-2)
10. Remove the GEAR BTM LOCK from the HOUSING BASE 550. SEE NOTE2
SPRING BTM LOCK
11. Remove the GEAR LEVER LOCK from the HOUSING BASE 550. 10)
12. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 6 mm) securing the STOPPER GEAR, and GEAR LEVEL LOCK
remove the STOPPER GEAR and SPRING STOPPER GEAR from the 12)
HOUSING BASE 550. STOPPER GEAR GEAR BTM LOCK
C A U T IO N During removal/installation of the STOPPER GEAR, take care not SPRING STOPPER GEAR LEVER BTM LOCK
to lose the SPRING STOPPER GEAR.
C H E C K
Carry out installation with the PLATE ASSY BTM in the raised WHEN ASSEMBLING
1. Fit the SPRING STOPPER GEAR to the STOPPER GEAR, and install the STOPPER GEAR
STOPPER GEAR to the HOUSING BASE 550 with the two screws (gold, SPRING STOPPER GEAR
tapping, 6 mm).
Figure 4- 136. GEAR LEVER LOCK, LEVER BTM LOCK Installation
4. Fit the SPRING BTM LOCK to the projection of the RACK BTM LOCK 550, and
install the RACK BTM LOCK 550 to the HOUSING BASE 550. NOTE3)
C H E C K
Install the RACK BTM LOCK 550 with the LEVER BTM LOCK
P O IN T in the raised position. After installation, push down the LEVER
BTM LOCK and release it. When it is released, check that the
projection of the LEVER BTM LOCK comes in contact with the
stopper of the HOUSING BASE 550 and ∇ mark is located above
the stopper. RACK BTM LOCK 550
5. Install the two GEARs BTM LOCK PINION to the HOUSING BASE 550, and
engage the teeth.
JG3205AA
C H E C K
Install the lower GEAR BTM LOCK PINION after installing the
upper GEAR BTM LOCK PINION. When installing the lower RACK BTM LOCK 550
P O IN T
GEAR BTM LOCK PINION, install it while pressing RACK BTM
LOCK 550 in the direction of the arrow as far as it goes. (NOTE 3)
6. Install the COVER BTM UP 550 to the HOUSING BASE 550 with the one screw
(gold, tapping, 6mm).
7. Fit the GEAR PB R to the SHAFT PB, and secure it to the SHAFT PB with the
hook.
C A U T IO N Securely insert the hook of the GEAR PB R into the groove of the
SHAFT PB.
8. Install the PLATE GEAR LOCK 550 to the HOUSING BASE 550, and secure it
with the hook.
9. Secure the PLATE GEAR LOCK with the one screw (gold, tapping, 8mm).
10. Push down the PLATE ASSY BTM to have it locked.
C H E C K
Make sure that there is no gap between the RACK BTM LOCK 550 NOTE4)
P O IN T and the HOUSING BASE 550 by pressing the center part of the JG3206AA
RACK BTM LOCK 550 against the HOUSING BASE 550. (NOTE
Figure 4- 137. GEAR LEVER LOCK, LEVER BTM LOCK Installation
4)
Removal
1. Remove the COVER CST from the 550 PAPER CASSETTE.
2. Remove the two screws in the rear side of the HANDLE EXTENSION 550.
2)
3. Release the five hooks at the top and the two hooks at the bottom, and remove the
HANDLE EXTENSION 550 from the HOUSING EXTENSION 550.
Installation
1. Install the LOW INDICATOR and LOW IND FRONT. (p.340)
2. Hitch the five hooks at the top and the two hooks at the bottom of the HANDLE
EXTENSION 550 on the HOUSING EXTENSION 550.
3. Secure the HOUSING EXTENSION 550 with the two screws. HANDLE EXTENSION 550
4. Install the COVER CST to the 550 PAPER CASSETTE. JG3026AB
When removing the HANDLE EXTENSION 550, take care not to LEVER BTM LOCK 3)
C A U T IO N
mislay the LOW INDICATOR and LOW IND FRONT as they will
come off.
3. While pushing the lock of the STOPPER GEAR, unlock the LEVER BTM LOCK, GUIDE INDICATOR 1
and raise the PLATE ASSY BTM.
4. Move away the link lever of the GUIDE INDICATOR 1, and remove it from the
PLATE ASSY BTM.
5. With the link lever pushed down to the bottom of the cassette, pull out the GUIDE 4)
INDICATOR 3 from the front of the HOUSING EXTENSION 550 slowly by
application of force.
STOPPER GEAR
Installation
1. With the link lever pushed down to the bottom of the cassette, install the GUIDE
INDICATOR 3 from the front of the HOUSING EXTENSION 550.
C H E C K
Match the groove of the GUIDE INDICATOR 1 and the protrusion
P O IN T part of the GUIDE INDICATOR 3.
5)
2. Insert the link lever of the GUIDE INDICATOR 1 into the hole of the PLATE
ASSY BTM.
3. Install the LOW IND FRONT. (p.210) GUIDE INDICATOR 3
PLATE ASSY BTM
4. Install the HANDLE EXTENSION 550. (p.206)
5. Install the COVER CST to the 550 PAPER CASSETTE. JG3527AA
Figure 4- 139. GUIDE INDICATOR 3 Removal
Removal
1. Remove the COVER CST from the 550 PAPER CASSETTE.
HOUSING TOP 550
2. Unlock the LOCK EXTENSION, and draw out the cassette extension. 4)
HOOKS
3. Release the hook fastening the GEAR PINION, and remove the GEAR PINION
from the HOUSING TOP 550.
4. While pushing the lock of the STOPPER GEAR, unlock the LEVER BTM LOCK,
and raise the PLATE ASSY BTM. 7)
10)
5. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 to the inside, push down the hook of the 12)
HOUSING TOP 550, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 550.
6. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 to the inside, push down the hook of the
HOUSING TOP 550, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 550.
GUIDE INDICATOR 1
7. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in each of the left and right sides and
HOUSING EXTENSION 550
the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in the rear side, which secure the HOUSING 11)
GUIDE INDICATOR 2
9)
TOP 550 to the HOUSING BASE 550.
SUPPORT GUIDE IND
8. Turn the 550 PAPER CASSETTE upside down, pull the HOUSING TOP 550
about 20mm to the front, and release the claws at the front end of the PLATE JG3528AA
ASSY BTM from the hooks of the HOUSING TOP 550.
Figure 4- 140. GUIDE INDICATOR 2 Removal
9. Release the four hooks of the HOUSING TOP 550, and remove the HOUSING
TOP 550 and HOUSING EXTENSION 550 from the HOUSING BASE 550.
10. Slide the SUPPORT GUIDE IND to remove it from the groove of the HOUSING
EXTENSION 550, and separate the HOUSING TOP 550 and HOUSING
EXTENSION 550.
11. Remove the GUIDE INDICATOR 1 from the hooks of the HOUSING TOP 550,
and remove the SUPPORT GUIDE IND, GUIDE INDICATOR 1 and GUIDE
INDICATOR 2 together from the HOUSING TOP 550.
12. Release the hooks of the SUPPORT GUIDE IND, and remove the SUPPORT
GUIDE IND from the GUIDE INDICATOR 2.
13. Draw and remove the GUIDE INDICATOR 2 to the rear from the GUIDE
INDICATOR 1.
Installation 8. Hold down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and install the GUIDE ASSY SD
R550 to the HOUSING TOP 550.
1. Insert the GUIDE INDICATOR 2 into the rear of the GUIDE INDICATOR 1.
2. Install the SUPPORT GUIDE IND to the GUIDE INDICATOR 2, and secure it C H E C K
After completion of installation, make sure that the three claws of
with the hooks. P O IN T the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 are inserted in the grooves of the
HOUSING TOP 550.
C A U T IO N Install the SUPPORT GUIDE IND to the GUIDE INDICATOR 2 in
the direction shown in the figure.
9. Hold down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and install the GUIDE ASSY SD
L550 to the HOUSING TOP 550.
C H E C K
After completion of assembling, move the PLATE ASSY BTM up/
6. After securing the HOUSING TOP 550 to the HOUSING BASE 550 with the four P O IN T down, and make sure that the LOW IND FRONT moves up/down
hooks, secure it with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in each of the left and synchronously.
right sides and the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in the rear side.
C H E C K
After completion of installation, move the GUIDE ASSY END 550
P O IN T to confirm that the LINK SW SIZE operates smoothly.
7. Insert the link lever of the GUIDE INDICATOR 1 into the hole of the PLATE
ASSY BTM.
Installation
1. Install the LOW IND FRONT to the LOW INDICATOR.
2. Turn the LOW INDICATOR 90 degrees in the direction opposite to the arrow, and
install the LOW INDICATOR and LOW IND FRONT together to the HANDLE
EXTENSION 550. LOW IND FRONT
3. Install the HANDLE EXTENSION 550. (p.206)
4. Install the COVER CST to the 550 PAPER CASSETTE.
C H E C K
After completion of assembling, move the PLATE ASSY BTM up/
P O IN T down, and make sure that the LOW IND FRONT moves up/down
synchronously.
JG3029AB
1. Remove the one screw (silver, 6mm) securing the SPRING EARTH TOP to the
FRAME TOP ASSY.
2. Remove the SPRING EARTH TOP.
Installation
1. Insert the front end of the SPRING EARTH TOP into the hole of the FRAME
TOP ASSY, and secure it with the one screw (silver, 6mm).
C H E C K
The front end of the SPRING EARTH TOP must not ride on
P O IN T the FRAME TOP ASSY.
After installation, push down the head of the SPRING EARTH
TOP and make sure that it goes down.
Removal
1. Loosen the two pieces of SCREW THUMB securing the Option Duplex.
2. Push down the LEVER LATCH RIGHT and release the hooks of the LEVER
LATCH RIGHT and LEVER LATCH LEFT.
3. Tilt the Option Duplex to the front, and remove the connector (P/J2750) of the Option Duplex
HARNESS ASSY DUP from the printer body.
5-2)
4. Disengage the left and right bosses of the HSG LOWER DUP.
5. Release the two hooks at the bottom of the HSG LOWER DUP, and remove the
Option Duplex from the printer body.
Installation
1. Insert the two hooks at the bottom of the HSG LOWER DUP into the holes of the
printer body.
C H E C K
When installing the Option Duplex, securely insert the two hooks at
P O IN T its bottom into the holes of the printer body.
HOOK
2. Press the Option Duplex against the printer body, connect the connector (P/J2750)
1) 5-1)
of the HARNESS ASSY DUP, and engage the bosses. At this time, the Option
SCREW THUMB
Duplex is locked to the printer body by the LEVER LATCH RIGHT and LEVER
JG3601EA
LATCH LEFT.
Figure 4- 143. Option Duplex Removal
3. Tighten the two SCREWs THUMB to fix the Option Duplex to the printer body.
Removal 2)
1. Remove the four screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the HSG UPPER ASSY to
the Option Duplex.
2. Remove the HSG UPPER ASSY from the COVER HSG DUP.
Installation
1. Install the HSG UPPER ASSY to the COVER HSG DUP with the four screws
(gold, tapping, 8mm).
3. Disconnect the connector of the HARNESS ASSY DUP from the PWBA SCREW TAPPING
DUPLEX.
4. Remove the one screw (silver, 6mm) securing the HARNESS ASSY DUP 7-1)
EARTH. SPRING DAMPER 7-2)
5. Release the HARNESS ASSY DUP from the harness clamp.
6. Remove the one SCREW TAPPING securing the SPRING DAMPER.
7. Remove the two SCREWs HINGE securing the HSG LOWER DUP, and remove
the HSG LOWER DUP from the COVER HSG DUP.
5)
HARNESS ASSY
4) DUP
MOTOR DUPLEX
HARNESS ASSY
DUP SNR
HARNESS ASSY
HARNESS ASSY DUP DUP EARTH
JG3615AB
Figure 4- 146. HSG LOWER DUP Removal
Installation
1. Install the HSG LOWER DUP to the COVER HSG DUP with the two SCREWs
HINGE.
2. Install the SPRING DAMPER to the COVER HSG DUP with the SCREW
TAPPING.
3. Secure the HARNESS ASSY DUP with the harness clamp as shown in the figure.
4. Secure the HARNESS ASSY DUP EARTH with the one screw (silver, 6mm).
5. Connect the connector of the HARNESS ASSY DUP to the PWBA DUPLEX.
6. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.354)
C H E C K
When installing the COVER RIGHT, match its positioning holes
P O IN T with the bosses of the COVER HSG DUP.
C H E C K
When installing the COVER LEFT, match its positioning holes
P O IN T with the bosses of the COVER HSG DUP.
C H E C K
Disassembly procedures for these parts are different between EPL-
P O IN T N3000 and AcuLaser M4000N. For AcuLaser M4000N, see 4.14.9
COVER TOP (AcuLaser M4000N) (p.393).
2)
Removal
1. Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.354)
2. Remove the one screw (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the COVER TOP to the
COVER HSG DUP. COVER HSG DUP 3)
3. Move the COVER TOP in the direction of the arrow to disengage the four hooks,
and remove the COVER TOP from the COVER HSG DUP.
Installation
1. Move the COVER TOP in the direction opposite to the arrow, install it to the
COVER TOP, and secure it with the four hooks.
C H E C K
When installing the COVER TOP, match its positioning holes with
P O IN T the bosses of the COVER HSG DUP.
2. Secure the COVER TOP to the COVER HSG DUP with the one screw (gold,
tapping, 8mm).
JG3604AB
3. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.354)
C H E C K
When installing the COVER RIGHT, match its positioning holes Figure 4- 147. COVER TOP Removal
P O IN T with the bosses of the COVER HSG DUP.
Removal Screw(A)
53 54 52
1. Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.353) 51
P/J50
2. Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.354)
PWBA DUPLEX
3. Remove the COVER TOP. (p.346) 5)
4. Disconnect the connectors of the harness from the connectors (P/J50, P/J51, P/J52,
P/J53, P/J54) of the PWBA DUPLEX.
5. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm x1, gold, 6mm x1) securing the
PWBA DUPLEX to the COVER HSG DUP.
6. Remove the PWBA DUPLEX
6)
JG3605AB
Figure 4- 148. PWBA DUPLEX Removal
Installation
1. Secure the PWBA DUPLEX to the COVER HSG DUP with the two screws (gold,
tapping, 8mm x1, gold, 6mm x1).
C H E C K
Install the PWBA DUPLEX to the COVER HSG DUP in the
P O IN T orientation shown in the figure. (Refer to Figure 4- 148)
In the place of the Screw (A) shown in the figure, tighten the
screw of gold, 6mm. (Refer to Figure 4- 148)
2. Connect the harness connectors to the connectors (P/J50, P/J51, P/J52, P/J53, P/
J54) of the PWBA DUPLEX.
3. Install the COVER TOP. (p.346)
C H E C K
When installing the COVER TOP, match its positioning holes with
P O IN T the bosses of the COVER HSG DUP.
C H E C K
When installing the COVER RIGHT, match its positioning holes
P O IN T with the bosses of the COVER HSG DUP.
C H E C K
When installing the COVER LEFT, match its positioning holes
P O IN T with the bosses of the COVER HSG DUP.
Installation
1. Install the FAN DUPLEX to the COVER HSG DUP with the two screws (gold,
tapping, 22mm).
C H E C K
Install the FAN DUPLEX with its label surface outside.
P O IN T
2. Secure the harness of the FAN DUPLEX with the hook of the COVER HSG DUP.
PWBA DUPLEX
3. Connect the connector (P/J54) of the harness from the connector of the PWBA
DUPLEX.
4. Install the COVER TOP. (p.346) 4)
C H E C K
When installing the COVER TOP, match its positioning holes with
P O IN T the bosses of the COVER HSG DUP.
JG3606AB
Figure 4- 149. FAN DUPLEX Removal
C H E C K
When installing the COVER TOP, match its positioning holes with
P O IN T the bosses of the COVER HSG DUP.
HARNESS ASSY DUP SNR
Removal
8) 8)
1. Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.353)
GEAR ROLL
2. Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.354)
3. Remove the HSG UPPER ASSY. (p.343)
4. Remove the HSG LOWER DUP. (p.344)
5. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) and ONE SCREW TAPPING
securing the COVER DAMPER to the COVER HSG DUP. 8)
6. Remove the COVER DAMPER and SPRING DAMPER from the COVER HSG
DUP.
8)
9)
C A U T IO N In the following steps, take care not to mislay the gears since the
working space is small. BEARING DUP
8)
7. Release from the inside the hooks of the three BEARINGs DUP located on the
side opposite to the GEARs ROLL, and remove the BEARINGs DUP from the 7)
COVER HSG DUP. COVER HSG DUP GEAR ROLL
8. Release the hooks of the three GEARs ROLL, and remove the GEARs ROLL BEARING DUP
from the ROLLs DUP. 6)
SPRING DAMPER
9. Move and remove the three ROLLs DUP in the direction of the arrow.
C A U T IO N When removing the ROLLs DUP, take care not to hold their COVER DAMPER
rubber parts.
SCREW TAPPING
JG3608AB
Installation
1. Move the three ROLLs DUP in the direction opposite to the arrow, and install
them to the three BEARINGs DUP on the GEAR ROLL side.
C H E C K
When installing the ROLLs DUP, take care not to hold any rubber
P O IN T portion.
2. After fitting the BEARING DUP to the ROLL DUP on the side opposite to the
GEAR ROLL, secure it to the mounting hole of the COVER HSG DUP with the
hook.
3. Secure the three GEARs ROLL to the ROLLs DUP with the hooks.
4. Install the COVER DAMPER and SPRING DAMPER to the COVER HSG DUP
with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) and ONE SCREW TAPPING.
C H E C K
Tighten the SCREW TAPPING, which secures the COVER
P O IN T DAMPER, together with the SPRING DAMPER.
C H E C K
When installing the COVER RIGHT, match its positioning holes
P O IN T with the bosses of the COVER HSG DUP.
C H E C K
When installing the COVER LEFT, match its positioning holes
P O IN T with the bosses of the COVER HSG DUP.
Installation
1. Install the COVER LEFT to the COVER HSG DUP with the two screws (gold,
tapping, 8mm).
C H E C K
When installing the COVER LEFT, match its positioning holes
P O IN T with the bosses of the COVER HSG DUP.
COVER HSG DUP
2)
COVER LEFT
JG3609AB
Figure 4- 152. COVER LEFT Removal
Removal
1)
1. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the COVER RIGHT.
2. Remove the COVER RIGHT from the COVER HSG DUP.
Installation
1. Install the COVER RIGHT to the COVER HSG DUP with the two screws (gold,
tapping, 8mm).
C H E C K
When installing the COVER RIGHT, match its positioning holes
P O IN T with the bosses of the COVER HSG DUP.
2)
COVER RIGHT
JG3610AB
Figure 4- 153. COVER RIGHT Removal
Removal
1. Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.353)
2. Remove the COVER TOP. (p.346)
3. Remove the PWBA DUPLEX. (p.347) 7)
4. Remove the one screw (silver, 6mm) securing the HARNESS ASSY DUP 8)
EARTH.
5. Remove the three screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the BRACKET MOTOR
to the COVER HSG DUP.
6. Remove the SPRING LATCH installed between the LEVER LATCH LEFT and
BRACKET MOTOR.
MOTOR DUPLEX
7. Remove the BRACKET MOTOR mounted with the MOTOR DUPLEX and
SWITCH DUPLEX.
HARNESS ASSY DUP EARTH
8. Remove the two screws (gold, 6mm) securing the MOTOR DUPLEX to the
BRACKET MOTOR.
4)
9. Remove the MOTOR DUPLEX.
5)
SPRING LATCH
JG3616AB
Installation C H E C K
When installing the COVER LEFT, match its positioning holes
1. Install the MOTOR DUPLEX to the BRACKET MOTOR with the two screws P O IN T with the bosses of the COVER HSG DUP.
(gold, 6mm).
2. Install the BRACKET MOTOR to the COVER HSG DUP with the three screws
(gold, tapping, 8mm).
C H E C K
When installing the BRACKET MOTOR, be careful not to mislay
P O IN T the gears.
3. Install the SPRING LATCH between the BRACKET MOTOR and LEVER
LATCH LEFT.
4. Install the HARNESS ASSY DUP EARTH with the one screw (silver, 6mm).
5. Install the PWBA DUPLEX. (p.347)
C H E C K
When installing the COVER TOP, match its positioning holes with
P O IN T the bosses of the COVER HSG DUP.
C H E C K
When removing the BRACKET MOTOR, be careful not to
P O IN T mislay the gears installed to the COVER HSG DUP.
When removing the BRACKET MOTOR, be careful not to
mislay the SPRING LATCH installed between the LEVER
LATCH LEFT and BRACKET MOTOR as the SPRING
LATCH comes off.
SWITCH DUPLEX
JG3617AB
8. Disconnect the HARNESS ASSY DUP COVER from the connector (P/J52) of the
Figure 4- 155. SWITCH DUPLEX Removal
SWITCH DUPLEX.
9. Disengage the hooks of the SWITCH DUPLEX, and remove the SWITCH
DUPLEX from the BRACKET MOTOR.
Installation
1. Install the SWITCH DUPLEX to the BRACKET MOTOR, and secure it with the
hooks.
2. Connect the HARNESS ASSY DUP COVER to the connector (P/J52) of the
SWITCH DUPLEX.
3. Install the BRACKET MOTOR to the COVER HSG DUP with the three screws
(gold, tapping, 8mm).
C H E C K
When installing the BRACKET MOTOR, be careful not to mislay
P O IN T the gears.
4. Install the SPRING LATCH between the BRACKET MOTOR and LEVER
LATCH LEFT.
5. Install the HARNESS ASSY DUP EARTH with the one screw (silver, 6mm).
6. Install the PWBA DUPLEX. (p.347)
C H E C K
When installing the COVER TOP, match its positioning holes with
P O IN T the bosses of the COVER HSG DUP.
C H E C K
When installing the COVER LEFT, match its positioning holes
P O IN T with the bosses of the COVER HSG DUP.
Removal
1. Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.353)
COVER HARNESS
2. Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.354)
3. Remove the HSG LOWER DUP. (p.344)
4. Remove the one screw (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the COVER HARNESS.
5. Release the two hooks of the COVER HARNESS, and remove it from the HSG
LOWER DUP.
6. Disconnect the HARNESS ASSY DUP from the HSG LOWER DUP, and remove
the HARNESS ASSY DUP.
Installation
1. Install the HARNESS ASSY DUP.
2. Fit the COVER HARNESS to the HSG LOWER DUP, and install it with the two
hooks.
3. Secure the COVER HARNESS with the one screw (gold, tapping, 8mm). JG3618AB
4. Install the HSG LOWER DUP. (p.344) Figure 4- 156. COVER HARNESS, HARNESS ASSY DUP Removal
5. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.354)
6. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.353)
C A U T IO N During removal, do the work carefully not to drop the Option OCT.
1. Release the two hooks securing the COVER S OCT to the COVER TOP, and
remove the COVER S OCT.
2. Loosen the two SCREWs THUMB securing the Option OCT to the printer body.
3. Lift the Option OCT, and disconnect the connector (P/J3070) of the HARNESS
ASSY OCT2 from the printer body. 3)
COVER S OCT
4. Disengage the two hooks at the bottom of the COVER OCT from the printer body, 4) HOOK
and remove the Option OCT from the printer body.
JG3801EA
Installation
C A U T IO N During installation, do the work carefully not to drop the Option
OCT.
1. Insert the two hooks at the bottom of the COVER OCT into holes of the printer
body, place the Option OCT on the printer body, and connect it to the connector
(P/J3070) of the HARNESS ASSY OCT2 of the printer body.
C H E C K
When installing the Option OCT, securely insert the two hooks at
P O IN T its bottom into the printer body.
2. Tighten the two SCREWs THUMB to secure the Option OCT to the printer body.
C H E C K
When installing the Option OCT, fix it tightly by securely
P O IN T tightening the SCREWs THUMB.
3. Disengage the hinges at both ends of the FLAPPER L from the COVER OCT.
Removal
1. Move the COVER REAR in the direction of the arrow, disengage the left and right
bosses of the COVER REAR from the COVER OCT, and remove the COVER
REAR. 1-1)
Installation
1. Move the COVER REAR in the direction opposite to the arrow, insert the left and 1-3)
right bosses into the COVER OCT, and install the COVER REAR.
1-2)
BOSS
JG3802AA
Figure 4- 158. COVER REAR Removal
Installation
1. Install the TRAY ASSY OCT to the COVER OCT with the two screws (gold,
tapping, 8mm) at each of the left and right.
2. Install the COVER OCT. (p.364)
3. Install the COVER REAR. (p.362)
3)
3)
JG3819AA
Figure 4- 159. TRAY ASSY OCT Removal
Removal
1. Remove the COVER REAR. (p.362)
2. Remove the WEIGHT.
LINK
3. Disengage the hinges at both ends of the FLAPPER L from the COVER OCT.
4)
4. Remove the LINK mounted to the FLAPPER L from the SHAFT FULL STACK. ACTUATOR FULL STACK SHAFT FULL STACK
5. Disengage the hinges at both ends of the FLAPPER R from the COVER OCT. JG3823AA
FLAPPER L
HINGE JG3821AB
6. Remove the LINK mounted to the FLAPPER R from the ACTUATOR FULL 3)
STACK.
COVER OCT
7. Remove the 2 rear screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the COVER OCT to the
printer body. 7)
8. Remove the 2 bottom screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the COVER OCT to
the printer body.
9. Lift the TRAY ASSY OCT nearly 90 degrees, lift the COVER OCT upward
together with the TRAY ASSY OCT, and remove it from the printer body.
8)
JG3804AB
Figure 4- 160. COVER OCT Removal
Installation
1. Install the COVER OCT to the printer body.
2. Secure the COVER OCT to the printer body with the 2 bottom screws (gold,
tapping, 8mm).
3. Secure the COVER OCT to the printer body with the 2 rear screws (gold, tapping,
8mm).
4. Insert and install the LINK mounted to the FLAPPER R into the ACTUATOR
FULL STACK diagonally from the bottom, and then install the hinges at both ends
of the FLAPPER R to the COVER OCT.
5. Similarly, insert and install the LINK mounted to the FLAPPER L into the SHAFT
FULL STACK diagonally from the bottom, and then install the hinges at both ends
of the FLAPPER L to the COVER OCT.
6. Install the WIGHT.
7. Install the COVER REAR. (p.362)
C H E C K
After installation, move the FLAPPER L and make sure that the
P O IN T ACTUATOR FULL STACK operates synchronously. At the same
time make also sure that the FLAPPER R moves smoothly.
Removal
1. Remove the COVER REAR. (p.362)
2. Remove the COVER OCT. (p.364)
3. Remove the three screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the COVER FRONT to
the printer body, and remove the COVER FRONT.
GEAR CAM
COVER FRONT JG3805AB
1. Make sure that the GEAR CAM engages with the GEAR of the MOTOR ASSY CHUTE OFFSET
OFFSET, and that the boss of the GEAR CAM is in the groove of the CHUTE
OFFSET.
2. Secure the COVER FRONT to the printer body with the three screws (gold,
tapping, 8mm).
3. Install the COVER OCT. (p.364)
4. Install the COVER REAR. (p.362)
GEAR CAM
JG3806AA
Figure 4- 162. COVER FRONT Removal
Removal HOOK
Installation
1. Lift the ACTUATOR FULL STACK in the direction of the arrow (1). In this
position, engage the ACTUATOR FULL STACK with the hook, and then move it
in the direction opposite to the arrow (2) to install.
C H E C K
When installing the ACTUATOR FULL STACK to the printer
P O IN T body, combine it with the SHAFT FULL STACK as shown in the
figure.
JG3822AA
Removal
PWBA OCT
P/J74
3. To prevent the ACTUATOR FULL STACK from being damaged, remove the 72
ACTUATOR FULL STACK. (p.367) 71
4. Release the harnesses connected to the S/W REAR COVER from the clamps. 73
75
C A U T IO N In the following step, secure the PWBA OCT by hand when
disconnecting the harness connectors from the PWBA OCT.
8)
5. Disconnect the harnesses from the connectors (P/J70, P/J71, P/J72, P/J73, P/J74,
P/J75) of the PWBA OCT. 6)
6. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the PWBA OCT block to
the HOUSING OCT.
7. Remove the PWBA OCT block.
8. Remove the one screw (silver, 6mm) securing the PWBA OCT to the SUPPORT 7)
OCT RIGHT of the PWBA OCT block.
9. Remove the PWBA OCT.
PWBA OCT BLOCK
GUIDE GROOVES
JG3808AB
Installation
1. Install the PWBA OCT to the SUPPORT OCT RIGHT with the one screw (silver,
6mm).
2. Install the SUPPRT OCT RIGHT mounted with the PWBA OCT to the printer
body with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm).
C H E C K
When installing it, insert the PWBA OCT into the two guide
P O IN T grooves of the printer body.
When installing it, insert the SHUTTER part of the
ACTUATOR FULL STACK into the photo interrupter part on
the PWBA OCT.
3. Connect the harness connectors to the connectors (P/J70, P/J71, P/J72, P/J73, P/
J74, P/J75) of the PWBA OCT.
C H E C K
When connecting the harness connectors, insert the connectors by
P O IN T securing the PWBA OCT by hand.
Removal
1. Remove the COVER REAR. (p.362)
4)
2. Remove the COVER OCT. (p.364)
3. Remove the PWBA OCT. (p.368)
4. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the MOTOR ASSY
OFFSET to the printer body.
5. Remove the MOTOR ASSY OFFSET.
Installation
1. Install the MOTOR ASSY OFFSET to the printer body with the two screws (gold, 5)
tapping, 8mm).
2. Install the PWBA OCT. (p.368)
3. Install the COVER OCT. (p.364)
4. Install the COVER REAR. (p.362)
JG3809AA
Figure 4- 165. MOTOR ASSY OFFSET Removal
Installation
1. After installing the SOLENOID ASSY GATE to the hook of the HOUSING OCT, 7)
install it with the two screws (gold, 6mm).
2. Install the MOTOR ASSY OFFSET. (p.370)
3. Install the PWBA OCT. (p.368)
4. Install the COVER FRONT. (p.366) JG3810AA
5. Install the COVER OCT. (p.364) Figure 4- 166. SOLENOID ASSY GATE Removal
6. Install the COVER REAR. (p.362)
SPRING ACTUATOR
6)
HOUSING OCT
7)
ACTUATOR OCT
HOOK
4)
5)
4. Connect the connector (P/J730) of the HARNESS ASSY OCT SNR to the JG3813AA
SENSOR OCT. Figure 4- 169. SENSOR OCT Installation
5. Secure the HARNESS ASSY OCT SNR with the hook.
6. Install the COVER FRONT. (p.366)
7. Install the COVER OCT. (p.364)
8. Install the COVER REAR. (p.362)
6. Remove the GEARs 45, GEAR 19/37, and GEARs 19. GEAR 45
7. Release the hook of the GEAR 19 side BEARING ROLL, and remove the
BEARING ROLL from the HOUSING OCT.
8. Move and remove the ROLL OCT LOWER in the direction of the arrow.
C A U T IO N When removing the ROLL OCT LOWER, be careful not to hold its
rubber part.
7)
BEARING ROLL
HOUSING OCT
JG3814AB
Figure 4- 170. ROLL OCT LOWER Removal
Installation
1. Move and install the ROLL OCT LOWER in the direction opposite to the arrow.
C A U T IO N When installing the ROLL OCT LOWER, be careful not to hold its
rubber portion.
4. Install the BRACKET MOTOR OCT with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm).
5. Install the SUPPORT OCT LEFT with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm).
6. Install the COVER OCT. (p.364)
7. Install the COVER REAR. (p.362)
Removal
1. Remove the COVER REAR. (p.362) HOUSING OCT
5. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm, gold, 6mm) securing the SUPPORT
OCT LEFT.
6. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the BRACKET MOTOR
OCT. BEARING OFFSET
7. Disconnect the harness connector of the MOTOR ASSY OCT, and remove the SUPPORT OCT LEFT
BRACKET MOTOR OCT mounted with the MOTOR ASSY OCT. 5) GEAR 19/37
ROLL. JG3815AB
12. Remove the ROLL OCT UPPER from the CHUTE OFFSET ASSY. Figure 4- 171. ROLL OCT UPPER Removal
12)
ROLL OCT UPPER
BEARING ROLL
JG3816AB
Installation
1. Install the ROLL OCT UPPER to the CHUTE OFFSET ASSY.
2. Install the BEARING ROLL to the CHUTE OFFSET ASSY.
3. Install the BEARING ROLL to the HOUSING OCT.
4. Install the CHUTE OFFSET ASSY to the HOUSING OCT, and secure the
BEARING OFFSET with the mounting hook.
5. Install the GEARs 19, GEARs 45, and GEAR 19/37 in this order.
6. Install the BRACKET MOTOR OCT with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm).
7. Install the SUPPORT OCT LEFT with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm, gold,
6mm).
8. Install the GEAR CAM. (p.366)
9. Install the COVER FRONT. (p.366)
10. Install the COVER OCT. (p.364)
11. Install the COVER REAR. (p.362)
Removal
MOTOR ASSY OCT
1. Remove the COVER REAR. (p.362) (PL23.1.6)
2. Remove the COVER OCT. (p.364)
3. Disconnect the connector of the MOTOR ASSY OCT from the HARNESS ASSY
OCT MOT. 4-2)
4. Remove the two screws (gold, 6mm) securing the MOTOR ASSY OCT, and
remove the MOTOR ASSY OCT. 4-1)
Installation
1. Install the MOTOR ASSY OCT with the two screws (gold, 6mm).
2. Connect the connector of the MOTOR ASSY OCT to the HARNESS ASSY OCT
3)
MOT.
3. Install the COVER OCT. (p.364)
4. Install the COVER REAR. (p.362)
JG3817AA
Figure 4- 173. MOTOR ASSY OCT Removal
Removal
1. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
2. Remove the five screws (silver, with a collar, 8 mm x2; silver, tapping, 8 mm x3) 4)
securing the COVER REAR.
3. Open the COVER REAR as shown with the arrow and release the three hooks.
4. Disconnect the relay connector from the MAIN FAN 80 and remove the COVER
REAR. 3)
Installation J23143EA
2)
1. Connect the relay connector to the MAIN FAN 80.
Figure 4-174. COVER REAR Removal
2. Insert the three hooks on the left side of the COVER REAR into the holes of the
printer body, and install the COVER REAR to the printer body.
3. Secure the COVER REAR with the three screws (silver, with a collar, 8 mm x2;
silver, tapping, 8 mm x3).
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
use them at their correct positions respectively.
When securing the screws, be careful not to pinch the harness.
7. Remove the two screws (silver, with a collar, 8 mm) securing the COVER TOP.
8. Disengage the LEVER LINK from the boss on the COVER OPEN.
C A U T IO N Open the COVER OPEN and stretch the LEVER LINK first,
and then disengage the LEVER LINK from the COVER
OPEN.
The OPERATION PANEL mounted on the COVER TOP is
connected to the printer body with the connector. When doing 13)-1
the following work, do not separate them too far.
9. Release the two hooks at the front of the COVER TOP from the COVER FRONT,
and remove and slightly separate the COVER TOP from the printer body. 13-2)
Installation
1. Install the OPERATION PANEL to the COVER TOP, and secure it with the two
hooks.
2. Connect the connector (P/J1) of the OPERATION PANEL.
3. Route the harness of CONTROL PANEL through the two hooks of the COVER
TOP.
4. Install the COVER TOP to the printer body, and secure it to the COVER FRONT
with the two hooks at the front of the COVER TOP.
5. Engage the boss of the COVER OPEN with the hole of the LEVER LINK.
C A U T IO N Engage the boss of the COVER OPEN with the hole of the LEVER
LINK, with the COVER OPEN open and the LEVER LINK
extended.
6. Install the COVER TOP to the frame with the two screws (silver, with collars,
8mm).
7. Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262)
C A U T IO N When installing it, pass the harnesses of the MOTOR ASSY EXIT
and HARNESS ASSY EXIT SNR1 through the hole of the frame.
Removal
1. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
2. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253)
3. Remove the COVER REAR (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.379)
4. With the BTR ASSY installed, remove the CHUTE TRANSFER. (p.258)
5. Disconnect the connector (P/J245) of the HARNESS ASSY TRAY1 from the
10)
HARNESS ASSY CHUTE.
6. Disconnect the connector (P/J242) of the CLUTCH ASSY PH from the
HARNESS ASSY TRAY 1.
7. Disconnect the connector (P/J243) of the CLUTCH REGI from the HARNESS
6)
ASSY TRAY 1. 5)
(A)
8. Remove the five screws (sliver, with collars, with spring washers, 8mm) securing 10) 7)
the 150 FEEDER ASSY to the printer body.
9. Shift the 150 FEEDER ASSY to the rear, and disengage the boss on the right side 9)
of the 150 FEEDER ASSY from the frame. 11)
10. Lift the 150 FEEDER ASSY in the direction of the arrow (A), and disengage the 150 FEEDER ASSY
boss on the left side of the 150 FEEDER ASSY. 8)
JG3148E
C H E C K
The FEEDER ASSY clicks midway when lifted, but lift it by Figure 4- 176. 150 FEEDER ASSY Removal
P O IN T application of slight force.
11. Remove the 150 FEEDER ASSY from the printer body.
Installation
1. While lifting the 150 FEEDER ASSY in the direction of the arrow (A), insert it
into the printer body, and engage the bosses on the left and right sides of the 150
FEEDER ASSY with the printer body.
2. Secure the 150 FEEDER ASSY to the printer body with the five screws (sliver,
with collars, with spring washers, 8mm).
C H E C K
One of the screws for securing the 150 FEEDER ASSY also tightens
P O IN T the EARTH PLATE BASE.
3. Connect the connector (P/J243) of the CLUTCH REGI to the HARNESS ASSY
TRAY 1.
4. Connect the connector (P/J242) of the CLUTCH ASSY PH to the HARNESS
ASSY TRAY 1.
5. Connect the connector (P/J245) of the HARNESS ASSY TRAY 1 to the
HARNESS ASSY CHUTE.
6. With the BTR ASSY installed, install the CHUTE TRANSFER. (p.255)
C H E C K
In the hole on the left side of the CHUTE TRANSFER, a screw need
P O IN T not be tightened.
C H E C K
Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
P O IN T use them at their correct positions respectively.
Removal
1. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
2. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253)
3. Remove the COVER REAR (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.379)
4. Remove the CHUTE TRANSFR. (p.255)
5. Remove the 150 FEEDER ASSY (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.382)
6. Remove the E-ring retaining the CLUTCH ASSY PH and remove the CLUTCH 6)
ASSY PH from the SHAFT FEED.
7. Remove the E-ring retaining the CLUTCH REGI and remove the CLUTCH REGI 7)
from the ROLL REGI METAL.
CLUTCH ASSY PH
CLUTCH REGI
JG3035EB
Figure 4- 177. CLUTCH ASSY PH, CLUTCH REGI Removal
Installation
1. Install the ROLL REGI METAL to the CLUTCH REGI, and secure it with the E ring.
C A U T IO N Fit the cut portion of the CLUTCH REGI on the boss of the
CHUTE REGI respectively.
2. Install the CLUTCH ASSY PH to the SHAFT SPEED, and secure it with the E ring.
C A U T IO N Fit the cut portion of the CLUTCH ASSY PH on the boss of the
CHUTE REGI respectively.
Wind the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY PH one turn around
the portion of the CHUTE REGI shown in the figure. (NOTE
1) (p.384)
C A U T IO N In the hole on the left side of the CHUTE TRANSFER, a screw need
not be tightened.
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
use them at their correct positions respectively.
C H E C K
The CLUTCH ASSY PH and CLUTCH REGI are different only in
P O IN T name; there is no difference between the two in installation.
4.14.5 ROS ASSY (AcuLaser M4000N) C A U T IO N Never give impact to the ROS ASSY with a screwdriver or the like.
12. Release from the two clamps the harness clamped to the PLATE TIE FRONT.
13. Remove the eight screws (silver, 6mm) securing the PLATE TIE FRONT to the
frame, and remove the PLATE TIE FRONT.
14. Unclamp the two cable clamps on the ROS ASSY to release the harness.
15. Disconnect the four connectors of the HARNESS ASSY ROS.
J23157EA
16. Remove the four screws (black, with collars, 8mm) securing the ROS ASSY to the Figure 4- 178. ROS ASSY Removal
frame.
1. Secure the ROS ASSY to the frame with the four screws (black, with collars, 15. Install the COVER REAR (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.379)
8mm).
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
Never give impact to the ROS ASSY with a screwdriver or the like. use them at their correct positions respectively.
C A U T IO N
3. Clamp the harness with the two cable clamps on the ROS ASSY.
4. Secure the PLATE TIE FRONT to the frame tightly with the eight screws (silver,
6mm).
5. Secure the harness to the PLATE TIE FRONT with the two clamps.
6. Secure the DUCT VACUUM L/R with the screw (silver, with collars, 8mm).
7. Secure the DUCT HIGH with the three screws (silver, with collars, 8mm).
8. Install the DUCT FRONT, FAN SUB. (p.241)
9. Install the COVER FRONT. (p.172)
10. Install the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.380)
11. Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262)
12. Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261)
13. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
C A U T IO N Never give impact to the ROS ASSY with a screwdriver or the like.
LVPS
J23179EA
Installation
1. Install the MAIN MOTOR to the frame with the three screws (gold, 6mm).
2. Connect the connector (P/J271) of the MAIN MOTOR to the relay connector.
3. Connect the connector (P/J43) of the MAIN MOTOR to the LVPS.
4. Install the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285)
5. Install the MOTOR COVER. (p.277)
6. Install the GUIDE TRAY LEFT. (p.236)
7. Install the SHIELD PLATE ROS. (p.243)
8. Install the ROS ASSY (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.386)
C A U T IO N Never give impact to the ROS ASSY with a screwdriver or the like.
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
use them at their correct positions respectively.
LVPS
P/J47
P/J48
J23177EA
Figure 4- 180. LVPS Removal
Installation
1. Install the LVPS to the frame with the five screws (silver, 6mm).
2. Connect the connectors (P/J40, P/J41, P/J42, P/J43, P/J44, P/J45, P/J46, P/J47, P/
J48) of the harnesses to the connectors of the LVPS.
3. Connect the harness connector of the LVPS to the connector of the PWBA EXIT
MOTOR.
4. Install the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285)
5. Install the COVER FRONT. (p.172)
6. Install the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.380)
7. Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262)
8. Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261)
C A U T IO N When installing it, pull the lever of the CHUTE EXIT FUSER.
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
use them at their correct positions respectively.
Installation
1. Install the FAN MAIN to the COVER REAR with the two screws (silver, tapping,
8mm).
C A U T IO N Install the FAN MAIN with its label surface located on the
outside.
When installing the FAN MAIN, be careful so that the harness
J23165AA
is not caught between the FAN MAIN and COVER REAR.
Figure 4- 181. FAN MAIN Removal
2. Install the COVER REAR (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.379)
C A U T IO N Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and
use them at their correct positions respectively.
Removal
1. Remove the HSG UPPER ASSY. (p.343)
2. Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.353)
4)
3. Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.354)
4. Remove the one screw (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the COVER TOP to the
COVER HSG DUP.
5. Move the COVER TOP in the direction of the arrow to disengage the four hooks,
and remove the COVER TOP from the COVER HSG DUP.
Installation
1. Move the COVER TOP in the direction opposite to the arrow, install it to the 5)
COVER TOP, and secure it with the four hooks.
C H E C K
When installing the COVER TOP, match its positioning holes with
P O IN T the bosses of the COVER HSG DUP.
2. Secure the COVER TOP to the COVER HSG DUP with the one screw (gold,
tapping, 8mm).
3. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.354)
C H E C K
When installing the COVER RIGHT, match its positioning holes
P O IN T with the bosses of the COVER HSG DUP.
Installation
1. Install the COVER REAR DUP to the COVER HSG DUP with the four screws
(silver, tapping, 8mm).
2. Secure the harness of the FAN DUPLEX with the hook of the COVER HSG DUP.
3. Connect the connector (P/J54) of the harness from the connector of the PWBA
DUPLEX.
4. Install the COVER TOP (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.393) PWBA DUPLEX JG3604AB
5. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.354)
C H E C K
When installing the COVER RIGHT, match its positioning holes
P O IN T with the bosses of the COVER HSG DUP. Figure 4- 183. COVER TOP Removal
Installation
FAN DUPLEX
3)
1. Install the FAN DUPLEX to the COVER TOP with the two screws (gold, tapping,
22mm).
C H E C K
Install the FAN DUPLEX with its label surface outside.
P O IN T
LABEL
ADJUSTMENT
Confidential
AcuLaser M4000N
Parts Timing Adjustment Item Procedure Required Tools or Program Reference
Fuser Unit After replacing the Fuser Unit with a Reset Life Counter Execute "Reset Fuser Counter" in "Reset ---
p. 398
new one. Menu".
Maintenance Unit* After replacing the Maintenance Unit Reset Life Counter Execute "Reset Maintenance Counter" in ---
p. 398
with a new one. "Reset Menu".
KIT ROLL ASSY FEED After replacing the KIT ROLL ASSY Reset Life Counter Execute "Reset LC2 Counter" in ---
p. 398
(Cassette 2) FEED (Cassette 2) with a new one. "Maintenance Menu".
KIT ROLL ASSY FEED After replacing the KIT ROLL ASSY Reset Life Counter Execute "Reset LC3 Counter" in ---
p. 398
(Cassette 3) FEED (Cassette 3) with a new one. "Maintenance Menu".
BOARD ASSY., MAIN After replacing the BOARD ASSY., Writing USB ID Execute from the special program. PPInitSetting_Ver1x E.exe
p. 399
MAIN with a new one.
Parts Menu
Fuser Unit Reset Fuser Counter
Maintenance Unit Reset Maintenance Counter
PURPOSE 1. Copy all the files related to "PPInitSetting" program and save them into one folder.
EPL-N3000/AcuLaser M4000N comes with the USB interface as a standard, and the
computer connected to the EPL-N3000/AcuLaser M4000N via the USB interface C H E C K Be sure to save a complete set of files related to "PPInitSetting"
identifies the printer by referring to the USB ID information unique to each printer. P O IN T program into one folder.
Since this USB ID information is stored on EEPROM on the main board of the printer,
you have to re-define the ID information by following the procedure described below
after replacing the main board for repair. 2. Double-click the program icon [ ] to start the program.
3. Select the model name from [Model Selection].
TOOL
4. Select the port used to connect the printer from [Port Selection].
The program required for writing USB ID and the system requirements are as follows:
C H E C K When you select "Auto selection", the computer automatically
Program
P O IN T detects the connected printers and starts communicating with the
PPInitSetting_Ver1x E.exe one detected first. When two or more printers are connected,
specify the target port to avoid unexpected connection.
System requirements
OS
Windows 95/98/ME/2000/XP
Port used
LPT, USB
WRITING METHOD
The method for writing USB ID varies according to the conditions of the main board. Be sure to figure out the appropriate method with reference to the following table.
For details on how to write the ID, follow the instructions shown in the program.
CONFIRMING THE ID
When the writing USB ID is completed, print a status sheet to confirm that the serial number printed on the sheet is identical to that on the label attached to the printer.
(Refer to 7.5.1 Status Sheet (p430))
OUTLINE
Operation
Unit Data foemat
Panel operation Tool
Controller RCC Not required Required
CRB Required Required
C A U T IO N
First use the RCC file to update the controller firmware. Only
when the update using the RCC file is failed, use the CRB file.
The firmware of the Engine Controller cannot be updated
because a masked ROM is used for it.
TOOL
Firmware update is executed by transmitting data for updating the program from the
computer via USB using the exclusive software tool. Make sure to use the software
tool described below.
Tool Name: Firmware Update Tool
Method 1 Method 2
Procedure
(RCC) (CRB)
1 Check the current firmware version Print a status sheet, and check the current firmware version. Print a status sheet, and check the current firmware version.
Connect the printer to the computer with a USB cable. Turn off both the printer and the computer, and connect them with a USB
Confirm that “Ready” is displayed on the LCD panel. cable.
2 Connect the printer to the computer C A U T IO N Before connecting the USB cable, make sure to disconnect other
interface cables from the product.
Turn the computer on, copy the firmware data file (extension: RCC), and Turn the computer on, copy the firmware data file (extension: CRB), and
3 Prepare the firmware data file
save it onto the computer. save it onto the computer.
Hold down [Start/Stop] + [Cancel Job] + [ ] and turn the printer on. The
4 Start up the printer --- printer will start up in “Program ROM update” mode.
Run the Firmware Update Tool. Run the Firmware Update Tool.
Select the port and firmware data file on the Firmware Update Tool Select the port and firmware data file on the Firmware Update Tool
window. window.
Click [Send] on the Firmware Update Tool window. Click [Send] on the Firmware Update Tool window.
Method 1 Method 2
Procedure
(RCC) (CRB)
When the printer starts to receive the file or begins rewriting, the data LED Confirm that both old and new firmware versions are displayed on the LCD
flashes and the message “ROM P Writing” appears on the LCD panel. panel, and press the [ ] button on the control panel.
When the transfer is complete, the “Completion” window pops up. Click The “Completion” window will be displayed when the data transfer is
[OK]. finished. Click [OK].
7 Perform the update
When the program update is finished, the checksum appears on the LCD
8 Confirm the checksum --- panel.
Confirm the checksum.
After confirming the data LED is turned off and the LCD panel displays Press [ ].
9 Reboot the printer
“Ready”, turn the printer power off and turn back on again. The printer automatically reboots.
10 Print a status sheet Print a status sheet. Print a status sheet.
Confirm that the firmware has been updated properly by comparing the Confirm that the program firmware version has been updated correctly by
Check the firmware version on the
11 status sheet with the one printed in step 1. Refer to “ 7.4.1 Status Sheet” comparing the status sheet with that printed in step 1. Refer to “ 7.4.1 Status
status sheet
(p.430) Sheet” (p.430)
MAINTENANCE
Confidential
6.1 Overview
This section gives information necessary for maintaining the printer in its optimum
condition.
In maintenance and checks, never fail to observe the following precautions.
6.1.1 Maintenance
Regular Replacement Parts and Consumables are as follows:
BTR ASSY ROLL ASSY FEED
The maintenance work of this printer does not require any special tool or grease. FUSER ASSY
JG8104EA
6.1.2 Cleaning C H E C K Cleaning of the Paper Feed Rollers can be performed on the user
Check the inside of the printer, and remove foreign matters, if any, such as paper clips, P O IN T level. If this cleaning is required frequently, check the paper used
staples, bits of paper, paper dust or toner. by the user and the printer location conditions and inform the user
Table 6-2. Cleaning Items how to clean the Paper Feed Rollers.
Refer to “Cleaning of Paper Feed Rollers” in User's Guide.
Item Time for Cleaning Cleaning Method
Glass window on
When image problem occurs Wipe with dry soft cloth.
ROS ASSY
When image quality has Wipe the rubber surface with a soft
Paper Feed Rollers lowered or paper feed error cloth soaked in water once and then
occurs squeezed strongly
Procedure
1. Turn the printer off and open cover A.
2. Remove the imaging cartridge.
3. Remove the 2 pickup rollers by bending their tabs slightly outwards while sliding them
off the spindles.
4. With a clean damp cloth, wipe the pickup roller’s rubber parts.
5. Reattach the pickup rollers. Then, fit the hook in the concave part of the shafts to fix
them.
6. Reinstall the imaging cartridge. Figure 6-2. Cleaning Procedure
7
APPENDIX
Confidential
P/J Remarks
EPL-N3000
40 Connects HARNESS ASSY LVPS and LVPS 142
103
41 Connects HARNESS ASSY LVPS and LVPS 270
290 102
141
42 Connects HARNESS ASSY LVPS and LVPS 101
42
291 40
43 Connects MAIN MOTOR and LVPS
44 150
Connects INTERLOCK SW REAR and LVPS 41
3070
45 Connects INTERLOCK SW 24V and LVPS
310 43
46 Connects HARNESS ASSY FUSER and LVPS
240 44
47 Connects HARNESS ASSY FUSER and LVPS
246 45
48 Connects HARNESS ASSY 100V and LVPS
101 Connects LVPS and PWBA EXIT MOTOR 244 46
102 Connects HARNESS ASSY LVPS and PWBA EXIT MOTOR 221
103 Connects MOTOR ASSY EXIT and PWBA EXIT MOTOR 480
245
141 Connects HARNESS ASSY ROS and HARNESS ASSY LVPS
48
142 Connects HARNESS ASSY LVPS and INTERLOCK SW 5V 248 47
260 241
150 Connects PWBA ASSY ANT and HARNESS ASSY ANT 243 4647
247 2750
242
220 Connects SENSOR TONER and HARNESS ASSY TONER1 220
221 Connects HARNESS ASSY TONER1 and HARNESS ASSY TONER2
AcuLaser M4000N
240 Connects SENSOR NO PAPER and HARNESS ASSY TRAY1
241 Connects SENSOR REGI and HARNESS ASSY TRAY1 141
103
270
242 Connects CLUTCH ASSY PH and HARNESS ASSY TRAY1 290 102
271
101
243 Connects CLUTCH REGI and HARNESS ASSY TRAY1 42
291 46
244 Connects FAN MAIN and HARNESS ASSY TRAY1
150
245 Connects HARNESS ASSY TRAY1 and HARNESS ASSY CHUTE 40
3070
246 Connects SENSOR NO PAPER and HARNESS ASSY TRAY2 310 41
247 Connects CLUTCH ASSY PH and HARNESS ASSY TRAY2 43
240
248 Connects HARNESS ASSY TRAY2 and HARNESS ASSY CHUTE
246 44
260 Connects SENSOR LOW PAPER and HARNESS ASSY LOW PAPER SNR
45
270 Connects FAN SUB and HARNESS ASSY LVPS 244
290 *1 Connects SENSOR FULL STACK and HARNESS ASSY EXIT SNR1
291 *1 Connects SENSOR FACE UP OPEN and HARNESS ASSY EXIT SNR1 480
245
310 Connects Imaging Cartridge and GUIDE ASSY CRU 48
248 47
480 Connects HARNESS ASSY 100V and POWER SWITCH 241 4647
243
2750 Connects HARNESS ASSY LVPS and HARNESS ASSY DUP 247 2750
242
3070 *1 Connects HARNESS ASSY OCT1 and HARNESS ASSY OCT2
4647 Connects HARNESS ASSY FUSER and FUSER ASSY
Note “*1”: *Used only for the machines specified for 1:500 PAPER EXIT.
7.1.2 Connector P/J Locations of the Optional Units <Option 550 Feeder>
853
820
OPTION 550 FEEDER P/J LOCATIONS 801
854
852
Table 7-1. P/J List (Option 550 Feeder) 810
855
802
P/J Remarks
80 Connects HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR2 and PWBA FEEDER 550
81 Connects HARNESS LOW PAPER and PWBA FEEDER 550
82 Connects HARNESS ASSY FDR MOT and PWBA FEEDER 550
83 Connects HARNESS ASSY FDR2 and PWBA FEEDER 550
84 Connects HARNESS ASSY FDR5 and PWBA FEEDER 550
85 Connects HARNESS ASSY CLSNR2 and PWBA FEEDER 550 80
83
801 Connects HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR1 and HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR2 84
802 Connects HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR1 and OPT ASSY SIZE 81
85
810 Connects SENSOR LOW PAPER and HARNESS LOW PAPER 82
8483
820 Connects MOTOR FEEDER and HARNESS ASSY FDR MOT 2083
852 Connects SENSOR NO PAPER and HARNESS ASSY CLSNR1
853 Connects CLUTCH ASSY PH and HANESS ASSY CLSNR1 <Option Duplex>
854 Connects CLUTCH ASSY PR-REGI and HARNESS ASSY CLSNR1
855 Connects HARNESS ASSY CLSNR1 and HARNESS ASSY CLSNR2
50
2083 Connects HARNESS ASSY FDR1 and HARNESS ASSY FDR2 52
8483 Connects HARNESS ASSY FDR5 and HARNESS ASSY FDR5
730 3070
7.2 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Table 7-4. Wiring Diagram Symbols (Overall) (continued)
Wiring Diagram Symbol Description
Represents a component, with its name and the plate of the
7.2.1 Notes on Use of Connection Wiring Diagrams Parts List shown inside.
Represents a connector, with the connector No. shown Represents an electroconductive member, such as a flat
inside.
spring.
7.2.1.2 Notes on Use of Components Connection Wiring Diagram Table 7-5. Wiring Diagram Symbols (Components Connection) (continued)
The table below shows how to interpret the Components Connection Wiring Diagrams. Wiring Diagram Symbol Description
However, description of general symbols is omitted. Represents signal ground.
LVPS INTERLOCK
ROS ASSY P/J16 P/J45 S/W 24V
P/J160 P/J11 P/J41 PL12.1.5 PL8.1.11
PL8.1.1
INTERLOCK
Scanner P/J130 P/J131 P/J13 P/J10 P/J42 P/J44 S/W REAR
PL12.1.7
415
Confidential
Appendix
AcuLaser M4000N
SENSOR 㫝㪍 HVPS
FULL STACK P/J290 P/J29
PL10.1.26 /MCU
PL12.1.19
SENSOR
FACE UP OPEN P/J291
PL10.1.25 OPERATION 㫝㪈
P/J28 P/J280 PWBA ESS UI P1 PANEL
PL1.1.1
PL12.1.13
MAIN MOTOR
P/J43 PL11.1.2
GUIDE TRAY LEFT PL7.1.7
Tray 1 P/J40
P/J180 P/J1821 P/J18
SW Size1
P/J4248 P/J4249
P/J4647
SENSOR
416
Confidential
EPSON EPL-N3000/AcuLaser M4000N Revision C
7.2.2.2 Connection Wiring of Option 550 Feeder 7.2.2.3 Overall Connection Wiring of Option Duplex
SENSOR
P/J852 NO PAPER Figure 7-4. Overall Connection Wiring of Option Duplex
PL20.2.33
P/J8483
P/J2083
7.2.3 Wiring and Signal Descriptions between §6 500 Paper Exit (p.425)
Components • Connects HVPS/MCU and SENSOR FACE UP OPEN
• Connects HVPS/MCU and SENSOR FULL STACK
7.2.3.1 Configuration §7 Option 550 Feeder (p.426)
The Connection Wiring Diagrams are divided into 9 sections. Sections from §1 to §6 • Connects HVPS/MCU and PWBA FEEDER550
show details of connection between components of the printer main unit and Sections • Connects PWBA FEEDER550 and OPT ASSY SIZE
from §7 to §9 show details of connection between components of the optional units. • Connects PWBA FEEDER550 and SENSOR LOW PAPER
• Connects PWBA FEEDER550 and MOTOR FEEDER
§1 INTERLOCK S/W 24V, INTERLOCK S/W REAR, MAIN MOTOR, FAN
• Connects PWBA FEEDER550 and CLUTCH ASSY PH
SUB, MOTOR ASSY EXIT (p.419)
• Connects PWBA FEEDER550 and CLUTCH PR-REGI
• Connects INTERLOCK S/W 24V, INTERLOCK S/W REAR and LVPS • Connects PWBA FEEDER550 and SENSOR NO-PAPER
• Connects MAIN MOTOR and LVPS
• Connects FAN SUB and HVPS/MCU §8 Option Duplex (p.427)
• Connects MOTOR ASSY EXIT and PWBA EXIT MOTOR • Connects HVPS/MCU and PWBA DUPLEX
• Connects HVPS/MCU and LVPS, PWBA EXIT MOTOR, "BOARD • Connects PWBA DUPLEX and FAN DUPLEX
ASSY.,MAIN" • Connects PWBA DUPLEX and SENSOR DUP
§2 FUSER ASSY, POWER SWITCH (p.421) • Connects PWBA DUPLEX and SWITCH DUPLEX
• Connects PWBA DUPLEX and MOTOR DUPLEX
• Connects FUSER ASSY and LVPS,GUIDE ASSY CRU R
• Connects POEWR SWITCH and LVPS §9 Option OCT (p.427)
§3 Imaging Cartridge, BTR ASSY (p.422) • Connects HVPS/MCU and PWBA OCT
• Connects PWBA OCT and MOTOR ASSY OCT
• Connects Imaging Cartridge and GUIDE ASSY CRU R
• Connects PWBA OCT and MOTOR ASSY OFFSET
• Connects BTR ASSY and GUIDE ASSY CRU R
• Connects PWBA OCT and SOLENOID ASSY GATE
• Connects PWBA ASSY ANT and HVPS/MCU
• Connects PWBA OCT and SENSOR OCT
• Connects GUIDE ASSY CRU R and HVPS/MCU
• Connects PWBA OCT and S/W REAR COVER
§4 ROS ASSY, INTERLOCK S/W 5V, SWITCH I/L ASSY (p.423)
• Connects ROS ASSY and HVPS/MCU
• Connects INTERLOCK S/W 5V and HVPS/MCU
• Connects SWITCH I/L ASSY and HVPS/MCU
§1 INTERLOCK S/W 24V,INTERLOCK S/W REAR,MAIN MOTOR,FAN Signal Line Name Description
SUB,MOTOR ASSY EXIT /SLP Control signal for the LVPS. Low in power-saving mode.
/VDO1 Image data signal. Transmitted in synchronization with /TOP and /BD. High (White)
Signal Line Name Description
/VDO2 for any data other than effective data.
/HEAT ON AC power control signal of Heater Rod. Low: ON / High: OFF
MOTOR ON Control signal of MAIN MOTOR
MOTOR ALM Monitor signal of MAIN MOTOR
Front or Rear Cover Open detection signal. Goes High when the Front or Rear Cover
INTERLOCK AFT
is opened.
INTERLOCK BEF Front Cover Open detection signal. High when Front Cover is open.
FAN ALARM FUN SUB monitor signal. High when there is an error.
EXIT /INB Phase /B excitation signal of EXIT MOTOR.
EXIT /INA Phase /B excitation signal of EXIT MOTOR.
EXIT INB Phase /B excitation signal of EXIT MOTOR.
EXIT INA Phase /B excitation signal of EXIT MOTOR.
EXIT CUR A Current change signal for EXIT MOTOR.
EXIT CUR B Current change signal for EXIT MOTOR.
A and B Current output to each coil of EXIT MOTOR. Phase A, phase B
/A and /B Current output to each coil of EXIT MOTOR. Phase A, phase B
/PRFD Pre-feed signal. Works only when /RDY is Low
/CCLK Clock signal. Transmitted simultaneously with /STA or /CMD
Command signal. Transmitted from the controller in synchronization with /CCLK
/CMD
when /CBSY is Low.
Ready signal of power to the controller. Turns Low upon completion of CPU
/CPRDY initialization after turning on of power to the controller. Turns High at occurrence of
any error in CPU
/START Printing start signal. Works only when /RDY is Low.
Command busy signal. Low during /CMD transmission.
/CBSY
(Except when /SBSY is Low or /PPRD is High)
Status signal. When /SBSY is Low, Status is transmitted in synchronization with
/STA
/CCLK.
Status busy signal. Low during /STA transmission from the printer.
/SBSY
(Except when /CBSY is Low or /PPRD is High)
Vertical synchronizing signal of image data. Output periodically during operation of
/TOP
ROS Motor.
/RDY Ready signal. Low during waiting for reception of /START.
Ready signal of power to the printer. Turns Low upon completion of MCU CPU
/PPRDY initialization after turning on of power to the printer. Turns High when MCU has
detected an error.
Horizontal synchronizing signal of image data. Output periodically during operation
/BD
of ROS Motor.
5 A
HARNESS ASSY
HARNESS ASSY LVPS(1/6)
LVPS(1/6) HVPS/ MCU LVPS PL12.1.5
HVPS/ MCU LVPS PL12.1.5 PL12.1.1 P/J41
PL12.1.1 㩷PL12.1.19 P/J11
PL12.1.19 P/J11 P/J41 MCU STBY
MCU STBY 1 16 24V DC
1 16 Power Save 1 Supply
Power Save 1 24V DC 2 15
2 15 Supply Power Save 2 P/J45
Power Save 2 3 14 HARNESS ASSY
3 14 /HEAT ON(Short) 1 INTERLOCK1
/HEAT ON(Short) 4 13
4 13 P/J45 INTERLOCK S/W 24V /HEAT ON(Long) 3 PL8.1.11
/HEAT ON(Long) 5 12
24VDC
5 12 1 PL8.1.11 MOTOR ON
24VDC
MOTOR ON 6 11 P/J44
6 11 3 STS INTERLOCK S/W
STS 2 7 10 1 REAR
7 10 STS 2
STS P/J44 INTERLOCK S/W REAR
8 9 3 PL12.1.7
24VDC AFT
8 9 MOTOR ALM
MOTOR ALM 1 PL12.1.7 9 8
9 8 /EXIT
/EXIT 3 10 7 P/J43
24VDC AFT
24VDC AFT
LVPS(3/6) P/J270
24VDC AFT
24V RTN
P/J270 P/J27 1 3
PL12.1.1 FAN SUB
24V RTN
P/J27 1 3
19
24V DC 2 2 PL8.1.5
19
24V DC 2 2 PL8.1.5 24V RTN 3 1
24V RTN 3 1 18
18 FAN ALARM P/J101
FAN ALARM 17 P/J102 PWBA EXIT
17 P/J102 PWBA EXIT P/J101 3.3V DC 1 1
3.3V DC 1 16 MOTOR
16 1 LG 2
LG MOTOR 2 15 2
PL12.1.4
15 2 EXIT / INB
EXIT / INB PL12.1.4 14 3
14 3 EXIT / INA P/J103
EXIT / INA 13 4 24V DC
13 4 P/J103 EXIT INB 1 MOTOR ASSY
EXIT INB 1 24V DC MOTOR ASSY 12 5 A
12 5 A EXIT INA 2 EXIT
EXIT INA 2 EXIT 11 6 B
11 6 B EXIT CUR A 3 PL10.1.15
EXIT CUR A 3 PL10.1.15 10 7 /A
10 7 /A /MOT SPEED LOW NC 4
9 EXIT CUR B
8
4
/B
9 A 8
5
/B
5
FFC ASSY ESS
FFC ASSY ESS
P/J28 PL12.1.16 P/J280
P/J28 PL12.1.16 P/J280 LG PWBA ESS
LG "BOARD ASSY., 26 RESERVED 1
PL12.1.13 P/J400
26 RESERVED 1 P/J400 25 2
25 2 MAIN" LG 4
LG PL12.1.13 4 24 /PRFD 3
24 3 23 3
/ PRFD 3 /CCLK 4
23 / CCLK 4 22 5 2
22 5 2 /CMD
/ CMD 21 6 1
21 6 1 /CPRDY 7
/ CPRDY 20 /START HARNESS ASSY
20 7 HARNESS ASSY 19 8
/ START 8 /CBSY PANEL PL1.1.10 OPERATION
19 / CBSY OPERATION 18 9
18 9 PANEL PL1.1.10 LG P1 PANEL
LG P1 PANEL 17 10
17 10 NC(FWE)
NC(FWE) 16 11 PL1.1.1
16 11 PL1.1.1 /STA
/ STA 15 /SBSY 12
15 / SBSY 12 14 13
14 13 /TOP
/ TOP 13 14
13 14 /RDY
/ RDY 12 15
12 15 /PPRDY 16
/ PPRDY 11 LG
11 16 17
LG 10 /BD
10 17 18
/ BD 9 LG /MOT SPEED P/J271 /MOT SPEED
9 18 19 LOW LOW
LG 8
8 19 RESERVED (TEST PRINT) A NC 1 2 B
7
RESERVED (TEST PRINT)
20
7
/SLP
20 2 1 NC
/ SLP 6 21
6 21 3.3V DC (VMON) 22
3.3V DC (VMON) 5
5 22 LG 23
LG 4
4 23 /VDO1 24
/VDO1 3 /LG
3 24 2 25
/ LG 25 /VDO2
2 /VDO2 1 26
1 26
㪡㪉㪎㪇㪇㪉㪜㪘
Figure 7-6. Components Connection Wiring Diagram 1 (EPL-N3000) Figure 7-7. Components Connection Wiring Diagram 1 (AcuLaser M4000N)
PRB
PRB
䋨HVPS䋩
HVPS
㪡㪉㪎㪇㪇㪊㪘㪘
Figure 7-8. Components Connection Wiring Diagram 2 (EPL-N3000) Figure 7-9. Components Connection Wiring Diagram 2 (AcuLaser M4000N)
DB Mag
Roll
CR BCR
Drum
DTS Detack
Saw
/ROSMOT ON 2 1
EPL-N3000
/ROSMOT ON 3
3 3 2
4 4 4 2
4 /ROSMOT CLK 4 1 1
7
HARNESS ASSY 8
HARNESS ASSY ROS LVPS(5/6) INTERLOCK
PL8.1.2 P/J141 PL12.1.1 P/J142
S/W 5V
1 2 1 2
PL8.1.12
2 1 2 1
P/J411 Interlock
1 3 S/W
HVPS/ MCU 1 A N.C. 2 2 N.C. Front R
PL12.1.19 3 1
P/J17 P/J170
1 XPDATA 2+ 2
2 XPDATA 2- 1
P/J16 P/J160
1 XPDATA 1+ 2
2 XPDATA 1- 1
/NO-PAPER1 SNR ON Signal from the SENSOR NO PAPER of Tray 1. Light received: Low
P/J210 Tray2
/REG SNR ON Signal from the SENSOR REGI. Light received: Low 6
SW 4
5 6 5 SW Size2
SW3 4
7 4 7
CLUTCH-TRAY1 ON CLUTCH ASSY PH control signal of Tray 1. Low: ON / High: OFF 8
LG 3 8 3
9 SW2 2 9 2
CLUTCH-REGI ON CLUTCH REGI control signal. Low: ON / High: OFF 10 SW1 1 10 1
Fan monitor signal. Goes High when the rotation of the FAN MAIN is
FAN ALARM
abnormal.
D OUT Imaging Cartridge toner detection signal from the SENSOR TONER.
EPL-N3000 P/J24
HARNESS ASSY CHUTE
PL12.1.17 P/J248
HARNESS ASSY TRAY2
PL7.1.36
P/J246
PULLUP 3.3V 3
SENSOR
1 5 1
LG NO PAPER
2 4 2 2
HVPS/ MCU /NO-PAPER2 SNR ON
PL7.1.38
HARNESS ASSY 3 3 3 1
PL12.1.19 LVPS(6/6) GUIDE TRAY LEFT PL7.1.7/ P/J247
4 24V DC
P/J18 P/J1821 2 4 2 1
PL12.1.1 Tray1 CLUTCH-TRAY2 ON CLUTCH ASSY PH
SW 4 10 1 5 1 5 1 2
1 Size Switch PL7.1.20
SW 3
2 9 2 HARNESS ASSY TR
LG P/J245
3 8 PULL UP 3.3V PL5.1.37 P/J240
3 6 6 1 3
SW 2 SENSOR NO PAPER
4 7 4 LG
SW 1 7 5 2 2 PL5.1.38
5 6 5
8 /NO-PAPER1 SNR ON 1
4 3
PULLUP 3.3V P/J241
9 3 4 3 SENSOR
Tray2 LG REGI
SW 4 10 2 5 2
6 5 6 Size Switch /REG SNR ON PL5.1.30
SW3 11 1 6 1
7 4 7 P/J242
LG 24V DC
8 3 8 12 2 1 CLUTCH ASSY PH
9 SW2 2 9 CLUTCH-TRAY1 ON
13 1 2 PL5.1.21
10 SW1 1 10
P/J243
24V DC
14 2 1 CLUTCH REGI
CLUTCH-REGI ON
15 1 2 PL5.1.23
P/J244
HARNESS ASSY CHUTE HARNESS ASSY TRAY2 16 FAN ALARM
3 1
P/J24 PL12.1.17 P/J248 PL6.1.36/PL7.1.36 Tray 2 24V RTN FAN MAIN 80
P/J246 17 2 2
PULLUP 3.3V 3 SENSOR PL 1.1.14
1 5 1 24V DC
LG NO PAPER 18 1 3
2 4 2 2
/NO-PAPER2 SNR ON PL7.1.38
3 3 3 1
P/J247
4 24V DC
2 4 2 1 Tray 2
CLUTCH-TRAY2 ON
5 1 5 1 2 CLUTCH ASSY PH
PL7.1.20
P/J245 HARNESS ASSY
PULL UP 3.3V TRAY1 PL5.1.37 P/J240 Tray 1
6 13 1 3 SENSOR NO PAPER
LG
7 12 2 2 PL5.1.38
8 /NO-PAPER1 SNR ON 11 3 1
PULLUP 3.3V P/J241
9 10 4 3 SENSOR
10
LG
9 5 2 REGI Figure 7-14. Components Connection Wiring Diagram 5 (AcuLaser M4000N)
/REG SNR ON 1 PL5.1.30
11 8 6
24V DC P/J242
12 7 7 2 1 Tray 1
CLUTCH-TRAY1 ON 6 1 2 CLUTCH ASSY PH
13 8
PL5.1.21
24V DC P/J243
14 5 9 2 1
CLUTCH-REGI ON CLUTCH REGI
15 4 10 1 2
PL5.1.23
FAN ALARM P/J244
16 3 11 3 1
24V RTN FAN MAIN
17 2 12 2 2
PL 12.1.10
24V DC 1 13 1 3
18
HARNESS
ASSY FDR5
PL20.1.26
P/J84 P/J8483
1 RXD 10
2 TXD 9
3 TRAY SNS 8
4 LG 7
5 3.3V DC 6
6 RTN 5
7 RTN 4
8 24V DC 3
9 RTN 2
10 24V DC 1
11 N.C.
HARNESS ASSY
P/J51 REAR COVER
24V DC MOTOR
1 PL23.1.29
A DUPLEX P/J74 P/J740 S/W REAR
2 PL21.1.29 2
LG
2
B Sensor COVER
3 Full Stack 1 / REAR COVER OPEN 1 PL23.1.18
4 /A
/B
5
Print Log Report Executable type Starts printing the Print Log Sheet. X O
EPL- AcuLaser
Setting item Settings Explanation
N3000 M4000N Reset LC2 Executable type Resets the counter for the used
Counter amount of the paper source feed X O
HDD Format Executable Formatting the hard disk drive
type O O Reset LC3 Executable type roller.
Counter X O
PS3 HDD Init Executable Erase only the fonts installed from the
type Adobe PostScript 3 (PS3). O O Clear Error Log Executable type Clears the Error Log List stored to
display on the Engine Status Sheet. X O
HDD Data All Executable Delete data by filling all sectors with 0.
Delete type X O TOP MP -4.0 ~ 0.0 ~ 4.0 Sets the margin on top direction of O O
Sleep Mode Enable, Sets the Sleep Mode behavior. the paper in each paper feeder .The
TOP LC1 -4.0 ~ 0.0 ~ 4.0 O O
Disenable O O unit is (mm).
TOP LC2 -4.0 ~ 0.0 ~ 4.0 The value can be changed in O O
LCD Backlight Auto, On, Off Selects the control on the backlight of the
LCD panel. O O TOP LC3 -4.0 ~ 0.0 ~ 4.0 increments of 0.5mm. O O
TOP Duplex -4.0 ~ 0.0 ~ 4.0 O O
PRINTER ADJUST MENU TOP Thick -4.0 ~ 0.0 ~ 4.0 O O
EPL- AcuLaser Side MP -4.0 ~ 0.0 ~ 4.0 Sets the margin on side direction of O O
Setting item Settings Explanation
N3000 M4000N the paper in each paper feeder.
Side LC1 -4.0 ~ 0.0 ~ 4.0 O O
Normal 0~1 Sets the paper type and printing speed The unit is (mm). The value can be
Side LC2 -4.0 ~ 0.0 ~ 4.0 changed in increments of 0.5mm. O O
to be notified to the engine when X O
printing with PaperType = Normal. Side LC3 -4.0 ~ 0.0 ~ 4.0 O O
Thick 0~1 Sets the printing speed to be notified to Side Duplex -4.0 ~ 0.0 ~ 4.0 O O
the engine when printing with X O
PaperType = Thick.
Extra Thick 0~1 Sets the printing speed to be notified to
the engine when printing with X O
PaperType = Extra Thick.
Feed Offset -3.5 ~ 0.0 ~ 3.5 Sets the physical offset on the one side O O
of the paper.The unit is (mm). The value
Scan Offset -3.5 ~ 0.0 ~ 3.5 O O
can be changed in increments of 0.5mm.
Feed Offset 1 -3.5 ~ 0.0 ~ 3.5 Sets the physical offset on the two-front O O
of the paper.The unit is (mm). The value
Scan Offset 2 -3.5 ~ 0.0 ~ 3.5 O O
can be changed in increments of 0.5mm.
2 2
3
3
4
4
Figure 7-19. Status Sheet (EPL-N3000) Figure 7-20. Status Sheet (AcuLaser M4000N)
Figure 7-21. Network Status Sheet (1/3) Figure 7-22. Network Status Sheet (2/3)
7.4.3 Engine Status Sheet (AcuLaser M4000N only) Table 7-7. Engine Status Sheet
Location Item Units Explanation
Table 7-7. Engine Status Sheet
6 LC3 Feed Consumed % Consumption percentage of the paper
Location Item Units Explanation Roller feed roller LC2.
1 Total Counts Total Pages pages Total number of printed pages Sheets Sheets Total number of pages printed
Jam Counts times Number of paper jam occurrences since the roller is installed.
2 Toner Cartridge Remain % Remaining amount of toner Changes Times Number of replacements of
Total Dots --- Total number of dots the roller.
Changes times Number of detections of new toner 7 Printer Adjust Normal Step The paper type to be notified to the
cartridges Menu engine when printing with PaperType =
Normal.
Capacity pages Remaining toner capacity
Thick Step The printing speed to be notified to the
Consumed --- Amount of toner consumption
engine when printing with PaperType =
Pages pages Total number of impressions printed Thick.
using the cartridge.
Extra Thick Step The printing speed to be notified to the
3 Fuser Unit Remain % Remaining amount of Fuser Unit. engine when printing with PaperType =
Pages pages Total number of impressions printed Extra Thick.
using the Fuser Unit.
Feed Offset mm The offset values specified using the
Changes times Number of replacements of new Fuser printer adjustment function.
Scan Offset mm
Unit.
Feed Offset 2 mm
4 Maintenance Remain % The current usage level of the
Unit maintenance unit. Scan Offset 2 mm
Pages pages Total number of impressions printed 8 Power On Times Number of power-on times
since the unit is installed. 9 Sleep Times Number of times returned from the
power save mode.
Changes times Number of replacements of
the unit. 10 MCU --- Engine controller firmwareversion (A
10-digit number).
5 LC2 Feed Consumed % Consumption percentage of the paper
Roller feed roller LC2. 11 Error Log The following information for each error is printed; panel
messages, EJL status code, the number of printed pages, jam code,
Sheets Sheets Total number of pages printed paper size, paper type, date and time. Up to 20 errors are printed in
since the roller is installed. reverse chronologic order. The target errors are paper jam errors
Changes Times Number of replacements of and service request errors that occurred after (Ready) status.
the roller. JAM : Jam status code is expressed in hexadecimal eight-digit
character string. Table 7-8 “Paper Jam Code,” (p,435) for
explanation on how to read the code.
Size : Paper size indicated on the control panel
Type : Paper type name used to be identified by the engine.
Date/Time : Paper jam occurrence date and time
7.4.4 Print Log Report (AcuLaser M4000N only) Table 7-9. Print Log Report Information
Location Item Unit Explanation
Table 7-9. Print Log Report Information
9 Toner cartridge Current G or N / pages Toner cartridge type* and the
Location Item Unit Explanation record number of printed pages at the time
1 S/N --- The serial number of the main unit this Print Log Report is printed
2 Date yyyy/mm/dd The local year / month / date / time 1 record G or N / pages Toner cartridge type* replaced last
hh:mm information is printed. Not printed prior time and the number of printed
when the time has not been pages using the cartridge
synchronized. 2 record G or N / pages Toner cartridge type* replaced the
3 Toner Remain K Toner % Remaining amount of K toner prior time before last and the number of
printed pages using the cartridge
4 Print of papers Total pages Total number of printed pages
Simplex pages Total number of printed simplex * : G = genuine, N = not genuine
pages
Duplex pages Total number of printed duplex
pages
Dummy pages Number of pseudo pages added for
duplex printing
5 Print of mode pages Total number of printed pages per
print mode
6 Coverage Duty % The proportion of printed dots to
the total number of dots available
on one page per color (each time
one page is printed, the coverage
percentage is averaged)
7 Dots/1% dots Number of dots printed using 1%
of toner (each time the toner
amount decreases by 1%, the value
is updated)
8 Estimate pages Number of pages printable using
the remaining toner amount
(calculated based on the values of 6
and 7)
1
2
3
6
7
8
10
[Ref PL10.1]
1
10
12
13 (with 7-9,11)
6 9
9
11
JG5014EA
19
21
16
26
17 29
35
13
4
5
33 32
10
6
7
34
11
23
8
JG5018EA
1 50 (with 1-39,99)
99 (with PL5.1-a)
7 8 3
11
13
6
15
10
18 19 18
19
39 20
38
37
21
23
24
26 25
35
27
28
33
32
JG5002EA
13
6
10 15
19 18
18
19
47
46
45 20
48
21
22
24 23
27 26
25
28
43
29
41
40
36
JG5004EA
1 (with 2-44,99)
2 (with 3,13,20,40-42)
99
10
99 7
3 (with 4-10)
42
6
43
12
38
37
39
17
15
14
13 (with 14-19)
33
31 31
21
25
36
23
30
29
26
24 (with 25-28) JG5019EA
3 (with 6)
9
9
10 (with 11-31,33-39,99) 7 (with 8,9)
11 (with 12-18)
99
18
15
14
99 28
27
36
37 38
23
21 (with 11,22-27)
20
32
JG5015EA
EP CARTRIDGE
23 24
2 1
9
6 (with 7-15) 11 12
25
14
19 18
17 29 30
20
21
22 JG5016EA
3 (with 4-7)
2 (with 3-30)
7
14 (with 15-30)
27
26
10 12
23 30 13
30 23
25
20
15
18
17
19
29 (with 21-23,28,30)
JG5017EA
1 (with 2-23)
3 3
3 3
4 4
4 4 6
17
11
14
23
22
21 (with 19,20)
24 (with 25)
JG5702EA
3
2
10
11
11
JG5020EA
38
38 5
37
36
35 17
29 (with 30-33) 34
8 (with 9-17)
33
31
30 18
19
39
26 [Ref No.2]
22 21
22
23
25
JG5501EA
FOR 550-S heet P aper C assette Unit A4 Universal (E P L-N3000) No.1 R ev.01
3 (with 4-10)
99
10
7
99 13
15 6
31 14
32 33
19
21
28
28
22
24 (with 25-28)
34
JG5502EA
FOR 550-S heet P aper C assette Unit A4 Universal (E P L-N3000) No.2 R ev.01
1 50 (with 1-48,52,53,99)
99 (with No.2-a)
7 8 3
11
13
6
10 15
19 18
18
19
47
46
45 20
48
21
22
24 23
27 26
25
28
43
29
41
40
36
JG5004EA
FOR 550-S heet P aper C assette Unit A4 Universal (E P L-N3000) No.3 R ev.01
1 (with 2-4)
4
4
40 10
7
12 11
4
4
13 4 11
4 10
15
5 (with 3,4,6-10,43)
17
16
17
41
17
25
40
37
36 27
35 34
28
33
32
31 29
JG5602EA
2
55
7 48
6 15
46
49(with 47)
11 50(with 47) 16
8
18
20
11 22
7 30
29
31
27
28
36
26
25
35 (with 13,36-39)
40 (with 41-44,53)
JG5801EA
1.1.10
1.1.2
[Ref PL10.1]
1.1.7
1.1.8
1.1.15
1.1.9 1.1.9
1.1.6
1.1.3
1.1.4
JG5014EA
12.1.1
12.1.19
12.1.36
12.1.21
12.1.16
12.1.26
12.1.17
12.1.13
12.1.4
12.1.5
12.1.33
12.1.6
12.1.7
12.1.34
12.1.8
JG5018EA
2.1.3
2.1.7
2.1.8
2.1.5
2.1.11
2.1.13
2.1.6
2.1.15
2.1.10
2.1.19
2.1.39
2.1.20
2.1.38
2.1.37
2.1.21
2.1.23
2.1.24
2.1.26
2.1.25
2.1.35
2.1.27
2.1.28
2.1.33
2.1.32
JG5002EA
4.1.3
4.1.7
4.1.8
4.1.11
4.1.5
4.1.13
4.1.6
4.1.10 4.1.15
4.1.19 4.1.18
4.1.18
4.1.19
4.1.47
4.1.46
4.1.45 4.1.20
4.1.48
4.1.21
4.1.24
4.1.23
4.1.27
4.1.26 4.1.25
4.1.28
4.1.43
4.1.29
4.1.41
4.1.40
4.1.36
JG5004EA
5.1.6
5.1.12
5.1.38
5.1.37
5.1.17
5.1.15
5.1.21
5.1.23
5.1.30
JG5019EA
7.1.3(with 6)
7.1.9
7.1.9
7.1.14
7.1.36
7.1.38
7.1.20
JG5015EA
EP CARTRIDGE*
8.1.24
8.1.23
8.1.2 8.1.1
8.1.9
8.1.11
8.1.12
8.1.25
8.1.15 8.1.14
8.1.19 8.1.18
8.1.17 8.1.29
8.1.30
8.1.21
8.1.22 JG5016EA
10.1.7
10.1.27
10.1.26
10.1.10 10.1.12
10.1.20
10.1.22 10.1.22
10.1.22 10.1.22
10.1.15
10.1.18
10.1.17
10.1.19
10.1.29 (with 21-23,28,30)
JG5017EA
10.2.3
10.2.3
10.2.3 10.2.3
10.2.4
10.2.4
10.2.4
10.2.4 10.2.6
10.2.17
10.2.11
10.2.14
10.2.23
10.2.22
10.2.24 (with25)
JG5702EA
11.1.3
11.1.2
11.1.4
11.1.9
11.1.10
11.1.11
11.1.11
JG5020EA
20.1.38
20.1.38 20.1.5
(JD2083)
20.1.6
20.1.34
(J802)
20.1.18
(P802)
(J801)
20.1.19
(J84)
20.1.39
20.1.26
(PD8483) [Ref PL20.2.1]
20.1.22
20.1.22
20.1.25
J25501AA
550-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit for AcuLaser M4000N (20.1) Rev.01 C802-OPTI-202
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Only numbered Service Parts
are available.
20.2.6
20.2.14
20.2.31
20.2.32
20.2.33
20.2.21
20.2.28
20.2.28
20.2.22
JG5502EA
550-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit for AcuLaser M4000N (20.2) Rev.01 C802-OPTI-203
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
20.3.50 (with 1-13,15-32,34-48,52,53)
20.3.3
20.3.7
20.3.8
20.3.11
20.3.5
20.3.13
20.3.6
20.3.10 20.3.15
20.3.19 20.3.18
20.3.18
20.3.19
20.3.47
20.3.46
20.3.45 20.3.20
20.3.48
20.3.21
20.3.24 20.3.23
20.3.27
20.3.26 20.3.25
20.3.28
20.3.43
20.3.29
20.3.41
20.3.40
20.3.36
JG5004AB
550-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit for AcuLaser M4000N (20.3) Rev.01 C802-OPTI-204
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Only numbered Service Parts
are available. 21.1.1 (with 2-4)
21.1.40 21.1.10
21.1.7
21.1.12 21.1.11
21.1.43
21.1.13 21.1.11
21.1.10
21.1.15
21.1.5 (with 3,4,6-10)
21.1.17
21.1.16
21.1.17
21.1.41
21.1.17
21.1.25
21.1.40
21.1.37
21.1.27
21.1.36
21.1.35
21.1.34 21.1.28
21.1.33
21.1.45
21.1.31 21.1.29
21.1.32
JG5602EA
Table 7-11. 550-Sheet Cassette Unit A4 Universal Table 7-11. 550-Sheet Cassette Unit A4 Universal
Ref. No Code Name Ref. No Code Name
03-02-22 2082538 CLUTCH ASSY PH 03-43 1275189 GUIDE ASSY END 550
03-02-24 1275681 CHUTE OUT ASSY 03-45 1249334 LINK SW SIZE 1-550
03-02-28 1249308 ROLL PINCH TURN 03-46 1249333 LINK SW SIZE 2-550
02-31 2086980 HARNESS ASSY CLSNR1 03-47 1249332 LINK SW SIZE 3-550
02-32 2086907 HOLDER NO PAPER SENSOR 03-48 1275190 LINK SW SIZE LOW
02-33 2021773 E.R.M. SENSOR 03-50 1275192 550 PAPER CASSETTE
02-34 1275683 CHUTE 550 LOWER 03-99 1246284 KIT ROLL ASSY FEED
02-99 1246284 KIT ROLL ASSY FEED
03-03-01 1275134 COVER CST
03-03-03 1246285 FRICTION CLUTCH
03-03-06 1249129 SPRING RETARD
03-03-07 1249109 GEAR PB L
03-03-08 1249140 GEAR BTM ONEWAY
03-03-10 1275136 PLATE ASSY BTM
03-03-11 1275183 GUIDE ASSY SD L 550
03-03-13 1275184 GUIDE ASSY SD R 550
03-03-15 1249143 GEAR LOCK ONEWAY
03-03-18 1275185 SPRING BTM UP 550
03-03-19 1249329 PLATE GEAR LOCK 550
03-03-20 1249103 GEAR PB R
03-03-21 1249330 RACK BTM LOCK 550
03-03-22 1275186 COVER BTM UP 550
03-03-23 1249104 GEAR LOCK PINION
03-03-24 1249133 SPRING BTM LOCK
03-03-25 1275187 GEAR BTM ROCK
03-03-26 1249134 GEAR LEVER LOCK
03-03-27 1249135 LEVER BTM LOCK
03-03-28 1249137 SPRING STOPPER GEAR
03-03-29 1249136 STOPPER GEAR
03-36 1249331 GUIDE INDICATOR 3
03-40 1275140 RACK SIZE
03-41 1275188 HANDLE EXTENSION 550